title.gif (7562 bytes)

Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
Chapter IX
Chapter X
Chapter XI
Chapter XII
Chapter XIII
Chapter XIV
Chapter XV
Chapter XVI
Chapter XVII
Chapter XVIII
Chapter XIX
Chapter XX
Chapter XXI
Chapter XXII
Chapter XXIII
Chapter XXIV
Chapter XXV
Chapter XXVI
Chapter XXVII
Chapter XXVIII
Chapter XXIX
Chapter XXX
Chapter XXXI
Chapter XXXII
Chapter XXXIII
Chapter XXXIV
Chapter XXXV

Chapter XXXVI
Chapter XXXVII
Chapter XXXVIII
Chapter XXXIX
Chapter XL
Chapter XLI
Chapter XLII
Chapter THE LAST



NOTICE

PERSONS attempting to find a motive in
this narrative will be prosecuted; persons
attempting to find a moral in it will be
banished; persons attempting to find a plot
in it will be shot.

BY ORDER OF THE AUTHOR,

Per G.G., Chief of Ordnance.

EXPLANATORY



IN this book a number of dialects are used,
to wit: the Missouri negro dialect; the
extremest form of the backwoods
Southwestern dialect; the ordinary "Pike
County" dialect; and four modified varieties
of this last. The shadings have not been
done in a haphazard fashion, or by
guesswork; but painstakingly, and with the

-1-

trustworthy guidance and support of
personal familiarity with these several
forms of speech.

I make this explanation for the reason that
without it many readers would suppose that
all these characters were trying to talk alike
and not succeeding.



THE AUTHOR.



CHAPTER I

Scene: The Mississippi Valley

Time: Forty to fifty years ago

YOU don't know about me without you have
read a book by the name of The Adventures
of Tom Sawyer; but that ain't no matter.
That book was made by Mr. Mark Twain,
and he told the truth, mainly. There was
things which he stretched, but mainly he told
the truth. That is nothing. I never seen
anybody but lied one time or another,
without it was Aunt Polly, or the widow, or
maybe Mary. Aunt Polly Tom's Aunt Polly,
she is and Mary, and the Widow Douglas is
all told about in that book, which is mostly a
true book, with some stretchers, as I said
before.

Now the way that the book winds up is this:
Tom and me found the money that the
robbers hid in the cave, and it made us rich.
We got six thousand dollars apiece all gold.
It was an awful sight of money when it was
piled up. Well, Judge Thatcher he took it and
put it out at interest, and it fetched us a
dollar a day apiece all the year round more
than a body could tell what to do with. The
Widow Douglas she took me for her son,

and allowed she would sivilize me; but it
was rough living in the house all the time,
considering how dismal regular and decent
the widow was in all her ways; and so when
I couldn't stand it no longer I lit out. I got into
my old rags and my sugar-hogshead again,
and was free and satisfied. But Tom
Sawyer he hunted me up and said he was
going to start a band of robbers, and I might
join if I would go back to the widow and be
respectable. So I went back.

The widow she cried over me, and called
me a poor lost lamb, and she called me a lot
of other names, too, but she never meant no
harm by it. She put me in them new clothes
again, and I couldn't do nothing but sweat
and sweat, and feel all cramped up. Well,
then, the old thing commenced again. The
widow rung a bell for supper, and you had to
come to time. When you got to the table you
couldn't go right to eating, but you had to
wait for the widow to tuck down her head
and grumble a little over the victuals, though
there warn't really anything the matter with
them, that is, nothing only everything was
cooked by itself. In a barrel of odds and
ends it is different; things get mixed up, and
the juice kind of swaps around, and the
things go better.

After supper she got out her book and
learned me about Moses and the
Bulrushers, and I was in a sweat to find out
all about him; but by and by she let it out that
Moses had been dead a considerable long
time; so then I didn't care no more about
him, because I don't take no stock in dead
people.

Pretty soon I wanted to smoke, and asked
the widow to let me. But she wouldn't. She
said it was a mean practice and wasn't
clean, and I must try to not do it any more.
That is just the way with some people. They
get down on a thing when they don't know

-2-

nothing about it. Here she was a-bothering
about Moses, which was no kin to her, and
no use to any body, being gone, you see,
yet finding a power of fault with me for
doing a thing that had some good in it. And
she took snuff, too; of course that was all
right, because she done it herself.

Her sister, Miss Watson, a tolerable slim old
maid, with goggles on, had just come to live
with her, and took a set at me now with a
spelling-book. She worked me middling
hard for about an hour, and then the widow
made her ease up. I couldn't stood it much
longer. Then for an hour it was deadly dull,
and I was fidgety. Miss Watson would say,
"Don't put your feet up there, Huckleberry;"
and "Don't scrunch up like that, Huckleberry
set up straight;" and pretty soon she would
say, "Don't gap and stretch like that,
Huckleberry why don't you try to be have?"
Then she told me all about the bad place,
and I said I wished I was there. She got mad
then, but I didn't mean no harm. All I wanted
was to go somewheres; all I wanted was a
change, I warn't particular. She said it was
wicked to say what I said; said she wouldn't
say it for the whole world; she was going to
live so as to go to the good place. Well, I
couldn't see no advantage in going where
she was going, so I made up my mind I
wouldn't try for it. But I never said so,
because it would only make trouble, and
wouldn't do no good.

Now she had got a start, and she went on
and told me all about the good place. She
said all a body would have to do there was
to go around all day long with a harp and
sing, forever and ever. So I didn't think
much of it. But I never said so. I asked her if
she reckoned Tom Sawyer would go there,
and she said not by a considerable sight. I
was glad about that, because I wanted him
and me to be together.

Miss Watson she kept pecking at me, and it
got tiresome and lonesome. By and by they
fetched the niggers in and had prayers, and
then everybody was off to bed. I went up to
my room with a piece of candle, and put it
on the table. Then I set down in a chair by the
window and tried to think of something
cheerful, but it warn't no use. I felt so
lonesome I most wished I was dead. The
stars were shining, and the leaves rustled in
the woods ever so mournful; and I heard an
owl, away off, who-whooing about
somebody that was dead, and a whippowill
and a dog crying about somebody that was
going to die; and the wind was trying to
whisper something to me, and I couldn't
make out what it was, and so it made the
cold shivers run over me. Then away out in
the woods I heard that kind of a sound that a
ghost makes when it wants to tell about
something that's on its mind and can't make
itself understood, and so can't rest easy in
its grave, and has to go about that way
every night grieving. I got so down-hearted
and scared I did wish I had some company.
Pretty soon a spider went crawling up my
shoulder, and I flipped it off and it lit in the
candle; and before I could budge it was all
shriveled up. I didn't need anybody to tell me
that that was an awful bad sign and would
fetch me some bad luck, so I was scared
and most shook the clothes off of me. I got
up and turned around in my tracks three
times and crossed my breast every time;
and then I tied up a little lock of my hair with
a thread to keep witches away. But I hadn't
no confidence. You do that when you've lost
a horseshoe that you've found, instead of
nailing it up over the door, but I hadn't ever
heard anybody say it was any way to keep
off bad luck when you'd killed a spider.

I set down again, a-shaking all over, and
got out my pipe for a smoke; for the house
was all as still as death now, and so the
widow wouldn't know. Well, after a long time

-3-

I heard the clock away off in the town go
boom boom boom twelve licks; and all still
again stiller than ever. Pretty soon I heard a
twig snap down in the dark amongst the
trees something was a stirring. I set still and
listened. Directly I could just barely hear a
"me-yow! me yow!" down there. That was
good! Says I, "me yow! me-yow!" as soft as
I could, and then I put out the light and
scrambled out of the window on to the shed.
Then I slipped down to the ground and
crawled in among the trees, and, sure
enough, there was Tom Sawyer waiting for
me.

CHAPTER II

WE went tiptoeing along a path amongst the
trees back towards the end of the widow's
garden, stooping down so as the branches
wouldn't scrape our heads. When we was
passing by the kitchen I fell over a root and
made a noise. We scrouched down and laid
still. Miss Watson's big nigger, named Jim,
was setting in the kitchen door; we could
see him pretty clear, because there was a
light behind him. He got up and stretched his
neck out about a minute, listening. Then he
says:

"Who dah?"

He listened some more; then he come
tiptoeing down and stood right between us;
we could a touched him, nearly. Well, likely it
was minutes and minutes that there warn't a
sound, and we all there so close together.
There was a place on my ankle that got to
itching, but I dasn't scratch it; and then my
ear begun to itch; and next my back, right
between my shoul ders. Seemed like I'd die
if I couldn't scratch. Well, I've noticed that
thing plenty times since. If you are with the
quality, or at a funeral, or trying to go to
sleep when you ain't sleepy if you are
anywheres where it won't do for you to

scratch, why you will itch all over in upwards
of a thousand places. Pretty soon Jim says:

"Say, who is you? Whar is you? Dog my cats
ef I didn' hear sumf'n. Well, I know what I's
gwyne to do: I's gwyne to set down here and
listen tell I hears it agin."

So he set down on the ground betwixt me
and Tom. He leaned his back up against a
tree, and stretched his legs out till one of
them most touched one of mine. My nose
begun to itch. It itched till the tears come into
my eyes. But I dasn't scratch. Then it begun
to itch on the inside. Next I got to itching
under neath. I didn't know how I was going
to set still. This miserableness went on as
much as six or seven minutes; but it seemed
a sight longer than that. I was itching in
eleven different places now. I reckoned I
couldn't stand it more'n a minute longer, but
I set my teeth hard and got ready to try. Just
then Jim begun to breathe heavy; next he
begun to snore and then I was pretty soon
comfortable again.

Tom he made a sign to me kind of a little
noise with his mouth and we went creeping
away on our hands and knees. When we
was ten foot off Tom whispered to me, and
wanted to tie Jim to the tree for fun. But I
said no; he might wake and make a dis
turbance, and then they'd find out I warn't in.
Then Tom said he hadn't got candles
enough, and he would slip in the kitchen and
get some more. I didn't want him to try. I said
Jim might wake up and come. But Tom
wanted to resk it; so we slid in there and got
three candles, and Tom laid five cents on
the table for pay. Then we got out, and I was
in a sweat to get away; but nothing would do
Tom but he must crawl to where Jim was,
on his hands and knees, and play
something on him. I waited, and it seemed a
good while, everything was so still and
lonesome.

-4-

As soon as Tom was back we cut along the
path, around the garden fence, and by and
by fetched up on the steep top of the hill the
other side of the house. Tom said he
slipped Jim's hat off of his head and hung it
on a limb right over him, and Jim stirred a
little, but he didn't wake. Afterwards Jim
said the witches be witched him and put him
in a trance, and rode him all over the State,
and then set him under the trees again, and
hung his hat on a limb to show who done it.
And next time Jim told it he said they rode
him down to New Orleans; and, after that,
every time he told it he spread it more and
more, till by and by he said they rode him all
over the world, and tired him most to death,
and his back was all over saddle-boils. Jim
was monstrous proud about it, and he got
so he wouldn't hardly notice the other
niggers. Niggers would come miles to hear
Jim tell about it, and he was more looked up
to than any nigger in that country. Strange
niggers would stand with their mouths open
and look him all over, same as if he was a
wonder. Niggers is always talking about
witches in the dark by the kitchen fire; but
whenever one was talking and letting on to
know all about such things, Jim would
happen in and say, "Hm! What you know
'bout witches?" and that nigger was corked
up and had to take a back seat. Jim always
kept that five-center piece round his neck
with a string, and said it was a charm the
devil give to him with his own hands, and
told him he could cure anybody with it and
fetch witches whenever he wanted to just
by saying some thing to it; but he never told
what it was he said to it. Niggers would
come from all around there and give Jim
anything they had, just for a sight of that five
center piece; but they wouldn't touch it,
because the devil had had his hands on it.
Jim was most ruined for a servant, because
he got stuck up on account of having seen
the devil and been rode by witches.

Well, when Tom and me got to the edge of
the hill top we looked away down into the
village and could see three or four lights
twinkling, where there was sick folks,
maybe; and the stars over us was sparkling
ever so fine; and down by the village was
the river, a whole mile broad, and awful still
and grand. We went down the hill and found
Jo Harper and Ben Rogers, and two or
three more of the boys, hid in the old
tanyard. So we unhitched a skiff and pulled
down the river two mile and a half, to the big
scar on the hillside, and went ashore.

We went to a clump of bushes, and Tom
made everybody swear to keep the secret,
and then showed them a hole in the hill, right
in the thickest part of the bushes. Then we lit
the candles, and crawled in on our hands
and knees. We went about two hundred
yards, and then the cave opened up. Tom
poked about amongst the passages, and
pretty soon ducked under a wall where you
wouldn't a noticed that there was a hole. We
went along a narrow place and got into a
kind of room, all damp and sweaty and
cold, and there we stopped. Tom says:

"Now, we'll start this band of robbers and
call it Tom Sawyer's Gang. Everybody that
wants to join has got to take an oath, and
write his name in blood."

Everybody was willing. So Tom got out a
sheet of paper that he had wrote the oath
on, and read it. It swore every boy to stick to
the band, and never tell any of the secrets;
and if anybody done anything to any boy in
the band, whichever boy was ordered to kill
that person and his family must do it, and he
mustn't eat and he mustn't sleep till he had
killed them and hacked a cross in their
breasts, which was the sign of the band.
And nobody that didn't belong to the band
could use that mark, and if he did he must
be sued; and if he done it again he must be

-5-

killed. And if anybody that belonged to the
band told the secrets, he must have his
throat cut, and then have his carcass burnt
up and the ashes scattered all around, and
his name blotted off of the list with blood
and never men tioned again by the gang,
but have a curse put on it and be forgot
forever.

Everybody said it was a real beautiful oath,
and asked Tom if he got it out of his own
head. He said, some of it, but the rest was
out of pirate-books and robber-books, and
every gang that was high-toned had it.

Some thought it would be good to kill the
FAMILIES of boys that told the secrets. Tom
said it was a good idea, so he took a pencil
and wrote it in. Then Ben Rogers says:

"Here's Huck Finn, he hain't got no family;
what you going to do 'bout him?"

"Well, hain't he got a father?" says Tom
Sawyer.

"Yes, he's got a father, but you can't never
find him these days. He used to lay drunk
with the hogs in the tanyard, but he hain't
been seen in these parts for a year or
more."

They talked it over, and they was going to
rule me out, because they said every boy
must have a family or somebody to kill, or
else it wouldn't be fair and square for the
others. Well, nobody could think of anything
to do everybody was stumped, and set still. I
was most ready to cry; but all at once I
thought of a way, and so I offered them Miss
Watson they could kill her. Everybody said:

"Oh, she'll do. That's all right. Huck can
come in."

Then they all stuck a pin in their fingers to

get blood to sign with, and I made my mark
on the paper.

"Now," says Ben Rogers, "what's the line of
busi ness of this Gang?"

"Nothing only robbery and murder," Tom
said.

"But who are we going to rob? houses, or
cattle, or --"

"Stuff! stealing cattle and such things ain't
rob bery; it's burglary," says Tom Sawyer.
"We ain't burglars. That ain't no sort of style.
We are high waymen. We stop stages and
carriages on the road, with masks on, and
kill the people and take their watches and
money."

"Must we always kill the people?"

"Oh, certainly. It's best. Some authorities
think different, but mostly it's considered
best to kill them except some that you bring
to the cave here, and keep them till they're
ransomed."

"Ransomed? What's that?"

"I don't know. But that's what they do. I've
seen it in books; and so of course that's
what we've got to do."

"But how can we do it if we don't know what
it is?"

"Why, blame it all, we've GOT to do it. Don't I
tell you it's in the books? Do you want to go
to doing different from what's in the books,
and get things all muddled up?"

"Oh, that's all very fine to SAY, Tom
Sawyer, but how in the nation are these
fellows going to be ran somed if we don't
know how to do it to them? that's the thing I

-6-

want to get at. Now, what do you reckon it
is?"

"Well, I don't know. But per'aps if we keep
them till they're ransomed, it means that we
keep them till they're dead. "

"Now, that's something LIKE. That'll
answer. Why couldn't you said that before?
We'll keep them till they're ransomed to
death; and a bothersome lot they'll be, too
eating up everything, and always trying to
get loose."

"How you talk, Ben Rogers. How can they
get loose when there's a guard over them,
ready to shoot them down if they move a
peg?"

"A guard! Well, that IS good. So
somebody's got to set up all night and never
get any sleep, just so as to watch them. I
think that's foolishness. Why can't a body
take a club and ransom them as soon as
they get here?"

"Because it ain't in the books so that's why.
Now, Ben Rogers, do you want to do things
regular, or don't you? that's the idea. Don't
you reckon that the people that made the
books knows what's the correct thing to do?
Do you reckon YOU can learn 'em anything?
Not by a good deal. No, sir, we'll just go on
and ransom them in the regular way."

"All right. I don't mind; but I say it's a fool
way, anyhow. Say, do we kill the women,
too?"

"Well, Ben Rogers, if I was as ignorant as
you I wouldn't let on. Kill the women? No;
nobody ever saw anything in the books like
that. You fetch them to the cave, and you're
always as polite as pie to them; and by and
by they fall in love with you, and never want
to go home any more."

"Well, if that's the way I'm agreed, but I don't
take no stock in it. Mighty soon we'll have
the cave so cluttered up with women, and
fellows waiting to be ransomed, that there
won't be no place for the rob bers. But go
ahead, I ain't got nothing to say."

Little Tommy Barnes was asleep now, and
when they waked him up he was scared,
and cried, and said he wanted to go home
to his ma, and didn't want to be a robber
any more.

So they all made fun of him, and called him
cry baby, and that made him mad, and he
said he would go straight and tell all the
secrets. But Tom give him five cents to keep
quiet, and said we would all go home and
meet next week, and rob somebody and kill
some people.

Ben Rogers said he couldn't get out much,
only Sundays, and so he wanted to begin
next Sunday; but all the boys said it would
be wicked to do it on Sunday, and that
settled the thing. They agreed to get to
gether and fix a day as soon as they could,
and then we elected Tom Sawyer first
captain and Jo Harper second captain of
the Gang, and so started home.

I clumb up the shed and crept into my
window just before day was breaking. My
new clothes was all greased up and clayey,
and I was dog-tired.

CHAPTER III

WELL, I got a good going-over in the
morning from old Miss Watson on account of
my clothes; but the widow she didn't scold,
but only cleaned off the grease and clay,
and looked so sorry that I thought I would
behave awhile if I could. Then Miss Watson
she took me in the closet and prayed, but
nothing come of it. She told me to pray every

-7-

day, and whatever I asked for I would get it.
But it warn't so. I tried it. Once I got a fish-
line, but no hooks. It warn't any good to me
without hooks. I tried for the hooks three or
four times, but somehow I couldn't make it
work. By and by, one day, I asked Miss
Watson to try for me, but she said I was a
fool. She never told me why, and I couldn't
make it out no way.

I set down one time back in the woods, and
had a long think about it. I says to myself, if a
body can get anything they pray for, why
don't Deacon Winn get back the money he
lost on pork? Why can't the widow get back
her silver snuffbox that was stole? Why can't
Miss Watson fat up? No, says I to my self,
there ain't nothing in it. I went and told the
widow about it, and she said the thing a
body could get by praying for it was
"spiritual gifts." This was too many for me,
but she told me what she meant I must help
other people, and do everything I could for
other people, and look out for them all the
time, and never think about myself. This
was including Miss Watson, as I took it. I
went out in the woods and turned it over in
my mind a long time, but I couldn't see no
advantage about it except for the other peo
ple; so at last I reckoned I wouldn't worry
about it any more, but just let it go.
Sometimes the widow would take me one
side and talk about Providence in a way to
make a body's mouth water; but maybe
next day Miss Watson would take hold and
knock it all down again. I judged I could see
that there was two Providences, and a poor
chap would stand considerable show with
the widow's Providence, but if Miss Wat
son's got him there warn't no help for him
any more. I thought it all out, and reckoned I
would belong to the widow's if he wanted
me, though I couldn't make out how he was
a-going to be any better off then than what
he was before, seeing I was so ignorant,
and so kind of low-down and ornery.

Pap he hadn't been seen for more than a
year, and that was comfortable for me; I
didn't want to see him no more. He used to
always whale me when he was sober and
could get his hands on me; though I used to
take to the woods most of the time when he
was around. Well, about this time he was
found in the river drownded, about twelve
mile above town, so people said. They
judged it was him, anyway; said this
drownded man was just his size, and was
ragged, and had uncommon long hair,
which was all like pap; but they couldn't
make nothing out of the face, be cause it
had been in the water so long it warn't much
like a face at all. They said he was floating
on his back in the water. They took him and
buried him on the bank. But I warn't
comfortable long, because I happened to
think of something. I knowed mighty well
that a drownded man don't float on his
back, but on his face. So I knowed, then,
that this warn't pap, but a woman dressed
up in a man's clothes. So I was
uncomfortable again. I judged the old man
would turn up again by and by, though I
wished he wouldn't.

We played robber now and then about a
month, and then I resigned. All the boys did.
We hadn't robbed nobody, hadn't killed any
people, but only just pre tended. We used to
hop out of the woods and go charging down
on hog-drivers and women in carts taking
garden stuff to market, but we never hived
any of them. Tom Sawyer called the hogs
"ingots," and he called the turnips and stuff
"julery," and we would go to the cave and
powwow over what we had done, and how
many people we had killed and marked. But
I couldn't see no profit in it. One time Tom
sent a boy to run about town with a blazing
stick, which he called a slogan (which was
the sign for the Gang to get together), and
then he said he had got secret news by his
spies that next day a whole parcel of

-8-

Spanish merchants and rich A-rabs was
going to camp in Cave Hollow with two
hundred elephants, and six hundred
camels, and over a thousand "sumter"
mules, all loaded down with di'monds, and
they didn't have only a guard of four hundred
soldiers, and so we would lay in
ambuscade, as he called it, and kill the lot
and scoop the things. He said we must slick
up our swords and guns, and get ready. He
never could go after even a turnip-cart but
he must have the swords and guns all
scoured up for it, though they was only lath
and broomsticks, and you might scour at
them till you rotted, and then they warn't
worth a mouthful of ashes more than what
they was before. I didn't believe we could
lick such a crowd of Spaniards and A-rabs,
but I wanted to see the camels and
elephants, so I was on hand next day,
Saturday, in the ambuscade; and when we
got the word we rushed out of the woods
and down the hill. But there warn't no
Spaniards and A-rabs, and there warn't no
camels nor no elephants. It warn't anything
but a Sunday-school picnic, and only a
primer-class at that. We busted it up, and
chased the children up the hollow; but we
never got anything but some doughnuts and
jam, though Ben Rogers got a rag doll, and
Jo Harper got a hymn-book and a tract; and
then the teacher charged in, and made us
drop everything and cut. I didn't see no
di'monds, and I told Tom Sawyer so. He
said there was loads of them there,
anyway; and he said there was A-rabs
there, too, and elephants and things. I said,
why couldn't we see them, then? He said if I
warn't so ignorant, but had read a book
called Don Quixote, I would know without
asking. He said it was all done by
enchantment. He said there was hundreds
of soldiers there, and elephants and
treasure, and so on, but we had enemies
which he called magicians; and they had
turned the whole thing into an infant Sunday

school, just out of spite. I said, all right; then
the thing for us to do was to go for the
magicians. Tom Sawyer said I was a
numskull.

"Why," said he, "a magician could call up a
lot of genies, and they would hash you up
like nothing before you could say Jack
Robinson. They are as tall as a tree and as
big around as a church."

"Well," I says, "s'pose we got some genies
to help US can't we lick the other crowd
then?"

"How you going to get them?"

"I don't know. How do THEY get them?"

"Why, they rub an old tin lamp or an iron ring,
and then the genies come tearing in, with
the thunder and lightning a-ripping around
and the smoke a-rolling, and everything
they're told to do they up and do it. They
don't think nothing of pulling a shot-tower
up by the roots, and belting a Sunday-
school superinten dent over the head with it
or any other man."

"Who makes them tear around so?"

"Why, whoever rubs the lamp or the ring.
They belong to whoever rubs the lamp or the
ring, and they've got to do whatever he
says. If he tells them to build a palace forty
miles long out of di'monds, and fill it full of
chewing-gum, or whatever you want, and
fetch an emperor's daughter from China for
you to marry, they've got to do it and they've
got to do it before sun-up next morning, too.
And more: they've got to waltz that palace
around over the country wherever you want
it, you understand."

"Well," says I, "I think they are a pack of flat
heads for not keeping the palace

-9-

themselves 'stead of fooling them away like
that. And what's more if I was one of them I
would see a man in Jericho before I would
drop my business and come to him for the
rub bing of an old tin lamp."

"How you talk, Huck Finn. Why, you'd HAVE
to come when he rubbed it, whether you
wanted to or not."

"What! and I as high as a tree and as big as a
church? All right, then; I WOULD come; but I
lay I'd make that man climb the highest tree
there was in the country."

"Shucks, it ain't no use to talk to you, Huck
Finn. You don't seem to know anything,
somehow perfect saphead."

I thought all this over for two or three days,
and then I reckoned I would see if there was
anything in it. I got an old tin lamp and an iron
ring, and went out in the woods and rubbed
and rubbed till I sweat like an Injun,
calculating to build a palace and sell it; but it
warn't no use, none of the genies come. So
then I judged that all that stuff was only just
one of Tom Sawyer's lies. I reckoned he
believed in the A-rabs and the elephants,
but as for me I think different. It had all the
marks of a Sunday-school.

CHAPTER IV

WELL, three or four months run along, and it
was well into the winter now. I had been to
school most all the time and could spell and
read and write just a little, and could say the
multiplication table up to six times seven is
thirty-five, and I don't reckon I could ever get
any further than that if I was to live forever. I
don't take no stock in mathematics, any
way.

At first I hated the school, but by and by I got
so I could stand it. Whenever I got

uncommon tired I played hookey, and the
hiding I got next day done me good and
cheered me up. So the longer I went to
school the easier it got to be. I was getting
sort of used to the widow's ways, too, and
they warn't so raspy on me. Living in a
house and sleeping in a bed pulled on me
pretty tight mostly, but before the cold
weather I used to slide out and sleep in the
woods sometimes, and so that was a rest
to me. I liked the old ways best, but I was
getting so I liked the new ones, too, a little
bit. The widow said I was coming along
slow but sure, and doing very satisfactory.
She said she warn't ashamed of me.

One morning I happened to turn over the
salt-cellar at breakfast. I reached for some
of it as quick as I could to throw over my left
shoulder and keep off the bad luck, but Miss
Watson was in ahead of me, and crossed
me off. She says, "Take your hands away,
Huckleberry; what a mess you are always
making!" The widow put in a good word for
me, but that warn't going to keep off the bad
luck, I knowed that well enough. I started
out, after breakfast, feeling worried and
shaky, and wondering where it was going to
fall on me, and what it was going to be.
There is ways to keep off some kinds of
bad luck, but this wasn't one of them kind;
so I never tried to do anything, but just
poked along low-spirited and on the watch-
out.

I went down to the front garden and clumb
over the stile where you go through the high
board fence. There was an inch of new
snow on the ground, and I seen
somebody's tracks. They had come up from
the quarry and stood around the stile a
while, and then went on around the garden
fence. It was funny they hadn't come in,
after standing around so. I couldn't make it
out. It was very curious, somehow. I was
going to follow around, but I stooped down

-10-

to look at the tracks first. I didn't notice
anything at first, but next I did. There was a
cross in the left boot-heel made with big
nails, to keep off the devil.

I was up in a second and shinning down the
hill. I looked over my shoulder every now and
then, but I didn't see nobody. I was at Judge
Thatcher's as quick as I could get there. He
said:

"Why, my boy, you are all out of breath. Did
you come for your interest?"

"No, sir," I says; "is there some for me?"

"Oh, yes, a half-yearly is in last night over a
hundred and fifty dollars. Quite a fortune for
you. You had better let me invest it along
with your six thousand, because if you take
it you'll spend it."

"No, sir," I says, "I don't want to spend it. I
don't want it at all nor the six thousand,
nuther. I want you to take it; I want to give it to
you the six thousand and all."

He looked surprised. He couldn't seem to
make it out. He says:

"Why, what can you mean, my boy?"

I says, "Don't you ask me no questions
about it, please. You'll take it won't you?"

He says:

"Well, I'm puzzled. Is something the matter?"

"Please take it," says I, "and don't ask me
noth ing then I won't have to tell no lies."

He studied a while, and then he says:

"Oho-o! I think I see. You want to SELL all
your property to me not give it. That's the

correct idea."

Then he wrote something on a paper and
read it over, and says:

"There; you see it says 'for a consideration.'
That means I have bought it of you and paid
you for it. Here's a dollar for you. Now you
sign it."

So I signed it, and left.

Miss Watson's nigger, Jim, had a hair-ball
as big as your fist, which had been took out
of the fourth stomach of an ox, and he used
to do magic with it. He said there was a
spirit inside of it, and it knowed everything.
So I went to him that night and told him pap
was here again, for I found his tracks in the
snow. What I wanted to know was, what he
was going to do, and was he going to stay?
Jim got out his hair-ball and said something
over it, and then he held it up and dropped it
on the floor. It fell pretty solid, and only rolled
about an inch. Jim tried it again, and then
another time, and it acted just the same.
Jim got down on his knees, and put his ear
against it and listened. But it warn't no use;
he said it wouldn't talk. He said sometimes
it wouldn't talk without money. I told him I
had an old slick counterfeit quarter that
warn't no good because the brass showed
through the silver a little, and it wouldn't
pass nohow, even if the brass didn't show,
because it was so slick it felt greasy, and so
that would tell on it every time. (I reckoned I
wouldn't say nothing about the dollar I got
from the judge.) I said it was pretty bad
money, but maybe the hair-ball would take
it, because maybe it wouldn't know the
difference. Jim smelt it and bit it and rubbed
it, and said he would manage so the hair-
ball would think it was good. He said he
would split open a raw Irish potato and stick
the quarter in between and keep it there all
night, and next morning you couldn't see no

-11-

brass, and it wouldn't feel greasy no more,
and so anybody in town would take it in a
minute, let alone a hair-ball. Well, I knowed
a potato would do that before, but I had
forgot it.

Jim put the quarter under the hair-ball, and
got down and listened again. This time he
said the hair ball was all right. He said it
would tell my whole fortune if I wanted it to. I
says, go on. So the hair ball talked to Jim,
and Jim told it to me. He says:

"Yo' ole father doan' know yit what he's a-
gwyne to do. Sometimes he spec he'll go
'way, en den agin he spec he'll stay. De
bes' way is to res' easy en let de ole man
take his own way. Dey's two angels
hoverin' roun' 'bout him. One uv 'em is
white en shiny, en t'other one is black. De
white one gits him to go right a little while,
den de black one sail in en bust it all up. A
body can't tell yit which one gwyne to fetch
him at de las'. But you is all right. You gwyne
to have considable trouble in yo' life, en con
sidable joy. Sometimes you gwyne to git
hurt, en sometimes you gwyne to git sick;
but every time you's gwyne to git well agin.
Dey's two gals flyin' 'bout you in yo' life.
One uv 'em's light en t'other one is dark.
One is rich en t'other is po'. You's gwyne to
marry de po' one fust en de rich one by en
by. You wants to keep 'way fum de water as
much as you kin, en don't run no resk, 'kase
it's down in de bills dat you's gwyne to git
hung."

When I lit my candle and went up to my room
that night there sat pap his own self!

CHAPTER V

I HAD shut the door to. Then I turned around.
and there he was. I used to be scared of him
all the time, he tanned me so much. I
reckoned I was scared now, too; but in a

minute I see I was mistaken that is, after the
first jolt, as you may say, when my breath
sort of hitched, he being so unexpected; but
right away after I see I warn't scared of him
worth bothring about.

He was most fifty, and he looked it. His hair
was long and tangled and greasy, and hung
down, and you could see his eyes shining
through like he was behind vines. It was all
black, no gray; so was his long, mixed-up
whiskers. There warn't no color in his face,
where his face showed; it was white; not
like another man's white, but a white to
make a body sick, a white to make a body's
flesh crawl a tree-toad white, a fish-belly
white. As for his clothes just rags, that was
all. He had one ankle resting on t'other
knee; the boot on that foot was busted, and
two of his toes stuck through, and he
worked them now and then. His hat was
laying on the floor an old black slouch with
the top caved in, like a lid.

I stood a-looking at him; he set there a-
looking at me, with his chair tilted back a
little. I set the candle down. I noticed the
window was up; so he had clumb in by the
shed. He kept a-looking me all over. By and
by he says:

"Starchy clothes very. You think you're a
good deal of a big-bug, DON'T you?"

"Maybe I am, maybe I ain't," I says.

"Don't you give me none o' your lip," says
he. "You've put on considerable many frills
since I been away. I'll take you down a peg
before I get done with you. You're
educated, too, they say can read and write.
You think you're better'n your father, now,
don't you, because he can't? I'LL take it out
of you. Who told you you might meddle with
such hifalut'n foolishness, hey? who told
you you could?"

-12-

"The widow. She told me."

"The widow, hey? and who told the widow
she could put in her shovel about a thing that
ain't none of her business?"

"Nobody never told her."

"Well, I'll learn her how to meddle. And looky
here you drop that school, you hear? I'll
learn people to bring up a boy to put on airs
over his own father and let on to be better'n
what HE is. You lemme catch you fooling
around that school again, you hear? Your
mother couldn't read, and she couldn't
write, nuther, before she died. None of the
family couldn't before THEY died. I can't;
and here you're a-swelling yourself up like
this. I ain't the man to stand it you hear? Say,
lemme hear you read."

I took up a book and begun something
about Gen eral Washington and the wars.
When I'd read about a half a minute, he
fetched the book a whack with his hand and
knocked it across the house. He says:

"It's so. You can do it. I had my doubts when
you told me. Now looky here; you stop that
putting on frills. I won't have it. I'll lay for you,
my smarty; and if I catch you about that
school I'll tan you good. First you know you'll
get religion, too. I never see such a son.

He took up a little blue and yaller picture of
some cows and a boy, and says:

"What's this?"

"It's something they give me for learning my
lessons good."

He tore it up, and says:

"I'll give you something better I'll give you a
cowhide.

He set there a-mumbling and a-growling a
minute, and then he says:

"AIN'T you a sweet-scented dandy,
though? A bed; and bedclothes; and a
look'n'-glass; and a piece of carpet on the
floor and your own father got to sleep with
the hogs in the tanyard. I never see such a
son. I bet I'll take some o' these frills out o'
you before I'm done with you. Why, there
ain't no end to your airs they say you're rich.
Hey? how's that?"

"They lie that's how."

"Looky here mind how you talk to me; I'm a
standing about all I can stand now so don't
gimme no sass. I've been in town two days,
and I hain't heard nothing but about you
bein' rich. I heard about it away down the
river, too. That's why I come. You git me that
money to-morrow I want it."

"I hain't got no money."

"It's a lie. Judge Thatcher's got it. You git it. I
want it."

"I hain't got no money, I tell you. You ask
Judge Thatcher; he'll tell you the same."

"All right. I'll ask him; and I'll make him
pungle, too, or I'll know the reason why.
Say, how much you got in your pocket? I
want it."

"I hain't got only a dollar, and I want that to --
"

"It don't make no difference what you want it
for you just shell it out."

He took it and bit it to see if it was good, and
then he said he was going down town to get
some whisky; said he hadn't had a drink all
day. When he had got out on the shed he put

-13-

his head in again, and cussed me for
putting on frills and trying to be better than
him; and when I reckoned he was gone he
come back and put his head in again, and
told me to mind about that school, because
he was going to lay for me and lick me if I
didn't drop that.

Next day he was drunk, and he went to
Judge Thatcher's and bullyragged him, and
tried to make him give up the money; but he
couldn't, and then he swore he'd make the
law force him.

The judge and the widow went to law to get
the court to take me away from him and let
one of them be my guardian; but it was a
new judge that had just come, and he didn't
know the old man; so he said courts mustn't
interfere and separate families if they could
help it; said he'd druther not take a child
away from its father. So Judge Thatcher
and the widow had to quit on the business.

That pleased the old man till he couldn't rest.
He said he'd cowhide me till I was black
and blue if I didn't raise some money for
him. I borrowed three dollars from Judge
Thatcher, and pap took it and got drunk, and
went a-blowing around and cussing and
whooping and carrying on; and he kept it up
all over town, with a tin pan, till most
midnight; then they jailed him, and next day
they had him before court, and jailed him
again for a week. But he said HE was
satisfied; said he was boss of his son, and
he'd make it warm for HIM.

When he got out the new judge said he was
a-going to make a man of him. So he took
him to his own house, and dressed him up
clean and nice, and had him to breakfast
and dinner and supper with the family, and
was just old pie to him, so to speak. And
after supper he talked to him about
temperance and such things till the old man

cried, and said he'd been a fool, and fooled
away his life; but now he was a-going to
turn over a new leaf and be a man nobody
wouldn't be ashamed of, and he hoped the
judge would help him and not look down on
him. The judge said he could hug him for
them words; so he cried, and his wife she
cried again; pap said he'd been a man that
had always been misunderstood before,
and the judge said he believed it. The old
man said that what a man wanted that was
down was sympathy, and the judge said it
was so; so they cried again. And when it
was bedtime the old man rose up and held
out his hand, and says:

"Look at it, gentlemen and ladies all; take a-
hold of it; shake it. There's a hand that was
the hand of a hog; but it ain't so no more; it's
the hand of a man that's started in on a new
life, and'll die before he'll go back. You
mark them words don't forget I said them.
It's a clean hand now; shake it don't be
afeard."

So they shook it, one after the other, all
around, and cried. The judge's wife she
kissed it. Then the old man he signed a
pledge made his mark. The judge said it
was the holiest time on record, or
something like that. Then they tucked the old
man into a beauti ful room, which was the
spare room, and in the night some time he
got powerful thirsty and clumb out on to the
porch-roof and slid down a stanchion and
traded his new coat for a jug of forty-rod,
and clumb back again and had a good old
time; and towards daylight he crawled out
again, drunk as a fiddler, and rolled off the
porch and broke his left arm in two places,
and was most froze to death when
somebody found him after sun-up. And
when they come to look at that spare room
they had to take soundings before they
could navigate it.

-14-

The judge he felt kind of sore. He said he
reckoned a body could reform the old man
with a shotgun, maybe, but he didn't know
no other way.

CHAPTER VI

WELL, pretty soon the old man was up and
around again, and then he went for Judge
Thatcher in the courts to make him give up
that money, and he went for me, too, for not
stopping school. He catched me a couple of
times and thrashed me, but I went to school
just the same, and dodged him or outrun
him most of the time. I didn't want to go to
school much before, but I reckoned I'd go
now to spite pap. That law trial was a slow
business appeared like they warn't ever
going to get started on it; so every now and
then I'd borrow two or three dollars off of the
judge for him, to keep from getting a
cowhiding. Every time he got money he got
drunk; and every time he got drunk he
raised Cain around town; and every time he
raised Cain he got jailed. He was just
suited this kind of thing was right in his line.

He got to hanging around the widow's too
much and so she told him at last that if he
didn't quit using around there she would
make trouble for him. Well, WASN'T he
mad? He said he would show who was
Huck Finn's boss. So he watched out for
me one day in the spring, and catched me,
and took me up the river about three mile in
a skiff, and crossed over to the Illinois shore
where it was woody and there warn't no
houses but an old log hut in a place where
the timber was so thick you couldn't find it if
you didn't know where it was.

He kept me with him all the time, and I never
got a chance to run off. We lived in that old
cabin, and he always locked the door and
put the key under his head nights. He had a
gun which he had stole, I reckon, and we

fished and hunted, and that was what we
lived on. Every little while he locked me in
and went down to the store, three miles, to
the ferry, and traded fish and game for
whisky, and fetched it home and got drunk
and had a good time, and licked me. The
widow she found out where I was by and by,
and she sent a man over to try to get hold of
me; but pap drove him off with the gun, and
it warn't long after that till I was used to
being where I was, and liked it all but the
cowhide part.

It was kind of lazy and jolly, laying off
comfortable all day, smoking and fishing,
and no books nor study. Two months or
more run along, and my clothes got to be all
rags and dirt, and I didn't see how I'd ever
got to like it so well at the widow's, where
you had to wash, and eat on a plate, and
comb up, and go to bed and get up regular,
and be forever bothering over a book, and
have old Miss Watson pecking at you all the
time. I didn't want to go back no more. I had
stopped cussing, because the widow didn't
like it; but now I took to it again because pap
hadn't no objec tions. It was pretty good
times up in the woods there, take it all
around.

But by and by pap got too handy with his
hick'ry, and I couldn't stand it. I was all over
welts. He got to going away so much, too,
and locking me in. Once he locked me in
and was gone three days. It was dreadful
lonesome. I judged he had got drowned,
and I wasn't ever going to get out any more. I
was scared. I made up my mind I would fix
up some way to leave there. I had tried to
get out of that cabin many a time, but I
couldn't find no way. There warn't a window
to it big enough for a dog to get through. I
couldn't get up the chimbly; it was too
narrow. The door was thick, solid oak slabs.
Pap was pretty careful not to leave a knife
or anything in the cabin when he was away; I

-15-

reckon I had hunted the place over as much
as a hundred times; well, I was most all the
time at it, because it was about the only way
to put in the time. But this time I found
something at last; I found an old rusty wood-
saw without any handle; it was laid in
between a rafter and the clapboards of the
roof. I greased it up and went to work. There
was an old horse-blanket nailed against the
logs at the far end of the cabin behind the
table, to keep the wind from blowing
through the chinks and putting the candle
out. I got under the table and raised the
blanket, and went to work to saw a section
of the big bottom log out big enough to let
me through. Well, it was a good long job, but
I was getting towards the end of it when I
heard pap's gun in the woods. I got rid of the
signs of my work, and dropped the blanket
and hid my saw, and pretty soon pap come
in.

Pap warn't in a good humor so he was his
natural self. He said he was down town, and
everything was going wrong. His lawyer
said he reckoned he would win his lawsuit
and get the money if they ever got started on
the trial; but then there was ways to put it off
a long time, and Judge Thatcher knowed
how to do it And he said people allowed
there'd be another trial to get me away from
him and give me to the widow for my
guardian, and they guessed it would win
this time. This shook me up considerable,
because I didn't want to go back to the
widow's any more and be so cramped up
and sivilized, as they called it. Then the old
man got to cussing, and cussed every thing
and everybody he could think of, and then
cussed them all over again to make sure he
hadn't skipped any, and after that he
polished off with a kind of a general cuss all
round, including a considerable parcel of
people which he didn't know the names of,
and so called them what's-his-name when
he got to them, and went right along with his

cussing.

He said he would like to see the widow get
me. He said he would watch out, and if they
tried to come any such game on him he
knowed of a place six or seven mile off to
stow me in, where they might hunt till they
dropped and they couldn't find me. That
made me pretty uneasy again, but only for a
minute; I reckoned I wouldn't stay on hand till
he got that chance.

The old man made me go to the skiff and
fetch the things he had got. There was a
fifty-pound sack of corn meal, and a side of
bacon, ammunition, and a four-gallon jug
of whisky, and an old book and two
newspapers for wadding, besides some
tow. I toted up a load, and went back and
set down on the bow of the skiff to rest. I
thought it all over, and I reckoned I would
walk off with the gun and some lines, and
take to the woods when I run away. I
guessed I wouldn't stay in one place, but
just tramp right across the country, mostly
night times, and hunt and fish to keep alive,
and so get so far away that the old man nor
the widow couldn't ever find me any more. I
judged I would saw out and leave that night
if pap got drunk enough, and I reckoned he
would. I got so full of it I didn't notice how
long I was staying till the old man hollered
and asked me whether I was asleep or
drownded.

I got the things all up to the cabin, and then it
was about dark. While I was cooking supper
the old man took a swig or two and got sort
of warmed up, and went to ripping again.
He had been drunk over in town, and laid in
the gutter all night, and he was a sight to
look at. A body would a thought he was
Adam he was just all mud. Whenever his
liquor begun to work he most always went
for the govment. his time he says:

-16-

"Call this a govment! why, just look at it and
see what it's like. Here's the law a-standing
ready to take a man's son away from him a
man's own son, which he has had all the
trouble and all the anxiety and all the
expense of raising. Yes, just as that man
has got that son raised at last, and ready to
go to work and begin to do suthin' for HIM
and give him a rest, the law up and goes for
him. And they call THAT govment! That ain't
all, nuther. The law backs that old Judge
Thatcher up and helps him to keep me out o'
my property. Here's what the law does: The
law takes a man worth six thousand dollars
and up'ards, and jams him into an old trap
of a cabin like this, and lets him go round in
clothes that ain't fitten for a hog. They call
that govment! A man can't get his rights in a
govment like this. Sometimes I've a mighty
notion to just leave the country for good and
all. Yes, and I TOLD 'em so; I told old
Thatcher so to his face. Lots of 'em heard
me, and can tell what I said. Says I, for two
cents I'd leave the blamed country and
never come a-near it agin. Them's the very
words. I says look at my hat if you call it a hat
but the lid raises up and the rest of it goes
down till it's below my chin, and then it ain't
rightly a hat at all, but more like my head
was shoved up through a jint o' stove pipe.
Look at it, says I such a hat for me to wear
one of the wealthiest men in this town if I
could git my rights.

"Oh, yes, this is a wonderful govment,
wonderful. Why, looky here. There was a
free nigger there from Ohio a mulatter, most
as white as a white man. He had the whitest
shirt on you ever see, too, and the shiniest
hat; and there ain't a man in that town that's
got as fine clothes as what he had; and he
had a gold watch and chain, and a silver-
headed cane the awful est old gray-headed
nabob in the State. And what do you think?
They said he was a p'fessor in a college,
and could talk all kinds of languages, and

knowed everything. And that ain't the wust.
They said he could VOTE when he was at
home. Well, that let me out. Thinks I, what is
the country a-coming to? It was 'lection day,
and I was just about to go and vote myself if
I warn't too drunk to get there; but when they
told me there was a State in this country
where they'd let that nigger vote, I drawed
out. I says I'll never vote agin. Them's the
very words I said; they all heard me; and the
country may rot for all me I'll never vote agin
as long as I live. And to see the cool way of
that nigger why, he wouldn't a give me the
road if I hadn't shoved him out o' the way. I
says to the people, why ain't this nigger put
up at auction and sold? that's what I want to
know. And what do you reckon they said?
Why, they said he couldn't be sold till he'd
been in the State six months, and he hadn't
been there that long yet. There, now that's a
specimen. They call that a govment that
can't sell a free nigger till he's been in the
State six months. Here's a govment that
calls itself a govment, and lets on to be a
govment, and thinks it is a govment, and
yet's got to set stock-still for six whole
months before it can take a hold of a
prowling, thieving, infernal, white-shirted
free nigger, and --"

Pap was agoing on so he never noticed
where his old limber legs was taking him to,
so he went head over heels over the tub of
salt pork and barked both shins, and the
rest of his speech was all the hottest kind of
language mostly hove at the nigger and the
gov ment, though he give the tub some, too,
all along, here and there. He hopped around
the cabin con siderable, first on one leg and
then on the other, hold ing first one shin and
then the other one, and at last he let out with
his left foot all of a sudden and fetched the
tub a rattling kick. But it warn't good
judgment, because that was the boot that
had a couple of his toes leaking out of the
front end of it; so now he raised a howl that

-17-

fairly made a body's hair raise, and down
he went in the dirt, and rolled there, and held
his toes; and the cussing he done then laid
over anything he had ever done previous.
He said so his own self after wards. He had
heard old Sowberry Hagan in his best days,
and he said it laid over him, too; but I reckon
that was sort of piling it on, maybe.

After supper pap took the jug, and said he
had enough whisky there for two drunks and
one delirium tremens. That was always his
word. I judged he would be blind drunk in
about an hour, and then I would steal the
key, or saw myself out, one or t'other. He
drank and drank, and tumbled down on his
blankets by and by; but luck didn't run my
way. He didn't go sound asleep, but was
uneasy. He groaned and moaned and
thrashed around this way and that for a long
time. At last I got so sleepy I couldn't keep
my eyes open all I could do, and so before I
knowed what I was about I was sound
asleep, and the candle burning.

I don't know how long I was asleep, but all of
a sudden there was an awful scream and I
was up. There was pap looking wild, and
skipping around every which way and
yelling about snakes. He said they was
crawling up his legs; and then he would give
a jump and scream, and say one had bit
him on the cheek but I couldn't see no
snakes. He started and run round and round
the cabin, hollering "Take him off! take him
off! he's biting me on the neck!" I never see
a man look so wild in the eyes. Pretty soon
he was all fagged out, and fell down
panting; then he rolled over and over
wonderful fast, kicking things every which
way, and striking and grabbing at the air
with his hands, and screaming and saying
there was devils a-hold of him. He wore out
by and by, and laid still a while, moaning.
Then he laid stiller, and didn't make a
sound. I could hear the owls and the wolves

away off in the woods, and it seemed terri
ble still. He was laying over by the corner. By
and by he raised up part way and listened,
with his head to one side. He says, very low:

"Tramp tramp tramp; that's the dead; tramp
tramp tramp; they're coming after me; but I
won't go. Oh, they're here! don't touch me
don't! hands off they're cold; let go. Oh, let a
poor devil alone!"

Then he went down on all fours and crawled
off, begging them to let him alone, and he
rolled himself up in his blanket and
wallowed in under the old pine table, still a-
begging; and then he went to crying. I could
hear him through the blanket.

By and by he rolled out and jumped up on
his feet looking wild, and he see me and
went for me. He chased me round and
round the place with a clasp knife, calling
me the Angel of Death, and saying he would
kill me, and then I couldn't come for him no
more. I begged, and told him I was only
Huck; but he laughed SUCH a screechy
laugh, and roared and cussed, and kept on
chasing me up. Once when I turned short
and dodged under his arm he made a grab
and got me by the jacket between my
shoulders, and I thought I was gone; but I
slid out of the jacket quick as lightning, and
saved myself. Pretty soon he was all tired
out, and dropped down with his back
against the door, and said he would rest a
minute and then kill me. He put his knife
under him, and said he would sleep and get
strong, and then he would see who was
who.

So he dozed off pretty soon. By and by I got
the old split-bottom chair and clumb up as
easy as I could, not to make any noise, and
got down the gun. I slipped the ramrod down
it to make sure it was loaded, then I laid it
across the turnip barrel, pointing towards

-18-

pap, and set down behind it to wait for him
to stir. And how slow and still the time did
drag along.

CHAPTER VII

ÊGIT up! What you 'bout?"

I opened my eyes and looked around, trying
to make out where I was. It was after sun-
up, and I had been sound asleep. Pap was
standing over me looking sourÐand sick,
too. He says:

"What you doin' with this gun?"

I judged he didn't know nothing about what
he had been doing, so I says:

"Somebody tried to get in, so I was laying
for him."

"Why didn't you roust me out?"

"Well, I tried to, but I couldn't; I couldn't
budge you."

"Well, all right. Don't stand there palavering
all day, but out with you and see if there's a
fish on the lines for breakfast. I'll be along in
a minute."

He unlocked the door, and I cleared out up
the river-bank. I noticed some pieces of
limbs and such things floating down, and a
sprinkling of bark; so I knowed the river had
begun to rise. I reckoned I would have great
times now if I was over at the town. The
June rise used to be always luck for me;
because as soon as that rise begins here
comes cordwood float ing down, and
pieces of log rafts sometimes a dozen logs
together; so all you have to do is to catch
them and sell them to the wood-yards and
the sawmill.

I went along up the bank with one eye out for
pap and t'other one out for what the rise
might fetch along. Well, all at once here
comes a canoe; just a beauty, too, about
thirteen or fourteen foot long, riding high like
a duck. I shot head-first off of the bank like
a frog, clothes and all on, and struck out for
the canoe. I just expected there'd be
somebody lay ing down in it, because
people often done that to fool folks, and
when a chap had pulled a skiff out most to it
they'd raise up and laugh at him. But it
warn't so this time. It was a drift-canoe sure
enough, and I clumb in and paddled her
ashore. Thinks I, the old man will be glad
when he sees this she's worth ten dollars.
But when I got to shore pap wasn't in sight
yet, and as I was running her into a little
creek like a gully, all hung over with vines
and willows, I struck another idea: I judged
I'd hide her good, and then, 'stead of taking
to the woods when I run off, I'd go down the
river about fifty mile and camp in one place
for good, and not have such a rough time
tramping on foot.

It was pretty close to the shanty, and I
thought I heard the old man coming all the
time; but I got her hid; and then I out and
looked around a bunch of willows, and there
was the old man down the path a piece just
drawing a bead on a bird with his gun. So
he hadn't seen anything.

When he got along I was hard at it taking up
a "trot" line. He abused me a little for being
so slow; but I told him I fell in the river, and
that was what made me so long. I knowed
he would see I was wet, and then he would
be asking questions. We got five catfish off
the lines and went home.

While we laid off after breakfast to sleep up,
both of us being about wore out, I got to
thinking that if I could fix up some way to
keep pap and the widow from trying to

-19-

follow me, it would be a certainer thing than
trust ing to luck to get far enough off before
they missed me; you see, all kinds of things
might happen. Well, I didn't see no way for a
while, but by and by pap raised up a minute
to drink another barrel of water, and he
says:

"Another time a man comes a-prowling
round here you roust me out, you hear? That
man warn't here for no good. I'd a shot him.
Next time you roust me out, you hear?"

Then he dropped down and went to sleep
again; but what he had been saying give me
the very idea I wanted. I says to myself, I can
fix it now so nobody won't think of following
me.

About twelve o'clock we turned out and
went along up the bank. The river was
coming up pretty fast, and lots of driftwood
going by on the rise. By and by along comes
part of a log raft nine logs fast together. We
went out with the skiff and towed it ashore.
Then we had dinner. Anybody but pap
would a waited and seen the day through,
so as to catch more stuff; but that warn't
pap's style. Nine logs was enough for one
time; he must shove right over to town and
sell. So he locked me in and took the skiff,
and started off towing the raft about half
past three. I judged he wouldn't come back
that night. I waited till I reckoned he had got
a good start; then I out with my saw, and
went to work on that log again. Before he
was t'other side of the river I was out of the
hole; him and his raft was just a speck on
the water away off yonder.

I took the sack of corn meal and took it to
where the canoe was hid, and shoved the
vines and branches apart and put it in; then I
done the same with the side of bacon; then
the whisky-jug. I took all the coffee and
sugar there was, and all the ammunition; I

took the wadding; I took the bucket and
gourd; I took a dipper and a tin cup, and my
old saw and two blankets, and the skillet
and the coffee-pot. I took fish-lines and
matches and other things everything that
was worth a cent. I cleaned out the place. I
wanted an axe, but there wasn't any, only
the one out at the woodpile, and I knowed
why I was going to leave that. I fetched out
the gun, and now I was done.

I had wore the ground a good deal crawling
out of the hole and dragging out so many
things. So I fixed that as good as I could
from the outside by scattering dust on the
place, which covered up the smoothness
and the sawdust. Then I fixed the piece of
log back into its place, and put two rocks
under it and one against it to hold it there, for
it was bent up at that place and didn't quite
touch ground. If you stood four or five foot
away and didn't know it was sawed, you
wouldn't never notice it; and besides, this
was the back of the cabin, and it warn't
likely anybody would go fooling around
there.

It was all grass clear to the canoe, so I
hadn't left a track. I followed around to see. I
stood on the bank and looked out over the
river. All safe. So I took the gun and went up
a piece into the woods, and was hunting
around for some birds when I see a wild
pig; hogs soon went wild in them bottoms
after they had got away from the prairie
farms. I shot this fel low and took him into
camp.

I took the axe and smashed in the door. I
beat it and hacked it considerable a-doing
it. I fetched the pig in, and took him back
nearly to the table and hacked into his throat
with the axe, and laid him down on the
ground to bleed; I say ground because it
was ground hard packed, and no boards.
Well, next I took an old sack and put a lot of

-20-

big rocks in it all I could drag and I started it
from the pig, and dragged it to the door and
through the woods down to the river and
dumped it in, and down it sunk, out of sight.
You could easy see that something had
been dragged over the ground. I did wish
Tom Sawyer was there; I knowed he would
take an interest in this kind of business, and
throw in the fancy touches. Nobody could
spread himself like Tom Sawyer in such a
thing as that.

Well, last I pulled out some of my hair, and
blooded the axe good, and stuck it on the
back side, and slung the axe in the corner.
Then I took up the pig and held him to my
breast with my jacket (so he couldn't drip)
till I got a good piece below the house and
then dumped him into the river. Now I
thought of some thing else. So I went and
got the bag of meal and my old saw out of
the canoe, and fetched them to the house. I
took the bag to where it used to stand, and
ripped a hole in the bottom of it with the
saw, for there warn't no knives and forks on
the place pap done everything with his
clasp-knife about the cooking. Then I
carried the sack about a hundred yards
across the grass and through the willows
east of the house, to a shallow lake that was
five mile wide and full of rushes and ducks
too, you might say, in the season. There
was a slough or a creek leading out of it on
the other side that went miles away, I don't
know where, but it didn't go to the river. The
meal sifted out and made a little track all the
way to the lake. I dropped pap's whetstone
there too, so as to look like it had been done
by accident. Then I tied up the rip in the meal
sack with a string, so it wouldn't leak no
more, and took it and my saw to the canoe
again.

It was about dark now; so I dropped the
canoe down the river under some willows
that hung over the bank, and waited for the

moon to rise. I made fast to a willow; then I
took a bite to eat, and by and by laid down in
the canoe to smoke a pipe and lay out a
plan. I says to myself, they'll follow the track
of that sack ful of rocks to the shore and
then drag the river for me. And they'll follow
that meal track to the lake and go browsing
down the creek that leads out of it to find the
robbers that killed me and took the things.
They won't ever hunt the river for anything
but my dead carcass. They'll soon get tired
of that, and won't bother no more about me.
All right; I can stop anywhere I want to.
Jackson's Island is good enough for me; I
know that island pretty well, and nobody
ever comes there. And then I can paddle
over to town nights, and slink around and
pick up things I want. Jackson's Island's the
place.

I was pretty tired, and the first thing I knowed
I was asleep. When I woke up I didn't know
where I was for a minute. I set up and looked
around, a little scared. Then I remembered.
The river looked miles and miles across.
The moon was so bright I could a counted
the drift logs that went a-slipping along,
black and still, hundreds of yards out from
shore. Every thing was dead quiet, and it
looked late, and SMELT late. You know
what I mean I don't know the words to put it
in.

I took a good gap and a stretch, and was
just going to unhitch and start when I heard
a sound away over the water. I listened.
Pretty soon I made it out. It was that dull kind
of a regular sound that comes from oars
working in rowlocks when it's a still night. I
peeped out through the willow branches,
and there it was a skiff, away across the
water. I couldn't tell how many was in it. It
kept a-coming, and when it was abreast of
me I see there warn't but one man in it.
Think's I, maybe it's pap, though I warn't
expecting him. He dropped below me with

-21-

the current, and by and by he came a-
swinging up shore in the easy water, and he
went by so close I could a reached out the
gun and touched him. Well, it WAS pap, sure
enough and sober, too, by the way he laid
his oars.

I didn't lose no time. The next minute I was a
spinning down stream soft but quick in the
shade of the bank. I made two mile and a
half, and then struck out a quarter of a mile
or more towards the middle of the river,
because pretty soon I would be passing the
ferry landing, and people might see me and
hail me. I got out amongst the driftwood,
and then laid down in the bottom of the
canoe and let her float. I laid there, and had
a good rest and a smoke out of my pipe,
looking away into the sky; not a cloud in it.
The sky looks ever so deep when you lay
down on your back in the moonshine; I never
knowed it before. And how far a body can
hear on the water such nights! I heard
people talking at the ferry land ing. I heard
what they said, too every word of it. One
man said it was getting towards the long
days and the short nights now. T'other one
said THIS warn't one of the short ones, he
reckoned and then they laughed, and he
said it over again, and they laughed again;
then they waked up another fellow and told
him, and laughed, but he didn't laugh; he
ripped out something brisk, and said let him
alone. The first fellow said he 'lowed to tell it
to his old woman she would think it was
pretty good; but he said that warn't nothing
to some things he had said in his time. I
heard one man say it was nearly three
o'clock, and he hoped daylight wouldn't
wait more than about a week longer. After
that the talk got further and further away,
and I couldn't make out the words any more;
but I could hear the mumble, and now and
then a laugh, too, but it seemed a long ways
off.

I was away below the ferry now. I rose up,
and there was Jackson's Island, about two
mile and a half down stream, heavy
timbered and standing up out of the middle
of the river, big and dark and solid, like a
steamboat without any lights. There warn't
any signs of the bar at the head it was all
under water now.

It didn't take me long to get there. I shot past
the head at a ripping rate, the current was
so swift, and then I got into the dead water
and landed on the side towards the Illinois
shore. I run the canoe into a deep dent in the
bank that I knowed about; I had to part the
willow branches to get in; and when I made
fast nobody could a seen the canoe from
the outside.

I went up and set down on a log at the head
of the island, and looked out on the big river
and the black driftwood and away over to
the town, three mile away, where there was
three or four lights twinkling. A monstrous
big lumber-raft was about a mile up stream,
coming along down, with a lantern in the
middle of it. I watched it come creeping
down, and when it was most abreast of
where I stood I heard a man say, "Stern
oars, there! heave her head to stab board!" I
heard that just as plain as if the man was by
my side.

There was a little gray in the sky now; so I
stepped into the woods, and laid down for a
nap before break fast.

CHAPTER VIII

THE sun was up so high when I waked that I
judged it was after eight o'clock. I laid there
in the grass and the cool shade thinking
about things, and feeling rested and ruther
comfortable and satisfied. I could see the
sun out at one or two holes, but mostly it was
big trees all about, and gloomy in there

-22-

amongst them. There was freckled places
on the ground where the light sifted down
through the leaves, and the freckled places
swapped about a little, showing there was a
little breeze up there. A couple of squirrels
set on a limb and jabbered at me very
friendly.

I was powerful lazy and comfortable didn't
want to get up and cook breakfast. Well, I
was dozing off again when I thinks I hears a
deep sound of "boom!" away up the river. I
rouses up, and rests on my elbow and
listens; pretty soon I hears it again. I hopped
up, and went and looked out at a hole in the
leaves, and I see a bunch of smoke laying
on the water a long ways up about abreast
the ferry. And there was the ferryboat full of
people floating along down. I knowed what
was the matter now. "Boom!" I see the white
smoke squirt out of the ferryboat's side. You
see, they was firing cannon over the water,
trying to make my carcass come to the top.

I was pretty hungry, but it warn't going to do
for me to start a fire, because they might
see the smoke. So I set there and watched
the cannon-smoke and listened to the
boom. The river was a mile wide there, and
it always looks pretty on a summer morning
so I was having a good enough time seeing
them hunt for my remainders if I only had a
bite to eat. Well, then I happened to think
how they always put quicksilver in loaves of
bread and float them off, because they
always go right to the drownded carcass
and stop there. So, says I, I'll keep a
lookout, and if any of them's floating around
after me I'll give them a show. I changed to
the Illinois edge of the island to see what
luck I could have, and I warn't disappointed.
A big double loaf come along, and I most
got it with a long stick, but my foot slipped
and she floated out further. Of course I was
where the current set in the closest to the
shore I knowed enough for that. But by and

by along comes another one, and this time I
won. I took out the plug and shook out the
little dab of quick silver, and set my teeth in.
It was "baker's bread" what the quality eat;
none of your low-down corn-pone.

I got a good place amongst the leaves, and
set there on a log, munching the bread and
watching the ferry boat, and very well
satisfied. And then something struck me. I
says, now I reckon the widow or the parson
or somebody prayed that this bread would
find me, and here it has gone and done it.
So there ain't no doubt but there is
something in that thing that is, there's
something in it when a body like the widow
or the parson prays, but it don't work for me,
and I reckon it don't work for only just the
right kind.

I lit a pipe and had a good long smoke, and
went on watching. The ferryboat was
floating with the current, and I allowed I'd
have a chance to see who was aboard
when she come along, because she would
come in close, where the bread did. When
she'd got pretty well along down towards
me, I put out my pipe and went to where I
fished out the bread, and laid down behind
a log on the bank in a little open place.
Where the log forked I could peep through.

By and by she come along, and she drifted
in so close that they could a run out a plank
and walked ashore. Most everybody was on
the boat. Pap, and Judge Thatcher, and
Bessie Thatcher, and Jo Harper, and Tom
Sawyer, and his old Aunt Polly, and Sid and
Mary, and plenty more. Everybody was
talking about the murder, but the captain
broke in and says:

"Look sharp, now; the current sets in the
closest here, and maybe he's washed
ashore and got tangled amongst the brush
at the water's edge. I hope so, anyway."

-23-

"I didn't hope so. They all crowded up and
leaned over the rails, nearly in my face, and
kept still, watch ing with all their might. I
could see them first-rate, but they couldn't
see me. Then the captain sung out:

"Stand away!" and the cannon let off such a
blast right before me that it made me deef
with the noise and pretty near blind with the
smoke, and I judged I was gone. If they'd a
had some bullets in, I reckon they'd a got the
corpse they was after. Well, I see I warn't
hurt, thanks to goodness. The boat floated
on and went out of sight around the shoulder
of the island. I could hear the booming now
and then, further and further off, and by and
by, after an hour, I didn't hear it no more.
The island was three mile long. I judged
they had got to the foot, and was giving it up.
But they didn't yet a while. They turned
around the foot of the island and started up
the channel on the Mis souri side, under
steam, and booming once in a while as they
went. I crossed over to that side and
watched them. When they got abreast the
head of the island they quit shooting and
dropped over to the Missouri shore and
went home to the town.

I knowed I was all right now. Nobody else
would come a-hunting after me. I got my
traps out of the canoe and made me a nice
camp in the thick woods. I made a kind of a
tent out of my blankets to put my things
under so the rain couldn't get at them. I
catched a catfish and haggled him open
with my saw, and towards sundown I
started my camp fire and had supper. Then I
set out a line to catch some fish for
breakfast.

When it was dark I set by my camp fire
smoking, and feeling pretty well satisfied;
but by and by it got sort of lonesome, and so
I went and set on the bank and listened to
the current swashing along, and counted the

stars and drift logs and rafts that come
down, and then went to bed; there ain't no
better way to put in time when you are
lonesome; you can't stay so, you soon get
over it.

And so for three days and nights. No
difference just the same thing. But the next
day I went explor ing around down through
the island. I was boss of it; it all belonged to
me, so to say, and I wanted to know all
about it; but mainly I wanted to put in the
time. I found plenty strawberries, ripe and
prime; and green summer grapes, and
green razberries; and the green
blackberries was just beginning to show.
They would all come handy by and by, I
judged.

Well, I went fooling along in the deep woods
till I judged I warn't far from the foot of the
island. I had my gun along, but I hadn't shot
nothing; it was for protection; thought I
would kill some game nigh home. About this
time I mighty near stepped on a good-sized
snake, and it went sliding off through the
grass and flowers, and I after it, trying to get
a shot at it. I clipped along, and all of a
sudden I bounded right on to the ashes of a
camp fire that was still smoking.

My heart jumped up amongst my lungs. I
never waited for to look further, but
uncocked my gun and went sneaking back
on my tiptoes as fast as ever I could. Every
now and then I stopped a second amongst
the thick leaves and listened, but my breath
come so hard I couldn't hear nothing else. I
slunk along an other piece further, then
listened again; and so on, and so on. If I see
a stump, I took it for a man; if I trod on a stick
and broke it, it made me feel like a person
had cut one of my breaths in two and I only
got half, and the short half, too.

When I got to camp I warn't feeling very

-24-

brash, there warn't much sand in my craw;
but I says, this ain't no time to be fooling
around. So I got all my traps into my canoe
again so as to have them out of sight, and I
put out the fire and scattered the ashes
around to look like an old last year's camp,
and then clumb a tree.

I reckon I was up in the tree two hours; but I
didn't see nothing, I didn't hear nothing I only
THOUGHT I heard and seen as much as a
thousand things. Well, I couldn't stay up there
forever; so at last I got down, but I kept in the
thick woods and on the lookout all the time.
All I could get to eat was berries and what
was left over from breakfast.

By the time it was night I was pretty hungry.
So when it was good and dark I slid out from
shore before moonrise and paddled over to
the Illinois bank about a quarter of a mile. I
went out in the woods and cooked a
supper, and I had about made up my mind I
would stay there all night when I hear a
PLUNKETY PLUNK, PLUNKETY-PLUNK,
and says to myself, horses coming; and
next I hear people's voices. I got everything
into the canoe as quick as I could, and then
went creeping through the woods to see
what I could find out. I hadn't got far when I
hear a man say:

"We better camp here if we can find a good
place; the horses is about beat out. Let's
look around."

I didn't wait, but shoved out and paddled
away easy. I tied up in the old place, and
reckoned I would sleep in the canoe.

I didn't sleep much. I couldn't, somehow, for
thinking. And every time I waked up I thought
somebody had me by the neck. So the
sleep didn't do me no good. By and by I
says to myself, I can't live this way; I'm a-
going to find out who it is that's here on the

island with me; I'll find it out or bust. Well, I
felt better right off.

So I took my paddle and slid out from shore
just a step or two, and then let the canoe
drop along down amongst the shadows.
The moon was shining, and out side of the
shadows it made it most as light as day. I
poked along well on to an hour, everything
still as rocks and sound asleep. Well, by this
time I was most down to the foot of the
island. A little ripply, cool breeze begun to
blow, and that was as good as saying the
night was about done. I give her a turn with
the paddle and brung her nose to shore;
then I got my gun and slipped out and into
the edge of the woods. I sat down there on a
log, and looked out through the leaves. I see
the moon go off watch, and the darkness
begin to blanket the river. But in a little while I
see a pale streak over the treetops, and
knowed the day was coming. So I took my
gun and slipped off towards where I had run
across that camp fire, stopping every
minute or two to listen. But I hadn't no luck
somehow; I couldn't seem to find the place.
But by and by, sure enough, I catched a
glimpse of fire away through the trees. I
went for it, cautious and slow. By and by I
was close enough to have a look, and there
laid a man on the ground. It most give me the
fantods. He had a blanket around his head,
and his head was nearly in the fire. I set
there behind a clump of bushes in about six
foot of him, and kept my eyes on him
steady. It was getting gray daylight now.
Pretty soon he gapped and stretched
himself and hove off the blanket, and it was
Miss Watson's Jim! I bet I was glad to see
him. I says:

"Hello, Jim!" and skipped out.

He bounced up and stared at me wild. Then
he drops down on his knees, and puts his
hands together and says:

-25-

"Doan' hurt me don't! I hain't ever done no
harm to a ghos'. I alwuz liked dead people,
en done all I could for 'em. You go en git in
de river agin, whah you b'longs, en doan'
do nuffn to Ole Jim, 'at 'uz awluz yo' fren'."

Well, I warn't long making him understand I
warn't dead. I was ever so glad to see Jim. I
warn't lone some now. I told him I warn't
afraid of HIM telling the people where I was.
I talked along, but he only set there and
looked at me; never said nothing. Then I
says:

"It's good daylight. Le's get breakfast.
Make up your camp fire good."

"What's de use er makin' up de camp fire to
cook strawbries en sich truck? But you got a
gun, hain't you? Den we kin git sumfn better
den strawbries."

"Strawberries and such truck," I says. "Is that
what you live on?"

"I couldn' git nuffn else," he says.

"Why, how long you been on the island,
Jim?"

"I come heah de night arter you's killed."

"What, all that time?"

"Yes indeedy."

"And ain't you had nothing but that kind of
rub bage to eat?"

"No, sah nuffn else."

"Well, you must be most starved, ain't you?"

"I reck'n I could eat a hoss. I think I could.
How long you ben on de islan'?"

"Since the night I got killed."

"No! W'y, what has you lived on? But you got
a gun. Oh, yes, you got a gun. Dat's good.
Now you kill sumfn en I'll make up de fire."

So we went over to where the canoe was,
and while he built a fire in a grassy open
place amongst the trees, I fetched meal and
bacon and coffee, and coffee-pot and
frying-pan, and sugar and tin cups, and the
nigger was set back considerable,
because he reckoned it was all done with
witchcraft. I catched a good big catfish, too,
and Jim cleaned him with his knife, and
fried him.

When breakfast was ready we lolled on the
grass and eat it smoking hot. Jim laid it in
with all his might, for he was most about
starved. Then when we had got pretty well
stuffed, we laid off and lazied. By and by
Jim says:

"But looky here, Huck, who wuz it dat 'uz
killed in dat shanty ef it warn't you?"

Then I told him the whole thing, and he said
it was smart. He said Tom Sawyer couldn't
get up no better plan than what I had. Then I
says:

"How do you come to be here, Jim, and
how'd you get here?"

He looked pretty uneasy, and didn't say
nothing for a minute. Then he says:

"Maybe I better not tell."

"Why, Jim?"

"Well, dey's reasons. But you wouldn' tell on
me ef I uz to tell you, would you, Huck?"

"Blamed if I would, Jim."

-26-

"Well, I b'lieve you, Huck. I I RUN OFF."

"Jim!"

"But mind, you said you wouldn' tell you
know you said you wouldn' tell, Huck."

"Well, I did. I said I wouldn't, and I'll stick to it.
Honest INJUN, I will. People would call me a
low down Abolitionist and despise me for
keeping mum but that don't make no
difference. I ain't a-going to tell, and I ain't
a-going back there, anyways. So, now, le's
know all about it."

"Well, you see, it 'uz dis way. Ole missus
dat's Miss Watson she pecks on me all de
time, en treats me pooty rough, but she
awluz said she wouldn' sell me down to
Orleans. But I noticed dey wuz a nigger
trader roun' de place considable lately, en I
begin to git oneasy. Well, one night I creeps
to de do' pooty late, en de do' warn't quite
shet, en I hear old missus tell de widder she
gwyne to sell me down to Orleans, but she
didn' want to, but she could git eight hund'd
dollars for me, en it 'uz sich a big stack o'
money she couldn' resis'. De widder she try
to git her to say she wouldn' do it, but I never
waited to hear de res'. I lit out mighty quick, I
tell you.

"I tuck out en shin down de hill, en 'spec to
steal a skift 'long de sho' som'ers 'bove de
town, but dey wuz people a-stirring yit, so I
hid in de ole tumble-down cooper-shop on
de bank to wait for everybody to go 'way.
Well, I wuz dah all night. Dey wuz somebody
roun' all de time. 'Long 'bout six in de
mawnin' skifts begin to go by, en 'bout eight
er nine every skift dat went 'long wuz talkin'
'bout how yo' pap come over to de town en
say you's killed. Dese las' skifts wuz full o'
ladies en genlmen a-goin' over for to see
de place. Sometimes dey'd pull up at de
sho' en take a res' b'fo' dey started acrost,

so by de talk I got to know all 'bout de killin'. I
'uz powerful sorry you's killed, Huck, but I
ain't no mo' now.

"I laid dah under de shavin's all day. I 'uz
hungry, but I warn't afeard; bekase I
knowed ole missus en de widder wuz goin'
to start to de camp meet'n' right arter
breakfas' en be gone all day, en dey knows
I goes off wid de cattle 'bout daylight, so
dey wouldn' 'spec to see me roun' de
place, en so dey wouldn' miss me tell arter
dark in de evenin'. De yuther servants
wouldn' miss me, kase dey'd shin out en
take holiday soon as de ole folks 'uz out'n
de way.

"Well, when it come dark I tuck out up de
river road, en went 'bout two mile er more to
whah dey warn't no houses. I'd made up my
mine 'bout what I's agwyne to do. You see,
ef I kep' on tryin' to git away afoot, de dogs
'ud track me; ef I stole a skift to cross over,
dey'd miss dat skift, you see, en dey'd
know 'bout whah I'd lan' on de yuther side,
en whah to pick up my track. So I says, a raff
is what I's arter; it doan' MAKE no track.

"I see a light a-comin' roun' de p'int
bymeby, so I wade' in en shove' a log
ahead o' me en swum more'n half way
acrost de river, en got in 'mongst de drift
wood, en kep' my head down low, en
kinder swum agin de current tell de raff
come along. Den I swum to de stern uv it en
tuck a-holt. It clouded up en 'uz pooty dark
for a little while. So I clumb up en laid down
on de planks. De men 'uz all 'way yonder in
de middle, whah de lantern wuz. De river
wuz a risin', en dey wuz a good current; so I
reck'n'd 'at by fo' in de mawnin' I'd be
twenty-five mile down de river, en den I'd
slip in jis b'fo' daylight en swim asho', en
take to de woods on de Illinois side.

"But I didn' have no luck. When we 'uz mos'

-27-

down to de head er de islan' a man begin to
come aft wid de lantern, I see it warn't no
use fer to wait, so I slid overboard en struck
out fer de islan'. Well, I had a notion I could
lan' mos' anywhers, but I couldn't bank too
bluff. I 'uz mos' to de foot er de islan' b'fo' I
found' a good place. I went into de woods
en jedged I wouldn' fool wid raffs no mo',
long as dey move de lantern roun' so. I had
my pipe en a plug er dog-leg, en some
matches in my cap, en dey warn't wet, so I
'uz all right."

"And so you ain't had no meat nor bread to
eat all this time? Why didn't you get mud-
turkles?"

"How you gwyne to git 'm? You can't slip up
on um en grab um; en how's a body gwyne
to hit um wid a rock? How could a body do it
in de night? En I warn't gwyne to show
mysef on de bank in de daytime."

"Well, that's so. You've had to keep in the
woods all the time, of course. Did you hear
'em shooting the cannon?"

"Oh, yes. I knowed dey was arter you. I see
um go by heah watched um thoo de
bushes."

Some young birds come along, flying a yard
or two at a time and lighting. Jim said it was
a sign it was going to rain. He said it was a
sign when young chickens flew that way,
and so he reckoned it was the same way
when young birds done it. I was going to
catch some of them, but Jim wouldn't let
me. He said it was death. He said his father
laid mighty sick once, and some of them
catched a bird, and his old granny said his
father would die, and he did.

And Jim said you mustn't count the things
you are going to cook for dinner, because
that would bring bad luck. The same if you

shook the table-cloth after sundown. And
he said if a man owned a beehive and that
man died, the bees must be told about it
before sun-up next morning, or else the
bees would all weaken down and quit work
and die. Jim said bees wouldn't sting idiots;
but I didn't believe that, be cause I had tried
them lots of times myself, and they wouldn't
sting me.

I had heard about some of these things
before, but not all of them. Jim knowed all
kinds of signs. He said he knowed most
everything. I said it looked to me like all the
signs was about bad luck, and so I asked
him if there warn't any good-luck signs. He
says:

"Mighty few an' DEY ain't no use to a body.
What you want to know when good luck's a-
comin' for? Want to keep it off?" And he
said: "Ef you's got hairy arms en a hairy
breas', it's a sign dat you's agwyne to be
rich. Well, dey's some use in a sign like dat,
'kase it's so fur ahead. You see, maybe
you's got to be po' a long time fust, en so
you might git discourage' en kill yo'sef 'f
you didn' know by de sign dat you gwyne to
be rich bymeby."

"Have you got hairy arms and a hairy breast,
Jim?"

"What's de use to ax dat question? Don't
you see I has?"

"Well, are you rich?"

"No, but I ben rich wunst, and gwyne to be
rich agin. Wunst I had foteen dollars, but I
tuck to specalat'n', en got busted out."

"What did you speculate in, Jim?"

"Well, fust I tackled stock."

-28-

"What kind of stock?"

"Why, live stock cattle, you know. I put ten
dollars in a cow. But I ain' gwyne to resk no
mo' money in stock. De cow up 'n' died on
my han's."

"So you lost the ten dollars."

"No, I didn't lose it all. I on'y los' 'bout nine of
it. I sole de hide en taller for a dollar en ten
cents."

"You had five dollars and ten cents left. Did
you speculate any more?"

"Yes. You know that one-laigged nigger dat
b'longs to old Misto Bradish? Well, he sot up
a bank, en say anybody dat put in a dollar
would git fo' dollars mo' at de en' er de
year. Well, all de niggers went in, but dey
didn't have much. I wuz de on'y one dat had
much. So I stuck out for mo' dan fo' dollars,
en I said 'f I didn' git it I'd start a bank my
sef. Well, o' course dat nigger want' to keep
me out er de business, bekase he says dey
warn't business 'nough for two banks, so
he say I could put in my five dollars en he pay
me thirty-five at de en' er de year.

"So I done it. Den I reck'n'd I'd inves' de
thirty-five dollars right off en keep things a-
movin'. Dey wuz a nigger name' Bob, dat
had ketched a wood flat, en his marster
didn' know it; en I bought it off'n him en told
him to take de thirty-five dollars when de
en' er de year come; but somebody stole de
wood-flat dat night, en nex day de one-
laigged nigger say de bank's busted. So
dey didn' none uv us git no money."

"What did you do with the ten cents, Jim?"

"Well, I 'uz gwyne to spen' it, but I had a
dream, en de dream tole me to give it to a
nigger name' Balum Balum's Ass dey call

him for short; he's one er dem
chuckleheads, you know. But he's lucky,
dey say, en I see I warn't lucky. De dream
say let Balum inves' de ten cents en he'd
make a raise for me. Well, Balum he tuck de
money, en when he wuz in church he hear
de preacher say dat whoever give to de po'
len' to de Lord, en boun' to git his money
back a hund'd times. So Balum he tuck en
give de ten cents to de po', en laid low to
see what wuz gwyne to come of it."

"Well, what did come of it, Jim?"

"Nuffn never come of it. I couldn' manage to
k'leck dat money no way; en Balum he
couldn'. I ain' gwyne to len' no mo' money
'dout I see de security. Boun' to git yo'
money back a hund'd times, de preacher
says! Ef I could git de ten CENTS back, I'd
call it squah, en be glad er de chanst."

"Well, it's all right anyway, Jim, long as
you're going to be rich again some time or
other."

"Yes; en I's rich now, come to look at it. I
owns mysef, en I's wuth eight hund'd
dollars. I wisht I had de money, I wouldn'
want no mo'."

CHAPTER IX

I WANTED to go and look at a place right
about the middle of the island that I'd found
when I was exploring; so we started and
soon got to it, because the island was only
three miles long and a quarter of a mile
wide.

This place was a tolerable long, steep hill or
ridge about forty foot high. We had a rough
time getting to the top, the sides was so
steep and the bushes so thick. We tramped
and clumb around all over it, and by and by
found a good big cavern in the rock, most

-29-

up to the top on the side towards Illinois. The
cavern was as big as two or three rooms
bunched together, and Jim could stand up
straight in it. It was cool in there. Jim was for
putting our traps in there right away, but I
said we didn't want to be climbing up and
down there all the time.

Jim said if we had the canoe hid in a good
place, and had all the traps in the cavern,
we could rush there if anybody was to come
to the island, and they would never find us
without dogs. And, besides, he said them
little birds had said it was going to rain, and
did I want the things to get wet?

So we went back and got the canoe, and
paddled up abreast the cavern, and lugged
all the traps up there. Then we hunted up a
place close by to hide the canoe in,
amongst the thick willows. We took some
fish off of the lines and set them again, and
begun to get ready for dinner.

The door of the cavern was big enough to
roll a hogshead in, and on one side of the
door the floor stuck out a little bit, and was
flat and a good place to build a fire on. So
we built it there and cooked dinner.

We spread the blankets inside for a carpet,
and eat our dinner in there. We put all the
other things handy at the back of the cavern.
Pretty soon it darkened up, and begun to
thunder and lighten; so the birds was right
about it. Directly it begun to rain, and it
rained like all fury, too, and I never see the
wind blow so. It was one of these regular
summer storms. It would get so dark that it
looked all blue-black outside, and lovely;
and the rain would thrash along by so thick
that the trees off a little ways looked dim
and spider webby; and here would come a
blast of wind that would bend the trees
down and turn up the pale under side of the
leaves; and then a perfect ripper of a gust

would follow along and set the branches to
tossing their arms as if they was just wild;
and next, when it was just about the bluest
and blackest FST! it was as bright as glory,
and you'd have a little glimpse of tree tops
a-plunging about away off yonder in the
storm, hundreds of yards further than you
could see before; dark as sin again in a
second, and now you'd hear the thunder let
go with an awful crash, and then go rum
bling, grumbling, tumbling, down the sky
towards the under side of the world, like
rolling empty barrels down stairs where it's
long stairs and they bounce a good deal,
you know.

"Jim, this is nice," I says. "I wouldn't want to
be nowhere else but here. Pass me along
another hunk of fish and some hot corn-
bread."

"Well, you wouldn't a ben here 'f it hadn't a
ben for Jim. You'd a ben down dah in de
woods widout any dinner, en gittn' mos'
drownded, too; dat you would, honey.
Chickens knows when it's gwyne to rain, en
so do de birds, chile."

The river went on raising and raising for ten
or twelve days, till at last it was over the
banks. The water was three or four foot
deep on the island in the low places and on
the Illinois bottom. On that side it was a
good many miles wide, but on the Missouri
side it was the same old distance across a
half a mile because the Missouri shore was
just a wall of high bluffs.

Daytimes we paddled all over the island in
the canoe, It was mighty cool and shady in
the deep woods, even if the sun was
blazing outside. We went winding in and out
amongst the trees, and sometimes the
vines hung so thick we had to back away
and go some other way. Well, on every old
broken-down tree you could see rabbits

-30-

and snakes and such things; and when the
island had been overflowed a day or two
they got so tame, on account of being
hungry, that you could paddle right up and
put your hand on them if you wanted to; but
not the snakes and turtles they would slide
off in the water. The ridge our cavern was in
was full of them. We could a had pets
enough if we'd wanted them.

One night we catched a little section of a
lumber raft nice pine planks. It was twelve
foot wide and about fifteen or sixteen foot
long, and the top stood above water six or
seven inches a solid, level floor. We could
see saw-logs go by in the daylight some
times, but we let them go; we didn't show
ourselves in daylight.

Another night when we was up at the head
of the island, just before daylight, here
comes a frame-house down, on the west
side. She was a two-story, and tilted over
considerable. We paddled out and got
aboard clumb in at an upstairs window. But
it was too dark to see yet, so we made the
canoe fast and set in her to wait for daylight.

The light begun to come before we got to
the foot of the island. Then we looked in at
the window. We could make out a bed, and
a table, and two old chairs, and lots of
things around about on the floor, and there
was clothes hanging against the wall. There
was something laying on the floor in the far
corner that looked like a man. So Jim says:

"Hello, you!"

But it didn't budge. So I hollered again, and
then Jim says:

"De man ain't asleep he's dead. You hold
still I'll go en see."

He went, and bent down and looked, and

says:

"It's a dead man. Yes, indeedy; naked, too.
He's ben shot in de back. I reck'n he's ben
dead two er three days. Come in, Huck, but
doan' look at his face it's too gashly."

I didn't look at him at all. Jim throwed some
old rags over him, but he needn't done it; I
didn't want to see him. There was heaps of
old greasy cards scattered around over the
floor, and old whisky bottles, and a couple
of masks made out of black cloth; and all
over the walls was the ignorantest kind of
words and pictures made with charcoal.
There was two old dirty calico dresses, and
a sun-bonnet, and some women's
underclothes hanging against the wall, and
some men's clothing, too. We put the lot into
the canoe it might come good. There was a
boy's old speckled straw hat on the floor; I
took that, too. And there was a bottle that
had had milk in it, and it had a rag stopper
for a baby to suck. We would a took the
bottle, but it was broke. There was a seedy
old chest, and an old hair trunk with the
hinges broke. They stood open, but there
warn't nothing left in them that was any
account. The way things was scattered
about we reckoned the people left in a
hurry, and warn't fixed so as to carry off
most of their stuff.

We got an old tin lantern, and a butcher-
knife with out any handle, and a bran-new
Barlow knife worth two bits in any store, and
a lot of tallow candles, and a tin candlestick,
and a gourd, and a tin cup, and a ratty old
bedquilt off the bed, and a reticule with
needles and pins and beeswax and buttons
and thread and all such truck in it, and a
hatchet and some nails, and a fishline as
thick as my little finger with some mon
strous hooks on it, and a roll of buckskin,
and a leather dog-collar, and a horseshoe,
and some vials of medicine that didn't have

-31-

no label on them; and just as we was
leaving I found a tolerable good curry-
comb, and Jim he found a ratty old fiddle-
bow, and a wooden leg. The straps was
broke off of it, but, barring that, it was a
good enough leg, though it was too long for
me and not long enough for Jim, and we
couldn't find the other one, though we
hunted all around.

And so, take it all around, we made a good
haul. When we was ready to shove off we
was a quarter of a mile below the island,
and it was pretty broad day; so I made Jim
lay down in the canoe and cover up with the
quilt, because if he set up people could tell
he was a nigger a good ways off. I paddled
over to the Illinois shore, and drifted down
most a half a mile doing it. I crept up the
dead water under the bank, and hadn't no
accidents and didn't see nobody. We got
home all safe.

CHAPTER X

AFTER breakfast I wanted to talk about the
dead man and guess out how he come to
be killed, but Jim didn't want to. He said it
would fetch bad luck; and besides, he said,
he might come and ha'nt us; he said a man
that warn't buried was more likely to go a
ha'nting around than one that was planted
and com fortable. That sounded pretty
reasonable, so I didn't say no more; but I
couldn't keep from studying over it and
wishing I knowed who shot the man, and
what they done it for.

We rummaged the clothes we'd got, and
found eight dollars in silver sewed up in the
lining of an old blanket overcoat. Jim said
he reckoned the people in that house stole
the coat, because if they'd a knowed the
money was there they wouldn't a left it. I
said I reckoned they killed him, too; but Jim
didn't want to talk about that. I says:

"Now you think it's bad luck; but what did
you say when I fetched in the snake-skin
that I found on the top of the ridge day
before yesterday? You said it was the worst
bad luck in the world to touch a snake-skin
with my hands. Well, here's your bad luck!
We've raked in all this truck and eight dollars
besides. I wish we could have some bad
luck like this every day, Jim."

"Never you mind, honey, never you mind.
Don't you git too peart. It's a-comin'. Mind I
tell you, it's a-comin'."

It did come, too. It was a Tuesday that we
had that talk. Well, after dinner Friday we
was laying around in the grass at the upper
end of the ridge, and got out of tobacco. I
went to the cavern to get some, and found a
rattlesnake in there. I killed him, and curled
him up on the foot of Jim's blanket, ever so
natural, thinking there'd be some fun when
Jim found him there. Well, by night I forgot all
about the snake, and when Jim flung
himself down on the blanket while I struck a
light the snake's mate was there, and bit
him.

He jumped up yelling, and the first thing the
light showed was the varmint curled up and
ready for another spring. I laid him out in a
second with a stick, and Jim grabbed pap's
whisky-jug and begun to pour it down.

He was barefooted, and the snake bit him
right on the heel. That all comes of my being
such a fool as to not remember that
wherever you leave a dead snake its mate
always comes there and curls around it. Jim
told me to chop off the snake's head and
throw it away, and then skin the body and
roast a piece of it. I done it, and he eat it and
said it would help cure him. He made me
take off the rattles and tie them around his
wrist, too. He said that that would help. Then
I slid out quiet and throwed the snakes clear

-32-

away amongst the bushes; for I warn't
going to let Jim find out it was all my fault,
not if I could help it.

Jim sucked and sucked at the jug, and now
and then he got out of his head and pitched
around and yelled; but every time he come
to himself he went to sucking at the jug
again. His foot swelled up pretty big, and so
did his leg; but by and by the drunk begun to
come, and so I judged he was all right; but
I'd druther been bit with a snake than pap's
whisky.

Jim was laid up for four days and nights.
Then the swelling was all gone and he was
around again. I made up my mind I wouldn't
ever take a-holt of a snake-skin again with
my hands, now that I see what had come of
it. Jim said he reckoned I would believe him
next time. And he said that handling a snake
skin was such awful bad luck that maybe we
hadn't got to the end of it yet. He said he
druther see the new moon over his left
shoulder as much as a thousand times than
take up a snake-skin in his hand. Well, I was
getting to feel that way myself, though I've
always reckoned that looking at the new
moon over your left shoulder is one of the
carelessest and foolishest things a body
can do. Old Hank Bunker done it once, and
bragged about it; and in less than two years
he got drunk and fell off of the shot-tower,
and spread him self out so that he was just
a kind of a layer, as you may say; and they
slid him edgeways between two barn doors
for a coffin, and buried him so, so they say,
but I didn't see it. Pap told me. But anyway it
all come of looking at the moon that way,
like a fool.

Well, the days went along, and the river went
down between its banks again; and about
the first thing we done was to bait one of the
big hooks with a skinned rabbit and set it
and catch a catfish that was as big as a

man, being six foot two inches long, and
weighed over two hundred pounds. We
couldn't handle him, of course; he would a
flung us into Illinois. We just set there and
watched him rip and tear around till he
drownded. We found a brass button in his
stomach and a round ball, and lots of
rubbage. We split the ball open with the
hatchet, and there was a spool in it. Jim
said he'd had it there a long time, to coat it
over so and make a ball of it. It was as big a
fish as was ever catched in the Mississippi,
I reckon. Jim said he hadn't ever seen a
bigger one. He would a been worth a good
deal over at the village. They peddle out
such a fish as that by the pound in the
market house there; everybody buys some
of him; his meat's as white as snow and
makes a good fry.

Next morning I said it was getting slow and
dull, and I wanted to get a stirring up some
way. I said I reckoned I would slip over the
river and find out what was going on. Jim
liked that notion; but he said I must go in the
dark and look sharp. Then he studied it over
and said, couldn't I put on some of them old
things and dress up like a girl? That was a
good notion, too. So we shortened up one
of the calico gowns, and I turned up my
trouser-legs to my knees and got into it. Jim
hitched it behind with the hooks, and it was
a fair fit. I put on the sun-bonnet and tied it
under my chin, and then for a body to look in
and see my face was like looking down a
joint of stove pipe. Jim said nobody would
know me, even in the daytime, hardly. I
practiced around all day to get the hang of
the things, and by and by I could do pretty
well in them, only Jim said I didn't walk like a
girl; and he said I must quit pulling up my
gown to get at my britches-pocket. I took
notice, and done better.

I started up the Illinois shore in the canoe
just after dark.

-33-

I started across to the town from a little
below the ferry-landing, and the drift of the
current fetched me in at the bottom of the
town. I tied up and started along the bank.
There was a light burning in a little shanty
that hadn't been lived in for a long time, and
I wondered who had took up quarters there.
I slipped up and peeped in at the window.
There was a woman about forty year old in
there knitting by a candle that was on a pine
table. I didn't know her face; she was a
stranger, for you couldn't start a face in that
town that I didn't know. Now this was lucky,
because I was weakening; I was getting
afraid I had come; people might know my
voice and find me out. But if this woman had
been in such a little town two days she could
tell me all I wanted to know; so I knocked at
the door, and made up my mind I wouldn't
forget I was a girl.

CHAPTER XI

"COME in," says the woman, and I did. She
says: "Take a cheer."

I done it. She looked me all over with her
little shiny eyes, and says:

"What might your name be?"

"Sarah Williams."

"Where 'bouts do you live? In this neighbor
hood?'

"No'm. In Hookerville, seven mile below.
I've walked all the way and I'm all tired out."

"Hungry, too, I reckon. I'll find you
something."

"No'm, I ain't hungry. I was so hungry I had to
stop two miles below here at a farm; so I
ain't hungry no more. It's what makes me so
late. My mother's down sick, and out of

money and everything, and I come to tell my
uncle Abner Moore. He lives at the upper
end of the town, she says. I hain't ever been
here before. Do you know him?"

"No; but I don't know everybody yet. I
haven't lived here quite two weeks. It's a
considerable ways to the upper end of the
town. You better stay here all night. Take off
your bonnet."

"No," I says; "I'll rest a while, I reckon, and
go on. I ain't afeared of the dark."

She said she wouldn't let me go by myself,
but her husband would be in by and by,
maybe in a hour and a half, and she'd send
him along with me. Then she got to talking
about her husband, and about her rela tions
up the river, and her relations down the
river, and about how much better off they
used to was, and how they didn't know but
they'd made a mistake coming to our town,
instead of letting well alone and so on and
so on, till I was afeard I had made a mistake
coming to her to find out what was going on
in the town; but by and by she dropped on to
pap and the murder, and then I was pretty
willing to let her clatter right along. She told
about me and Tom Sawyer finding the six
thousand dollars (only she got it ten) and all
about pap and what a hard lot he was, and
what a hard lot I was, and at last she got
down to where I was murdered. I says:

"Who done it? We've heard considerable
about these goings on down in Hookerville,
but we don't know who 'twas that killed
Huck Finn."

"Well, I reckon there's a right smart chance
of people HERE that'd like to know who
killed him. Some think old Finn done it
himself."

"No is that so?"

-34-

"Most everybody thought it at first. He'll
never know how nigh he come to getting
lynched. But before night they changed
around and judged it was done by a
runaway nigger named Jim."

"Why HE --"

I stopped. I reckoned I better keep still. She
run on, and never noticed I had put in at all:

"The nigger run off the very night Huck Finn
was killed. So there's a reward out for him
three hun dred dollars. And there's a reward
out for old Finn, too two hundred dollars.
You see, he come to town the morning after
the murder, and told about it, and was out
with 'em on the ferryboat hunt, and right
away after he up and left. Before night they
wanted to lynch him, but he was gone, you
see. Well, next day they found out the nigger
was gone; they found out he hadn't ben
seen sence ten o'clock the night the murder
was done. So then they put it on him, you
see; and while they was full of it, next day,
back comes old Finn, and went boo-hooing
to Judge Thatcher to get money to hunt for
the nigger all over Illinois with. The judge
gave him some, and that evening he got
drunk, and was around till after mid night
with a couple of mighty hard-looking
strangers, and then went off with them. Well,
he hain't come back sence, and they ain't
looking for him back till this thing blows over
a little, for people thinks now that he killed
his boy and fixed things so folks would think
robbers done it, and then he'd get Huck's
money without having to bother a long time
with a lawsuit. People do say he warn't any
too good to do it. Oh, he's sly, I reckon. If he
don't come back for a year he'll be all right.
You can't prove anything on him, you know;
everything will be quieted down then, and
he'll walk in Huck's money as easy as
nothing."

"Yes, I reckon so, 'm. I don't see nothing in
the way of it. Has everybody guit thinking the
nigger done it?"

"Oh, no, not everybody. A good many thinks
he done it. But they'll get the nigger pretty
soon now, and maybe they can scare it out
of him."

"Why, are they after him yet?"

"Well, you're innocent, ain't you! Does three
hundred dollars lay around every day for
people to pick up? Some folks think the
nigger ain't far from here. I'm one of them
but I hain't talked it around. A few days ago I
was talking with an old couple that lives next
door in the log shanty, and they happened to
say hardly anybody ever goes to that island
over yonder that they call Jackson's Island.
Don't any body live there? says I. No,
nobody, says they. I didn't say any more, but
I done some thinking. I was pretty near
certain I'd seen smoke over there, about the
head of the island, a day or two before that,
so I says to myself, like as not that nigger's
hiding over there; anyway, says I, it's worth
the trouble to give the place a hunt. I hain't
seen any smoke sence, so I reckon maybe
he's gone, if it was him; but husband's
going over to see him and another man. He
was gone up the river; but he got back to-
day, and I told him as soon as he got here
two hours ago."

I had got so uneasy I couldn't set still. I had to
do something with my hands; so I took up a
needle off of the table and went to threading
it. My hands shook, and I was making a bad
job of it. When the woman stopped talking I
looked up, and she was looking at me pretty
curious and smiling a little. I put down the
needle and thread, and let on to be
interested and I was, too and says:

"Three hundred dollars is a power of money.

-35-

I wish my mother could get it. Is your
husband going over there to-night?"

"Oh, yes. He went up-town with the man I
was telling you of, to get a boat and see if
they could borrow another gun. They'll go
over after midnight."

"Couldn't they see better if they was to wait
till daytime?"

"Yes. And couldn't the nigger see better,
too? After midnight he'll likely be asleep,
and they can slip around through the woods
and hunt up his camp fire all the better for
the dark, if he's got one."

"I didn't think of that."

The woman kept looking at me pretty
curious, and I didn't feel a bit comfortable.
Pretty soon she says"

"What did you say your name was, honey?"

"M Mary Williams."

Somehow it didn't seem to me that I said it
was Mary before, so I didn't look up
seemed to me I said it was Sarah; so I felt
sort of cornered, and was afeared maybe I
was looking it, too. I wished the woman
would say something more; the longer she
set still the uneasier I was. But now she
says:

"Honey, I thought you said it was Sarah
when you first come in?"

"Oh, yes'm, I did. Sarah Mary Williams.
Sarah's my first name. Some calls me
Sarah, some calls me Mary."

"Oh, that's the way of it?"

"Yes'm."

I was feeling better then, but I wished I was
out of there, anyway. I couldn't look up yet.

Well, the woman fell to talking about how
hard times was, and how poor they had to
live, and how the rats was as free as if they
owned the place, and so forth and so on,
and then I got easy again. She was right
about the rats. You'd see one stick his nose
out of a hole in the corner every little while.
She said she had to have things handy to
throw at them when she was alone, or they
wouldn't give her no peace. She showed
me a bar of lead twisted up into a knot, and
said she was a good shot with it generly, but
she'd wrenched her arm a day or two ago,
and didn't know whether she could throw
true now. But she watched for a chance,
and directly banged away at a rat; but she
missed him wide, and said "Ouch!" it hurt
her arm so. Then she told me to try for the
next one. I wanted to be getting away before
the old man got back, but of course I didn't
let on. I got the thing, and the first rat that
showed his nose I let drive, and if he'd a
stayed where he was he'd a been a
tolerable sick rat. She said that was first-
rate, and she reckoned I would hive the next
one. She went and got the lump of lead and
fetched it back, and brought along a hank of
yarn which she wanted me to help her with. I
held up my two hands and she put the hank
over them, and went on talking about her
and her husband's matters. But she broke
off to say:

"Keep your eye on the rats. You better have
the lead in your lap, handy."

So she dropped the lump into my lap just at
that moment, and I clapped my legs
together on it and she went on talking. But
only about a minute. Then she took off the
hank and looked me straight in the face,
and very pleasant, and says:

-36-

"Come, now, what's your real name?"

"Wh what, mum?"

"What's your real name? Is it Bill, or Tom, or
Bob? or what is it?"

I reckon I shook like a leaf, and I didn't know
hardly what to do. But I says:

"Please to don't poke fun at a poor girl like
me, mum. If I'm in the way here, I'll --"

"No, you won't. Set down and stay where
you are. I ain't going to hurt you, and I ain't
going to tell on you, nuther. You just tell me
your secret, and trust me. I'll keep it; and,
what's more, I'll help you. So'll my old man if
you want him to. You see, you're a runaway
'prentice, that's all. It ain't anything. There
ain't no harm in it. You've been treated bad,
and you made up your mind to cut. Bless
you, child, I wouldn't tell on you. Tell me all
about it now, that's a good boy."

So I said it wouldn't be no use to try to play it
any longer, and I would just make a clean
breast and tell her everything, but she
musn't go back on her promise. Then I told
her my father and mother was dead, and the
law had bound me out to a mean old farmer
in the country thirty mile back from the river,
and he treated me so bad I couldn't stand it
no longer; he went away to be gone a
couple of days, and so I took my chance and
stole some of his daughter's old clothes and
cleared out, and I had been three nights
coming the thirty miles. I traveled nights, and
hid daytimes and slept, and the bag of
bread and meat I carried from home lasted
me all the way, and I had a-plenty. I said I
believed my uncle Abner Moore would take
care of me, and so that was why I struck out
for this town of Goshen.

"Goshen, child? This ain't Goshen. This is

St. Petersburg. Goshen's ten mile further up
the river. Who told you this was Goshen?"

"Why, a man I met at daybreak this morning,
just as I was going to turn into the woods for
my regular sleep. He told me when the
roads forked I must take the right hand, and
five mile would fetch me to Goshen."

"He was drunk, I reckon. He told you just ex
actly wrong."

"Well,,he did act like he was drunk, but it
ain't no matter now. I got to be moving
along. I'll fetch Goshen before daylight."

"Hold on a minute. I'll put you up a snack to
eat. You might want it."

So she put me up a snack, and says:

"Say, when a cow's laying down, which end
of her gets up first? Answer up prompt now
don't stop to study over it. Which end gets up
first?"

"The hind end, mum."

"Well, then, a horse?"

"The for'rard end, mum."

"Which side of a tree does the moss grow
on?"

"North side."

"If fifteen cows is browsing on a hillside,
how many of them eats with their heads
pointed the same direction?"

"The whole fifteen, mum."

"Well, I reckon you HAVE lived in the country.
I thought maybe you was trying to hocus me
again. What's your real name, now?"

-37-

"George Peters, mum."

"Well, try to remember it, George. Don't
forget and tell me it's Elexander before you
go, and then get out by saying it's George
Elexander when I catch you. And don't go
about women in that old calico. You do a girl
tolerable poor, but you might fool men,
maybe. Bless you, child, when you set out to
thread a needle don't hold the thread still
and fetch the needle up to it; hold the needle
still and poke the thread at it; that's the way
a woman most always does, but a man
always does t'other way. And when you
throw at a rat or anything, hitch yourself up a
tiptoe and fetch your hand up over your head
as awkward as you can, and miss your rat
about six or seven foot. Throw stiff-armed
from the shoulder, like there was a pivot
there for it to turn on, like a girl; not from the
wrist and elbow, with your arm out to one
side, like a boy. And, mind you, when a girl
tries to catch anything in her lap she throws
her knees apart; she don't clap them
together, the way you did when you catched
the lump of lead. Why, I spotted you for a boy
when you was threading the needle; and I
contrived the other things just to make
certain. Now trot along to your uncle, Sarah
Mary Williams George Elexander Peters,
and if you get into trouble you send word to
Mrs. Judith Loftus, which is me, and I'll do
what I can to get you out of it. Keep the river
road all the way, and next time you tramp
take shoes and socks with you. The river
road's a rocky one, and your feet'll be in a
condition when you get to Goshen, I
reckon."

I went up the bank about fifty yards, and then
I doubled on my tracks and slipped back to
where my canoe was, a good piece below
the house. I jumped in, and was off in a
hurry. I went up-stream far enough to make
the head of the island, and then started
across. I took off the sun-bonnet, for I didn't

want no blinders on then. When I was about
the middle I heard the clock begin to strike,
so I stops and listens; the sound come faint
over the water but clear eleven. When I
struck the head of the island I never waited
to blow, though I was most winded, but I
shoved right into the timber where my old
camp used to be, and started a good fire
there on a high and dry spot.

Then I jumped in the canoe and dug out for
our place, a mile and a half below, as hard
as I could go. I landed, and slopped through
the timber and up the ridge and into the
cavern. There Jim laid, sound asleep on the
ground. I roused him out and says:

"Git up and hump yourself, Jim! There ain't
a minute to lose. They're after us!"

Jim never asked no questions, he never
said a word; but the way he worked for the
next half an hour showed about how he was
scared. By that time every thing we had in
the world was on our raft, and she was
ready to be shoved out from the willow cove
where she was hid. We put out the camp fire
at the cavern the first thing, and didn't show
a candle outside after that.

I took the canoe out from the shore a little
piece, and took a look; but if there was a
boat around I couldn't see it, for stars and
shadows ain't good to see by. Then we got
out the raft and slipped along down in the
shade, past the foot of the island dead still
never saying a word.

CHAPTER XII

IT must a been close on to one o'clock when
we got below the island at last, and the raft
did seem to go mighty slow. If a boat was to
come along we was going to take to the
canoe and break for the Illinois shore; and it
was well a boat didn't come, for we hadn't

-38-

ever thought to put the gun in the canoe, or a
fishing-line, or anything to eat. We was in
ruther too much of a sweat to think of so
many things. It warn't good judgment to put
EVERYTHING on the raft.

If the men went to the island I just expect
they found the camp fire I built, and watched
it all night for Jim to come. Anyways, they
stayed away from us, and if my building the
fire never fooled them it warn't no fault of
mine. I played it as low down on them as I
could.

When the first streak of day began to show
we tied up to a towhead in a big bend on the
Illinois side, and hacked off cottonwood
branches with the hatchet, and covered up
the raft with them so she looked like there
had been a cave-in in the bank there. A tow
head is a sandbar that has cottonwoods on
it as thick as harrow-teeth.

We had mountains on the Missouri shore
and heavy timber on the Illinois side, and the
channel was down the Missouri shore at
that place, so we warn't afraid of anybody
running across us. We laid there all day, and
watched the rafts and steamboats spin
down the Missouri shore, and up-bound
steamboats fight the big river in the middle. I
told Jim all about the time I had jabbering
with that woman; and Jim said she was a
smart one, and if she was to start after us
herself she wouldn't set down and watch a
camp fire no, sir, she'd fetch a dog. Well,
then, I said, why couldn't she tell her
husband to fetch a dog? Jim said he bet she
did think of it by the time the men was ready
to start, and he believed they must a gone
up-town to get a dog and so they lost all that
time, or else we wouldn't be here on a
towhead sixteen or seventeen mile below
the village no, indeedy, we would be in that
same old town again. So I said I didn't care
what was the reason they didn't get us as

long as they didn't.

When it was beginning to come on dark we
poked our heads out of the cottonwood
thicket, and looked up and down and
across; nothing in sight; so Jim took up
some of the top planks of the raft and built a
snug wigwam to get under in blazing
weather and rainy, and to keep the things
dry. Jim made a floor for the wigwam, and
raised it a foot or more above the level of
the raft, so now the blankets and all the
traps was out of reach of steamboat waves.
Right in the middle of the wigwam we made
a layer of dirt about five or six inches deep
with a frame around it for to hold it to its
place; this was to build a fire on in sloppy
weather or chilly; the wigwam would keep it
from being seen. We made an extra
steering-oar, too, because one of the
others might get broke on a snag or
something. We fixed up a short forked stick
to hang the old lantern on, because we must
always light the lantern whenever we see a
steamboat coming down-stream, to keep
from getting run over; but we wouldn't have
to light it for up-stream boats unless we see
we was in what they call a "crossing"; for the
river was pretty high yet, very low banks
being still a little under water; so up-bound
boats didn't always run the channel, but
hunted easy water.

This second night we run between seven
and eight hours, with a current that was
making over four mile an hour. We catched
fish and talked, and we took a swim now
and then to keep off sleepiness. It was kind
of solemn, drifting down the big, still river,
lay ing on our backs looking up at the stars,
and we didn't ever feel like talking loud, and
it warn't often that we laughed only a little
kind of a low chuckle. We had mighty good
weather as a general thing, and noth ing
ever happened to us at all that night, nor the
next, nor the next.

-39-

Every night we passed towns, some of
them away up on black hillsides, nothing but
just a shiny bed of lights; not a house could
you see. The fifth night we passed St.
Louis, and it was like the whole world lit up.
In St. Petersburg they used to say there was
twenty or thirty thousand people in St. Louis,
but I never believed it till I see that wonderful
spread of lights at two o'clock that still night.
There warn't a sound there; everybody was
asleep.

Every night now I used to slip ashore
towards ten o'clock at some little village,
and buy ten or fifteen cents' worth of meal
or bacon or other stuff to eat; and
sometimes I lifted a chicken that warn't
roosting comfortable, and took him along.
Pap always said, take a chicken when you
get a chance, because if you don't want him
yourself you can easy find somebody that
does, and a good deed ain't ever forgot. I
never see pap when he didn't want the
chicken himself, but that is what he used to
say, anyway.

Mornings before daylight I slipped into
cornfields and borrowed a watermelon, or a
mushmelon, or a punkin, or some new corn,
or things of that kind. Pap always said it
warn't no harm to borrow things if you was
meaning to pay them back some time; but
the widow said it warn't anything but a soft
name for stealing, and no decent body
would do it. Jim said he reckoned the
widow was partly right and pap was partly
right; so the best way would be for us to pick
out two or three things from the list and say
we wouldn't borrow them any more then he
reckoned it wouldn't be no harm to borrow
the others. So we talked it over all one night,
drifting along down the river, trying to make
up our minds whether to drop the
watermelons, or the cantelopes, or the
mushmelons, or what. But towards daylight
we got it all settled satisfactory, and

concluded to drop crabapples and
p'simmons. We warn't feeling just right
before that, but it was all comfortable now. I
was glad the way it come out, too, because
crabapples ain't ever good, and the
p'simmons wouldn't be ripe for two or three
months yet.

We shot a water-fowl now and then that got
up too early in the morning or didn't go to
bed early enough in the evening. Take it all
round, we lived pretty high.

The fifth night below St. Louis we had a big
storm after midnight, with a power of
thunder and lightning, and the rain poured
down in a solid sheet. We stayed in the
wigwam and let the raft take care of itself.
When the lightning glared out we could see a
big straight river ahead, and high, rocky
bluffs on both sides. By and by says I, "Hel-
LO, Jim, looky yon der!" It was a steamboat
that had killed herself on a rock. We was
drifting straight down for her. The lightning
showed her very distinct. She was leaning
over, with part of her upper deck above
water, and you could see every little
chimbly-guy clean and clear, and a chair by
the big bell, with an old slouch hat hanging
on the back of it, when the flashes come.

Well, it being away in the night and stormy,
and all so mysterious-like, I felt just the way
any other boy would a felt when I see that
wreck laying there so mournful and
lonesome in the middle of the river. I wanted
to get aboard of her and slink around a little,
and see what there was there. So I says:

"Le's land on her, Jim."

But Jim was dead against it at first. He
says:

"I doan' want to go fool'n 'long er no wrack.
We's doin' blame' well, en we better let

-40-

blame' well alone, as de good book says.
Like as not dey's a watchman on dat
wrack."

"Watchman your grandmother," I says; "there
ain't nothing to watch but the texas and the
pilot house; and do you reckon anybody's
going to resk his life for a texas and a pilot-
house such a night as this, when it's likely to
break up and wash off down the river any
minute?" Jim couldn't say nothing to that, so
he didn't try. "And besides," I says, "we
might borrow something worth having out of
the captain's stateroom. Seegars, I bet you
and cost five cents apiece, solid cash.
Steamboat captains is always rich, and get
sixty dollars a month, and THEY don't care a
cent what a thing costs, you know, long as
they want it. Stick a candle in your pocket; I
can't rest, Jim, till we give her a rummaging.
Do you reckon Tom Sawyer would ever go
by this thing? Not for pie, he wouldn't. He'd
call it an adventure that's what he'd call it;
and he'd land on that wreck if it was his last
act. And wouldn't he throw style into it?
wouldn't he spread himself, nor nothing?
Why, you'd think it was Christopher
C'lumbus discovering Kingdom-Come. I
wish Tom Sawyer WAS here."

Jim he grumbled a little, but give in. He said
we mustn't talk any more than we could
help, and then talk mighty low. The lightning
showed us the wreck again just in time, and
we fetched the stabboard derrick, and
made fast there.

The deck was high out here. We went
sneaking down the slope of it to labboard,
in the dark, towards the texas, feeling our
way slow with our feet, and spreading our
hands out to fend off the guys, for it was so
dark we couldn't see no sign of them. Pretty
soon we struck the forward end of the
skylight, and clumb on to it; and the next
step fetched us in front of the captain's

door, which was open, and by Jimminy,
away down through the texas-hall we see a
light! and all in the same second we seem to
hear low voices in yonder!

Jim whispered and said he was feeling
powerful sick, and told me to come along. I
says, all right, and was going to start for the
raft; but just then I heard a voice wail out
and say:

"Oh, please don't, boys; I swear I won't ever
tell!"

Another voice said, pretty loud:

"It's a lie, Jim Turner. You've acted this way
before. You always want more'n your share
of the truck, and you've always got it, too,
because you've swore 't if you didn't you'd
tell. But this time you've said it jest one time
too many. You're the meanest,
treacherousest hound in this country."

By this time Jim was gone for the raft. I was
just a-biling with curiosity; and I says to
myself, Tom Sawyer wouldn't back out
now, and so I won't either; I'm a-going to
see what's going on here. So I dropped on
my hands and knees in the little passage,
and crept aft in the dark till there warn't but
one stateroom betwixt me and the cross-
hall of the texas. Then in there I see a man
stretched on the floor and tied hand and
foot, and two men standing over him, and
one of them had a dim lantern in his hand,
and the other one had a pistol. This one kept
pointing the pistol at the man's head on the
floor, and saying:

"I'd LIKE to! And I orter, too a mean skunk!"

The man on the floor would shrivel up and
say, "Oh, please don't, Bill; I hain't ever
goin' to tell."

-41-

And every time he said that the man with the
lantern would laugh and say:

"'Deed you AIN'T! You never said no truer
thing 'n that, you bet you." And once he said:
"Hear him beg! and yit if we hadn't got the
best of him and tied him he'd a killed us
both. And what FOR? Jist for noth'n. Jist
because we stood on our RIGHTS that's
what for. But I lay you ain't a-goin' to
threaten nobody any more, Jim Turner. Put
UP that pistol, Bill."

Bill says:

"I don't want to, Jake Packard. I'm for killin'
him and didn't he kill old Hatfield jist the
same way and don't he deserve it?"

"But I don't WANT him killed, and I've got my
reasons for it."

"Bless yo' heart for them words, Jake
Packard! I'll never forgit you long's I live!"
says the man on the floor, sort of
blubbering.

Packard didn't take no notice of that, but
hung up his lantern on a nail and started
towards where I was there in the dark, and
motioned Bill to come. I crawfished as fast
as I could about two yards, but the boat
slanted so that I couldn't make very good
time; so to keep from getting run over and
catched I crawled into a stateroom on the
upper side. The man came a pawing along
in the dark, and when Packard got to my
stateroom, he says:

"Here come in here."

And in he come, and Bill after him. But
before they got in I was up in the upper
berth, cornered, and sorry I come. Then they
stood there, with their hands on the ledge of
the berth, and talked. I couldn't see them,

but I could tell where they was by the whisky
they'd been having. I was glad I didn't drink
whisky; but it wouldn't made much
difference anyway, because most of the
time they couldn't a treed me because I
didn't breathe. I was too scared. And,
besides, a body COULDN'T breathe and
hear such talk. They talked low and earnest.
Bill wanted to kill Turner. He says:

"He's said he'll tell, and he will. If we was to
give both our shares to him NOW it wouldn't
make no difference after the row and the
way we've served him. Shore's you're
born, he'll turn State's evidence; now you
hear ME. I'm for putting him out of his
troubles."

"So'm I," says Packard, very quiet.

"Blame it, I'd sorter begun to think you
wasnÕt. Well, then, that's all right. Le's go
and do it."

"Hold on a minute; I hain't had my say yit.
You listen to me. Shooting's good, but
there's quieter ways if the thing's GOT to be
done. But what I say is this: it ain't good
sense to go court'n around after a halter if
you can git at what you're up to in some way
that's jist as good and at the same time
don't bring you into no resks. Ain't that so?"

"You bet it is. But how you goin' to manage it
this time?"

"Well, my idea is this: we'll rustle around and
gather up whatever pickins we've
overlooked in the state rooms, and shove
for shore and hide the truck. Then we'll wait.
Now I say it ain't a-goin' to be more'n two
hours befo' this wrack breaks up and
washes off down the river. See? He'll be
drownded, and won't have nobody to blame
for it but his own self. I reckon that's a
considerble sight better 'n killin' of him. I'm

-42-

unfavorable to killin' a man as long as you
can git aroun' it; it ain't good sense, it ain't
good morals. Ain't I right?"

"Yes, I reck'n you are. But s'pose she
DON'T break up and wash off?"

"Well, we can wait the two hours anyway and
see, can't we?"

"All right, then; come along."

So they started, and I lit out, all in a cold
sweat, and scrambled forward. It was dark
as pitch there; but I said, in a kind of a
coarse whisper, "Jim !" and he answered
up, right at my elbow, with a sort of a moan,
and I says:

"Quick, Jim, it ain't no time for fooling
around and moaning; there's a gang of
murderers in yonder, and if we don't hunt up
their boat and set her drifting down the river
so these fellows can't get away from the
wreck there's one of 'em going to be in a
bad fix. But if we find their boat we can put
ALL of 'em in a bad fix for the sheriff 'll get
'em. Quick hurry! I'll hunt the labboard side,
you hunt the stabboard. You start at the raft,
and --"

"Oh, my lordy, lordy! RAF'? Dey ain' no raf'
no mo'; she done broke loose en gone I en
here we is!"

CHAPTER XIII

WELL, I catched my breath and most
fainted. Shut up on a wreck with such a
gang as that! But it warn't no time to be
sentimentering. We'd GOT to find that boat
now had to have it for ourselves. So we
went a-quaking and shaking down the
stabboard side, and slow work it was, too
seemed a week be fore we got to the stern.
No sign of a boat. Jim said he didn't believe

he could go any further so scared he hadn't
hardly any strength left, he said. But I said,
come on, if we get left on this wreck we are
in a fix, sure. So on we prowled again. We
struck for the stern of the texas, and found it,
and then scrabbled along forwards on the
skylight, hanging on from shutter to shutter,
for the edge of the skylight was in the water.
When we got pretty close to the cross-hall
door there was the skiff, sure enough! I
could just barely see her. I felt ever so
thankful. In another second I would a been
aboard of her, but just then the door
opened. One of the men stuck his head out
only about a couple of foot from me, and I
thought I was gone; but he jerked it in again,
and says:

"Heave that blame lantern out o' sight, Bill!"

He flung a bag of something into the boat,
and then got in himself and set down. It was
Packard. Then Bill HE come out and got in.
Packard says, in a low voice:

"All ready shove off!"

I couldn't hardly hang on to the shutters, I
was so weak. But Bill says:

"Hold on 'd you go through him?"

"No. Didn't you?"

"No. So he's got his share o' the cash yet."

"Well, then, come along; no use to take truck
and leave money."

"Say, won't he suspicion what we're up to?"

"Maybe he won't. But we got to have it
anyway. Come along."

So they got out and went in.

-43-

The door slammed to because it was on the
careened side; and in a half second I was in
the boat, and Jim come tumbling after me. I
out with my knife and cut the rope, and away
we went!

We didn't touch an oar, and we didn't speak
nor whisper, nor hardly even breathe. We
went gliding swift along, dead silent, past
the tip of the paddle box, and past the stern;
then in a second or two more we was a
hundred yards below the wreck, and the
darkness soaked her up, every last sign of
her, and we was safe, and knowed it.

When we was three or four hundred yards
down stream we see the lantern show like a
little spark at the texas door for a second,
and we knowed by that that the rascals had
missed their boat, and was beginning to
understand that they was in just as much
trouble now as Jim Turner was.

Then Jim manned the oars, and we took out
after our raft. Now was the first time that I
begun to worry about the men I reckon I
hadn't had time to before. I begun to think
how dreadful it was, even for mur derers, to
be in such a fix. I says to myself, there ain't
no telling but I might come to be a murderer
myself yet, and then how would I like it? So
says I to Jim:

"The first light we see we'll land a hundred
yards below it or above it, in a place where
it's a good hiding-place for you and the
skiff, and then I'll go and fix up some kind of
a yarn, and get somebody to go for that
gang and get them out of their scrape, so
they can be hung when their time comes."

But that idea was a failure; for pretty soon it
begun to storm again, and this time worse
than ever. The rain poured down, and never
a light showed; every body in bed, I reckon.
We boomed along down the river, watching

for lights and watching for our raft. After a
long time the rain let up, but the clouds
stayed, and the lightning kept whimpering,
and by and by a flash showed us a black
thing ahead, floating, and we made for it.

It was the raft, and mighty glad was we to
get aboard of it again. We seen a light now
away down to the right, on shore. So I said I
would go for it. The skiff was half full of
plunder which that gang had stole there on
the wreck. We hustled it on to the raft in a
pile, and I told Jim to float along down, and
show a light when he judged he had gone
about two mile, and keep it burning till I
come; then I manned my oars and shoved
for the light. As I got down towards it three or
four more showed up on a hillside. It was a
village. I closed in above the shore light, and
laid on my oars and floated. As I went by I
see it was a lantern hanging on the jackstaff
of a double-hull ferryboat. I skimmed
around for the watchman, a wondering
whereabouts he slept; and by and by I found
him roosting on the bitts forward, with his
head down between his knees. I gave his
shoulder two or three little shoves, and
begun to cry.

He stirred up in a kind of a startlish way; but
when he see it was only me he took a good
gap and stretch, and then he says:

"Hello, what's up? Don't cry, bub. What's the
trouble?"

I says:

"Pap, and mam, and sis, and --"

Then I broke down. He says:

"Oh, dang it now, DON'T take on so; we all
has to have our troubles, and this 'n 'll come
out all right. What's the matter with 'em?"

-44-

"They're they're are you the watchman of
the boat?"

"Yes," he says, kind of pretty-well-satisfied
like. "I'm the captain and the owner and the
mate and the pilot and watchman and head
deck-hand; and some times I'm the freight
and passengers. I ain't as rich as old Jim
Hornback, and I can't be so blame' gener
ous and good to Tom, Dick, and Harry as
what he is, and slam around money the way
he does; but I've told him a many a time 't I
wouldn't trade places with him; for, says I, a
sailor's life's the life for me, and I'm derned
if I'D live two mile out o' town, where there
ain't nothing ever goin' on, not for all his
spon dulicks and as much more on top of it.
Says I --"

I broke in and says:

"They're in an awful peck of trouble, and --"

"WHO is?"

"Why, pap and mam and sis and Miss
Hooker; and if you'd take your ferryboat and
go up there --"

"Up where? Where are they?"

"On the wreck."

"What wreck?"

"Why, there ain't but one."

"What, you don't mean the Walter Scott?"

"Yes."

"Good land! what are they doin' THERE, for
gracious sakes?"

"Well, they didn't go there a-purpose."

"I bet they didn't! Why, great goodness,
there ain't no chance for 'em if they don't git
off mighty quick! Why, how in the nation did
they ever git into such a scrape?"

"Easy enough. Miss Hooker was a-visiting
up there to the town --"

"Yes, Booth's Landing go on."

"She was a-visiting there at Booth's
Landing, and just in the edge of the evening
she started over with her nigger woman in
the horse-ferry to stay all night at her
friend's house, Miss What-you-may-call-
herÑI disremember her name and they lost
their steering oar, and swung around and
went a-floating down, stern first, about two
mile, and saddle-baggsed on the wreck,
and the ferryman and the nigger woman and
the horses was all lost, but Miss Hooker she
made a grab and got aboard the wreck.
Well, about an hour after dark we come
along down in our trading-scow, and it was
so dark we didn't notice the wreck till we
was right on it; and so WE saddle-baggsed;
but all of us was saved but Bill Whipple and
oh, he WAS the best cretur ! I most wish 't it
had been me, I do."

"My George! It's the beatenest thing I ever
struck. And THEN what did you all do?"

"Well, we hollered and took on, but it's so
wide there we couldn't make nobody hear.
So pap said somebody got to get ashore
and get help somehow. I was the only one
that could swim, so I made a dash for it, and
Miss Hooker she said if I didn't strike help
sooner, come here and hunt up her uncle,
and he'd fix the thing. I made the land about
a mile below, and been fooling along ever
since, trying to get people to do something,
but they said, 'What, in such a night and such
a current? There ain't no sense in it; go for
the steam ferry.' Now if you'll go and --"

-45-

"By Jackson, I'd LIKE to, and, blame it, I
don't know but I will; but who in the
dingnation's a-going' to PAY for it? Do you
reckon your pap --"

"Why THAT'S all right. Miss Hooker she tole
me, PARTICULAR, that her uncle Hornback
--"

"Great guns! is HE her uncle? Looky here,
you break for that light over yonder-way,
and turn out west when you git there, and
about a quarter of a mile out you'll come to
the tavern; tell 'em to dart you out to Jim
Hornback's, and he'll foot the bill. And don't
you fool around any, because he'll want to
know the news. Tell him I'll have his niece all
safe before he can get to town. Hump
yourself, now; I'm a going up around the
corner here to roust out my engineer."

I struck for the light, but as soon as he turned
the corner I went back and got into my skiff
and bailed her out, and then pulled up shore
in the easy water about six hundred yards,
and tucked myself in among some
woodboats; for I couldn't rest easy till I could
see the ferryboat start. But take it all around,
I was feel ing ruther comfortable on
accounts of taking all this trouble for that
gang, for not many would a done it. I wished
the widow knowed about it. I judged she
would be proud of me for helping these
rapscallions, because rapscallions and
dead beats is the kind the widow and good
people takes the most interest in.

Well, before long here comes the wreck,
dim and dusky, sliding along down! A kind
of cold shiver went through me, and then I
struck out for her. She was very deep, and I
see in a minute there warn't much chance
for anybody being alive in her. I pulled all
around her and hollered a little, but there
wasn't any answer; all dead still. I felt a little
bit heavy-hearted about the gang, but not

much, for I reckoned if they could stand it I
could.

Then here comes the ferryboat; so I shoved
for the middle of the river on a long down-
stream slant; and when I judged I was out of
eye-reach I laid on my oars, and looked
back and see her go and smell around the
wreck for Miss Hooker's remainders,
because the captain would know her uncle
Hornback would want them; and then pretty
soon the ferryboat give it up and went for the
shore, and I laid into my work and went a-
booming down the river.

It did seem a powerful long time before
Jim's light showed up; and when it did show
it looked like it was a thousand mile off. By
the time I got there the sky was beginning to
get a little gray in the east; so we struck for
an island, and hid the raft, and sunk the
skiff, and turned in and slept like dead
people.

CHAPTER XIV

BY and by, when we got up, we turned over
the truck the gang had stole off of the wreck,
and found boots, and blankets, and clothes,
and all sorts of other things, and a lot of
books, and a spyglass, and three boxes of
seegars. We hadn't ever been this rich
before in neither of our lives. The seegars
was prime. We laid off all the afternoon in
the woods talking, and me reading the
books, and having a general good time. I
told Jim all about what happened inside the
wreck and at the ferryboat, and I said these
kinds of things was adventures; but he said
he didn't want no more adventures. He said
that when I went in the texas and he crawled
back to get on the raft and found her gone
he nearly died, because he judged it was all
up with HIM anyway it could be fixed; for if
he didn't get saved he would get drownded;
and if he did get saved, whoever saved him

-46-

would send him back home so as to get the
reward, and then Miss Watson would sell
him South, sure. Well, he was right; he was
most always right; he had an uncommon
level head for a nigger.

I read considerable to Jim about kings and
dukes and earls and such, and how gaudy
they dressed, and how much style they put
on, and called each other your majesty, and
your grace, and your lordship, and so on,
'stead of mister; and Jim's eyes bugged
out, and he was interested. He says:

"I didn' know dey was so many un um. I
hain't hearn 'bout none un um, skasely, but
ole King Soller mun, onless you counts dem
kings dat's in a pack er k'yards. How much
do a king git?"

"Get?" I says; "why, they get a thousand
dollars a month if they want it; they can have
just as much as they want; everything
belongs to them."

"AIN' dat gay? En what dey got to do,
Huck?"

"THEY don't do nothing! Why, how you talk!
They just set around."

"No; is dat so?"

"Of course it is. They just set around except,
maybe, when there's a war; then they go to
the war. But other times they just lazy
around; or go hawking just hawking and sp
Sh! d' you hear a noise?"

We skipped out and looked; but it warn't
nothing but the flutter of a steamboat's
wheel away down, coming around the
point; so we come back.

"Yes," says I, "and other times, when things
is dull, they fuss with the parlyment; and if

everybody don't go just so he whacks their
heads off. But mostly they hang round the
harem."

"Roun' de which?"

"Harem."

"What's de harem?"

"The place where he keeps his wives. Don't
you know about the harem? Solomon had
one; he had about a million wives."

"Why, yes, dat's so; I I'd done forgot it. A
harem's a bo'd'n-house, I reck'n. Mos'
likely dey has rackety times in de nussery.
En I reck'n de wives quarrels considable;
en dat 'crease de racket. Yit dey say
Sollermun de wises' man dat ever live'. I
doan' take no stock in dat. Bekase why:
would a wise man want to live in de mids' er
sich a blim-blammin' all de time? No 'deed
he wouldn't. A wise man 'ud take en buil' a
biler-factry; en den he could shet DOWN de
biler-factry when he want to res'."

"Well, but he WAS the wisest man, anyway;
be cause the widow she told me so, her
own self."

"I doan k'yer what de widder say, he
WARN'T no wise man nuther. He had some
er de dad-fetchedes' ways I ever see.
Does you know 'bout dat chile dat he 'uz
gwyne to chop in two?"

"Yes, the widow told me all about it."

"WELL, den! Warn' dat de beatenes' notion
in de worl'? You jes' take en look at it a
minute. Dah's de stump, dah dat's one er
de women; heah's you dat's de yuther one;
I's Sollermun; en dish yer dollar bill's de
chile. Bofe un you claims it. What does I do?
Does I shin aroun' mongs' de neighbors en

-47-

fine out which un you de bill DO b'long to, en
han' it over to de right one, all safe en soun',
de way dat anybody dat had any gumption
would? No; I take en whack de bill in TWO,
en give half un it to you, en de yuther half to
de yuther woman. Dat's de way Sollermun
was gwyne to do wid de chile. Now I want to
ast you: what's de use er dat half a bill?
can't buy noth'n wid it. En what use is a half
a chile? I wouldn' give a dern for a million un
um."

"But hang it, Jim, you've clean missed the
point blame it, you've missed it a thousand
mile."

"Who? Me? Go 'long. Doan' talk to me 'bout
yo' pints. I reck'n I knows sense when I sees
it; en dey ain' no sense in sich doin's as dat.
De 'spute warn't 'bout a half a chile, de
'spute was 'bout a whole chile; en de man
dat think he kin settle a 'spute 'bout a whole
chile wid a half a chile doan' know enough
to come in out'n de rain. Doan' talk to me
'bout Sollermun, Huck, I knows him by de
back."

"But I tell you you don't get the point."

"Blame de point! I reck'n I knows what I
knows. En mine you, de REAL pint is down
furder it's down deeper. It lays in de way
Sollermun was raised. You take a man dat's
got on'y one or two chillen; is dat man
gwyne to be waseful o' chillen? No, he ain't;
he can't 'ford it. HE know how to value 'em.
But you take a man dat's got 'bout five
million chillen runnin' roun' de house, en it's
diffunt. HE as soon chop a chile in two as a
cat. Dey's plenty mo'. A chile er two, mo' er
less, warn't no consekens to Sollermun,
dad fatch him!"

I never see such a nigger. If he got a notion
in his head once, there warn't no getting it
out again. He was the most down on

Solomon of any nigger I ever see. So I went
to talking about other kings, and let
Solomon slide. I told about Louis Sixteenth
that got his head cut off in France long time
ago; and about his little boy the dolphin, that
would a been a king, but they took and shut
him up in jail, and some say he died there.

"Po' little chap."

"But some says he got out and got away,
and come to America."

"Dat's good! But he'll be pooty lonesome
dey ain' no kings here, is dey, Huck?"

"No."

"Den he cain't git no situation. What he
gwyne to do?"

"Well, I don't know. Some of them gets on
the police, and some of them learns people
how to talk French."

"Why, Huck, doan' de French people talk de
same way we does?"

"NO, Jim; you couldn't understand a word
they said not a single word."

"Well, now, I be ding-busted! How do dat
come?"

"I don't know; but it's so. I got some of their
jabber out of a book. S'pose a man was to
come to you and say Polly-voo-franzy what
would you think?"

"I wouldn' think nuff'n; I'd take en bust him
over de head dat is, if he warn't white. I
wouldn't 'low no nigger to call me dat."

"Shucks, it ain't calling you anything. It's only
saying, do you know how to talk French?"

-48-

"Well, den, why couldn't he SAY it?"

"Why, he IS a-saying it. That's a
Frenchman's WAY of saying it."

"Well, it's a blame ridicklous way, en I doan'
want to hear no mo' 'bout it. Dey ain' no
sense in it."

"Looky here, Jim; does a cat talk like we
do?"

"No, a cat don't."

"Well, does a cow?"

"No, a cow don't, nuther."

"Does a cat talk like a cow, or a cow talk like
a cat?"

"No, dey don't."

"It's natural and right for 'em to talk different
from each other, ain't it?"

"Course."

"And ain't it natural and right for a cat and a
cow to talk different from US?"

"Why, mos' sholy it is."

"Well, then, why ain't it natural and right for a
FRENCHMAN to talk different from us? You
answer me that."

"Is a cat a man, Huck?"

"No."

"Well, den, dey ain't no sense in a cat talkin'
like a man. Is a cow a man? er is a cow a
cat?"

"No, she ain't either of them."

"Well, den, she ain't got no business to talk
like either one er the yuther of 'em. Is a
Frenchman a man?"

"Yes."

"WELL, den! Dad blame it, why doan' he
TALK like a man? You answer me DAT!"

I see it warn't no use wasting words you
can't learn a nigger to argue. So I quit.

CHAPTER XV

WE judged that three nights more would
fetch us to Cairo, at the bottom of Illinois,
where the Ohio River comes in, and that
was what we was after. We would sell the
raft and get on a steamboat and go way up
the Ohio amongst the free States, and then
be out of trouble.

Well, the second night a fog begun to come
on, and we made for a towhead to tie to, for
it wouldn't do to try to run in a fog; but when I
paddled ahead in the canoe, with the line to
make fast, there warn't any thing but little
saplings to tie to. I passed the line around
one of them right on the edge of the cut
bank, but there was a stiff current, and the
raft come boom ing down so lively she tore
it out by the roots and away she went. I see
the fog closing down, and it made me so
sick and scared I couldn't budge for most a
half a minute it seemed to me and then there
warn't no raft in sight; you couldn't see
twenty yards. I jumped into the canoe and
run back to the stern, and grabbed the
paddle and set her back a stroke. But she
didn't come. I was in such a hurry I hadn't
untied her. I got up and tried to untie her, but I
was so excited my hands shook so I
couldn't hardly do anything with them.

As soon as I got started I took out after the
raft, hot and heavy, right down the towhead.

-49-

That was all right as far as it went, but the
towhead warn't sixty yards long, and the
minute I flew by the foot of it I shot out into
the solid white fog, and hadn't no more idea
which way I was going than a dead man.

Thinks I, it won't do to paddle; first I know I'll
run into the bank or a towhead or
something; I got to set still and float, and yet
it's mighty fidgety busi ness to have to hold
your hands still at such a time. I whooped
and listened. Away down there
somewheres I hears a small whoop, and up
comes my spirits. I went tearing after it,
listening sharp to hear it again. The next
time it come I see I warn't heading for it, but
heading away to the right of it. And the next
time I was heading away to the left of it and
not gaining on it much either, for I was flying
around, this way and that and t'other, but it
was going straight ahead all the time.

I did wish the fool would think to beat a tin
pan, and beat it all the time, but he never
did, and it was the still places between the
whoops that was making the trouble for me.
Well, I fought along, and directly I hears the
whoop BEHIND me. I was tangled good
now. That was somebody else's whoop, or
else I was turned around.

I throwed the paddle down. I heard the
whoop again; it was behind me yet, but in a
different place; it kept coming, and kept
changing its place, and I kept answering, till
by and by it was in front of me again, and I
knowed the current had swung the canoe's
head down-stream, and I was all right if that
was Jim and not some other raftsman
hollering. I couldn't tell nothing about voices
in a fog, for nothing don't look natural nor
sound natural in a fog.

The whooping went on, and in about a
minute I come a-booming down on a cut
bank with smoky ghosts of big trees on it,

and the current throwed me off to the left
and shot by, amongst a lot of snags that
fairly roared, the currrent was tearing by
them so swift.

In another second or two it was solid white
and still again. I set perfectly still then,
listening to my heart thump, and I reckon I
didn't draw a breath while it thumped a
hundred.

I just give up then. I knowed what the matter
was. That cut bank was an island, and Jim
had gone down t'other side of it. It warn't no
towhead that you could float by in ten
minutes. It had the big timber of a regular
island; it might be five or six miles long and
more than half a mile wide.

I kept quiet, with my ears cocked, about
fifteen minutes, I reckon. I was floating
along, of course, four or five miles an hour;
but you don't ever think of that. No, you
FEEL like you are laying dead still on the
water; and if a little glimpse of a snag slips
by you don't think to yourself how fast
YOU'RE going, but you catch your breath
and think, my! how that snag's tearing
along. If you think it ain't dismal and lone
some out in a fog that way by yourself in the
night, you try it once you'll see.

Next, for about a half an hour, I whoops now
and then; at last I hears the answer a long
ways off, and tries to follow it, but I couldn't
do it, and directly I judged I'd got into a nest
of towheads, for I had little dim glimpses of
them on both sides of me sometimes just a
narrow channel between, and some that I
couldn't see I knowed was there because
I'd hear the wash of the current against the
old dead brush and trash that hung over the
banks. Well, I warn't long loosing the
whoops down amongst the towheads; and I
only tried to chase them a little while,
anyway, be cause it was worse than

-50-

chasing a Jack-o'-lantern. You never
knowed a sound dodge around so, and
swap places so quick and so much.

I had to claw away from the bank pretty lively
four or five times, to keep from knocking the
islands out of the river; and so I judged the
raft must be butting into the bank every now
and then, or else it would get further ahead
and clear out of hearing it was floating a
little faster than what I was.

Well, I seemed to be in the open river again
by and by, but I couldn't hear no sign of a
whoop nowheres. I reckoned Jim had
fetched up on a snag, maybe, and it was all
up with him. I was good and tired, so I laid
down in the canoe and said I wouldn't
bother no more. I didn't want to go to sleep,
of course; but I was so sleepy I couldn't help
it; so I thought I would take jest one little cat-
nap.

But I reckon it was more than a cat-nap, for
when I waked up the stars was shining
bright, the fog was all gone, and I was
spinning down a big bend stern first. First I
didn't know where I was; I thought I was
dreaming; and when things began to come
back to me they seemed to come up dim out
of last week.

It was a monstrous big river here, with the
tallest and the thickest kind of timber on
both banks; just a solid wall, as well as I
could see by the stars. I looked away down-
stream, and seen a black speck on the
water. I took after it; but when I got to it it
warn't nothing but a couple of sawlogs
made fast together. Then I see another
speck, and chased that; then another, and
this time I was right. It was the raft.

When I got to it Jim was setting there with his
head down between his knees, asleep,
with his right arm hanging over the steering-

oar. The other oar was smashed off, and
the raft was littered up with leaves and
branches and dirt. So she'd had a rough
time.

I made fast and laid down under Jim's nose
on the raft, and began to gap, and stretch
my fists out against Jim, and says:

"Hello, Jim, have I been asleep? Why didn't
you stir me up?"

"Goodness gracious, is dat you, Huck? En
you ain' dead you ain' drownded you's
back agin? It's too good for true, honey, it's
too good for true. Lemme look at you chile,
lemme feel o' you. No, you ain' dead! you's
back agin, 'live en soun', jis de same ole
Huck de same ole Huck, thanks to good
ness!"

"What's the matter with you, Jim? You been
a drinking?"

"Drinkin'? Has I ben a-drinkin'? Has I had a
chance to be a-drinkin'?"

"Well, then, what makes you talk so wild?"

"How does I talk wild?"

"HOW? Why, hain't you been talking about
my coming back, and all that stuff, as if I'd
been gone away?"

"Huck Huck Finn, you look me in de eye;
look me in de eye. HAIN'T you ben gone
away?"

"Gone away? Why, what in the nation do you
mean? I hain't been gone anywheres.
Where would I go to?"

"Well, looky here, boss, dey's sumf'n
wrong, dey is. Is I ME, or who IS I? Is I heah,
or whah IS I? Now dat's what I wants to

-51-

know."

"Well, I think you're here, plain enough, but I
think you're a tangle-headed old fool, Jim."

"I is, is I? Well, you answer me dis: Didn't
you tote out de line in de canoe fer to make
fas' to de tow head?"

"No, I didn't. What tow-head? I hain't see no
tow-head."

"You hain't seen no towhead? Looky here,
didn't de line pull loose en de raf' go a-
hummin' down de river, en leave you en de
canoe behine in de fog?"

"What fog?"

"Why, de fog! de fog dat's been aroun' all
night. En didn't you whoop, en didn't I
whoop, tell we got mix' up in de islands en
one un us got los' en t'other one was jis' as
good as los', 'kase he didn' know whah he
wuz? En didn't I bust up agin a lot er dem
islands en have a turrible time en mos' git
drownded? Now ain' dat so, boss ain't it
so? You answer me dat."

"Well, this is too many for me, Jim. I hain't
seen no fog, nor no islands, nor no troubles,
nor nothing. I been setting here talking with
you all night till you went to sleep about ten
minutes ago, and I reckon I done the same.
You couldn't a got drunk in that time, so of
course you've been dreaming."

"Dad fetch it, how is I gwyne to dream all dat
in ten minutes?"

"Well, hang it all, you did dream it, because
there didn't any of it happen."

"But, Huck, it's all jis' as plain to me as --"

"It don't make no difference how plain it is;

there ain't nothing in it. I know, because I've
been here all the time."

Jim didn't say nothing for about five
minutes, but set there studying over it. Then
he says:

"Well, den, I reck'n I did dream it, Huck; but
dog my cats ef it ain't de powerfullest
dream I ever see. En I hain't ever had no
dream b'fo' dat's tired me like dis one."

"Oh, well, that's all right, because a dream
does tire a body like everything sometimes.
But this one was a staving dream; tell me all
about it, Jim."

So Jim went to work and told me the whole
thing right through, just as it happened, only
he painted it up considerable. Then he said
he must start in and "'terpret" it, because it
was sent for a warning. He said the first
towhead stood for a man that would try to do
us some good, but the current was another
man that would get us away from him. The
whoops was warnings that would come to
us every now and then, and if we didn't try
hard to make out to understand them they'd
just take us into bad luck, 'stead of keep ing
us out of it. The lot of towheads was
troubles we was going to get into with
quarrelsome people and all kinds of mean
folks, but if we minded our business and
didn't talk back and aggravate them, we
would pull through and get out of the fog and
into the big clear river, which was the free
States, and wouldn't have no more trouble.

It had clouded up pretty dark just after I got
on to the raft, but it was clearing up again
now.

"Oh, well, that's all interpreted well enough
as far as it goes, Jim," I says; "but what
does THESE things stand for?"

-52-

It was the leaves and rubbish on the raft and
the smashed oar. You could see them first-
rate now.

Jim looked at the trash, and then looked at
me, and back at the trash again. He had got
the dream fixed so strong in his head that he
couldn't seem to shake it loose and get the
facts back into its place again right away.
But when he did get the thing straightened
around he looked at me steady without ever
smiling, and says:

"What do dey stan' for? I'se gwyne to tell
you. When I got all wore out wid work, en wid
de callin' for you, en went to sleep, my heart
wuz mos' broke bekase you wuz los', en I
didn' k'yer no' mo' what become er me en
de raf'. En when I wake up en fine you back
agin, all safe en soun', de tears come, en I
could a got down on my knees en kiss yo'
foot, I's so thankful. En all you wuz thinkin'
'bout wuz how you could make a fool uv ole
Jim wid a lie. Dat truck dah is TRASH; en
trash is what people is dat puts dirt on de
head er dey fren's en makes 'em
ashamed."

Then he got up slow and walked to the
wigwam, and went in there without saying
anything but that. But that was enough. It
made me feel so mean I could almost
kissed HIS foot to get him to take it back.

It was fifteen minutes before I could work
myself up to go and humble myself to a
nigger; but I done it, and I warn't ever sorry
for it afterwards, neither. I didn't do him no
more mean tricks, and I wouldn't done that
one if I'd a knowed it would make him feel
that way.

CHAPTER XVI

WE slept most all day, and started out at
night, a little ways behind a monstrous long

raft that was as long going by as a
procession. She had four long sweeps at
each end, so we judged she carried as
many as thirty men, likely. She had five big
wigwams aboard, wide apart, and an open
camp fire in the mid dle, and a tall flag-pole
at each end. There was a power of style
about her. It AMOUNTED to something
being a raftsman on such a craft as that.

We went drifting down into a big bend, and
the night clouded up and got hot. The river
was very wide, and was walled with solid
timber on both sides; you couldn't see a
break in it hardly ever, or a light. We talked
about Cairo, and wondered whether we
would know it when we got to it. I said likely
we wouldn't, because I had heard say there
warn't but about a dozen houses there, and
if they didn't happen to have them lit up, how
was we going to know we was passing a
town? Jim said if the two big rivers joined
together there, that would show. But I said
maybe we might think we was passing the
foot of an island and coming into the same
old river again. That disturbed Jim and me
too. So the question was, what to do? I
said, paddle ashore the first time a light
showed, and tell them pap was behind,
coming along with a trading-scow, and was
a green hand at the business, and wanted
to know how far it was to Cairo. Jim thought
it was a good idea, so we took a smoke on
it and waited.

There warn't nothing to do now but to look
out sharp for the town, and not pass it
without seeing it. He said he'd be mighty
sure to see it, because he'd be a free man
the minute he seen it, but if he missed it
he'd be in a slave country again and no
more show for freedom. Every little while he
jumps up and says:

"Dah she is?"

-53-

But it warn't. It was Jack-o'-lanterns, or
lightning bugs; so he set down again, and
went to watching, same as before. Jim said
it made him all over trembly and feverish to
be so close to freedom. Well, I can tell you it
made me all over trembly and feverish, too,
to hear him, because I begun to get it
through my head that he WAS most free and
who was to blame for it? Why, ME. I couldn't
get that out of my con science, no how nor
no way. It got to troubling me so I couldn't
rest; I couldn't stay still in one place. It hadn't
ever come home to me before, what this
thing was that I was doing. But now it did;
and it stayed with me, and scorched me
more and more. I tried to make out to myself
that I warn't to blame, because I didn't run
Jim off from his rightful owner; but it warn't
no use, conscience up and says, every
time, "But you knowed he was running for
his free dom, and you could a paddled
ashore and told some body." That was so I
couldn't get around that noway. That was
where it pinched. Conscience says to me,
"What had poor Miss Watson done to you
that you could see her nigger go off right
under your eyes and never say one single
word? What did that poor old woman do to
you that you could treat her so mean? Why,
she tried to learn you your book, she tried to
learn you your manners, she tried to be
good to you every way she knowed how.
THAT'S what she done."

I got to feeling so mean and so miserable I
most wished I was dead. I fidgeted up and
down the raft, abusing myself to myself, and
Jim was fidgeting up and down past me. We
neither of us could keep still. Every time he
danced around and says, "Dah's Cairo!" it
went through me like a shot, and I thought if
it WAS Cairo I reckoned I would die of
miserableness.

Jim talked out loud all the time while I was
talking to myself. He was saying how the

first thing he would do when he got to a free
State he would go to saving up money and
never spend a single cent, and when he got
enough he would buy his wife, which was
owned on a farm close to where Miss
Watson lived; and then they would both work
to buy the two chil dren, and if their master
wouldn't sell them, they'd get an Ab'litionist
to go and steal them.

It most froze me to hear such talk. He
wouldn't ever dared to talk such talk in his
life before. Just see what a difference it
made in him the minute he judged he was
about free. It was according to the old
saying, "Give a nigger an inch and he'll take
an ell." Thinks I, this is what comes of my not
thinking. Here was this nigger, which I had
as good as helped to run away, coming
right out flat-footed and saying he would
steal his children children that belonged to a
man I didn't even know; a man that hadn't
ever done me no harm.

I was sorry to hear Jim say that, it was such
a lowering of him. My conscience got to
stirring me up hotter than ever, until at last I
says to it, "Let up on me it ain't too late yet I'll
paddle ashore at the first light and tell." I felt
easy and happy and light as a feather right
off. All my troubles was gone. I went to
looking out sharp for a light, and sort of sing
ing to myself. By and by one showed. Jim
sings out:

"We's safe, Huck, we's safe! Jump up and
crack yo' heels! Dat's de good ole Cairo at
las', I jis knows it!"

I says:

"I'll take the canoe and go and see, Jim. It
mightn't be, you know."

He jumped and got the canoe ready, and
put his old coat in the bottom for me to set

-54-

on, and give me the paddle; and as I shoved
off, he says:

"Pooty soon I'll be a-shout'n' for joy, en I'll
say, it's all on accounts o' Huck; I's a free
man, en I couldn't ever ben free ef it hadn'
ben for Huck; Huck done it. Jim won't ever
forgit you, Huck; you's de bes' fren' Jim's
ever had; en you's de ONLY fren' ole Jim's
got now."

I was paddling off, all in a sweat to tell on
him; but when he says this, it seemed to
kind of take the tuck all out of me. I went
along slow then, and I warn't right down
certain whether I was glad I started or
whether I warn't. When I was fifty yards off,
Jim says:

"Dah you goes, de ole true Huck; de on'y
white genlman dat ever kep' his promise to
ole Jim."

Well, I just felt sick. But I says, I GOT to do it I
can't get OUT of it. Right then along comes
a skiff with two men in it with guns, and they
stopped and I stopped. One of them says:

"What's that yonder?"

"A piece of a raft," I says.

"Do you belong on it?"

"Yes, sir."

"Any men on it?"

"Only one, sir."

"Well, there's five niggers run off to-night up
yon der, above the head of the bend. Is your
man white or black?"

I didn't answer up prompt. I tried to, but the
words wouldn't come. I tried for a second or

two to brace up and out with it, but I warn't
man enough hadn't the spunk of a rabbit. I
see I was weakening; so I just give up
trying, and up and says:

"He's white."

"I reckon we'll go and see for ourselves."

"I wish you would," says I, "because it's pap
that's there, and maybe you'd help me tow
the raft ashore where the light is. He's sick
and so is mam and Mary Ann."

"Oh, the devil! we're in a hurry, boy. But I
s'pose we've got to. Come, buckle to your
paddle, and let's get along."

I buckled to my paddle and they laid to their
oars. When we had made a stroke or two, I
says:

"Pap'll be mighty much obleeged to you, I
can tell you. Everybody goes away when I
want them to help me tow the raft ashore,
and I can't do it by myself."

"Well, that's infernal mean. Odd, too. Say,
boy, what's the matter with your father?"

"It's the a the well, it ain't anything much."

They stopped pulling. It warn't but a mighty
little ways to the raft now. One says:

"Boy, that's a lie. What IS the matter with
your pap? Answer up square now, and it'll
be the better for you."

"I will, sir, I will, honest but don't leave us,
please. It's the the Gentlemen, if you'll only
pull ahead, and let me heave you the
headline, you won't have to come a-near
the raft please do."

"Set her back, John, set her back!" says

-55-

one. They backed water. "Keep away, boy
keep to looard. Confound it, I just expect the
wind has blowed it to us. Your pap's got the
small-pox, and you know it precious well.
Why didn't you come out and say so? Do you
want to spread it all over?"

"Well," says I, a-blubbering, "I've told every
body before, and they just went away and
left us."

"Poor devil, there's something in that. We
are right down sorry for you, but we well,
hang it, we don't want the small-pox, you
see. Look here, I'll tell you what to do. Don't
you try to land by your self, or you'll smash
everything to pieces. You float along down
about twenty miles, and you'll come to a
town on the left-hand side of the river. It will
be long after sun-up then, and when you
ask for help you tell them your folks are all
down with chills and fever. Don't be a fool
again, and let people guess what is the
matter. Now we're trying to do you a
kindness; so you just put twenty miles
between us, that's a good boy. It wouldn't
do any good to land yonder where the light
is it's only a wood-yard. Say, I reckon your
father's poor, and I'm bound to say he's in
pretty hard luck. Here, I'll put a twenty dollar
gold piece on this board, and you get it
when it floats by. I feel mighty mean to leave
you; but my kingdom! it won't do to fool with
small-pox, don't you see?"

"Hold on, Parker," says the other man,
"here's a twenty to put on the board for me.
Good-bye, boy; you do as Mr. Parker told
you, and you'll be all right."

"That's so, my boy good-bye, good-bye. If
you see any runaway niggers you get help
and nab them, and you can make some
money by it."

"Good-bye, sir," says I; "I won't let no

runaway niggers get by me if I can help it."

They went off and I got aboard the raft,
feeling bad and low, because I knowed very
well I had done wrong, and I see it warn't no
use for me to try to learn to do right; a body
that don't get STARTED right when he's
little ain't got no show when the pinch
comes there ain't nothing to back him up
and keep him to his work, and so he gets
beat. Then I thought a minute, and says to
myself, hold on; s'pose you'd a done right
and give Jim up, would you felt better than
what you do now? No, says I, I'd feel bad I'd
feel just the same way I do now. Well, then,
says I, what's the use you learning to do
right when it's troublesome to do right and
ain't no trouble to do wrong, and the wages
is just the same? I was stuck. I couldn't
answer that. So I reckoned I wouldn't bother
no more about it, but after this always do
whichever come handiest at the time.

I went into the wigwam; Jim warn't there. I
looked all around; he warn't anywhere. I
says:

"Jim!"

"Here I is, Huck. Is dey out o' sight yit? Don't
talk loud."

He was in the river under the stern oar, with
just his nose out. I told him they were out of
sight, so he come aboard. He says:

"I was a-listenin' to all de talk, en I slips into
de river en was gwyne to shove for sho' if
dey come aboard. Den I was gwyne to
swim to de raf' agin when dey was gone.
But lawsy, how you did fool 'em, Huck! Dat
WUZ de smartes' dodge! I tell you, chile,
I'spec it save' ole Jim ole Jim ain't going to
forgit you for dat, honey."

Then we talked about the money. It was a

-56-

pretty good raise twenty dollars apiece. Jim
said we could take deck passage on a
steamboat now, and the money would last
us as far as we wanted to go in the free
States. He said twenty mile more warn't far
for the raft to go, but he wished we was
already there.

Towards daybreak we tied up, and Jim was
mighty particular about hiding the raft good.
Then he worked all day fixing things in
bundles, and getting all ready to quit rafting.

That night about ten we hove in sight of the
lights of a town away down in a left-hand
bend.

I went off in the canoe to ask about it. Pretty
soon I found a man out in the river with a
skiff, setting a trot line. I ranged up and
says:

"Mister, is that town Cairo?"

"Cairo? no. You must be a blame' fool."

"What town is it, mister?"

"If you want to know, go and find out. If you
stay here botherin' around me for about a
half a minute longer you'll get something you
won't want."

I paddled to the raft. Jim was awful
disappointed, but I said never mind, Cairo
would be the next place, I reckoned.

We passed another town before daylight,
and I was going out again; but it was high
ground, so I didn't go. No high ground about
Cairo, Jim said. I had forgot it. We laid up for
the day on a towhead tolerable close to the
left-hand bank. I begun to suspicion
something. So did Jim. I says:

"Maybe we went by Cairo in the fog that

night."

He says:

"Doan' le's talk about it, Huck. Po' niggers
can't have no luck. I awluz 'spected dat
rattlesnake-skin warn't done wid its work."

"I wish I'd never seen that snake-skin, Jim I
do wish I'd never laid eyes on it."

"It ain't yo' fault, Huck; you didn' know.
Don't you blame yo'self 'bout it."

When it was daylight, here was the clear
Ohio water inshore, sure enough, and
outside was the old regular Muddy! So it
was all up with Cairo.

We talked it all over. It wouldn't do to take to
the shore; we couldn't take the raft up the
stream, of course. There warn't no way but
to wait for dark, and start back in the canoe
and take the chances. So we slept all day
amongst the cottonwood thicket, so as to
be fresh for the work, and when we went
back to the raft about dark the canoe was
gone!

We didn't say a word for a good while.
There warn't anything to say. We both
knowed well enough it was some more
work of the rattlesnake-skin; so what was
the use to talk about it? It would only look like
we was finding fault, and that would be
bound to fetch more bad luck and keep on
fetching it, too, till we knowed enough to
keep still.

By and by we talked about what we better
do, and found there warn't no way but just
to go along down with the raft till we got a
chance to buy a canoe to go back in. We
warn't going to borrow it when there warn't
anybody around, the way pap would do, for
that might set people after us.

-57-

So we shoved out after dark on the raft.

Anybody that don't believe yet that it's
foolishness to handle a snake-skin, after all
that that snake-skin done for us, will believe
it now if they read on and see what more it
done for us.

The place to buy canoes is off of rafts laying
up at shore. But we didn't see no rafts laying
up; so we went along during three hours and
more. Well, the night got gray and ruther
thick, which is the next meanest thing to fog.
You can't tell the shape of the river, and you
can't see no distance. It got to be very late
and still, and then along comes a steamboat
up the river. We lit the lantern, and judged
she would see it. Up-stream boats didn't
generly come close to us; they go out and
follow the bars and hunt for easy water
under the reefs; but nights like this they bull
right up the channel against the whole river.

We could hear her pounding along, but we
didn't see her good till she was close. She
aimed right for us. Often they do that and try
to see how close they can come without
touching; sometimes the wheel bites off a
sweep, and then the pilot sticks his head out
and laughs, and thinks he's mighty smart.
Well, here she comes, and we said she was
going to try and shave us; but she didn't
seem to be sheering off a bit. She was a big
one, and she was coming in a hurry, too,
looking like a black cloud with rows of glow-
worms around it; but all of a sudden she
bulged out, big and scary, with a long row of
wide-open furnace doors shining like red-
hot teeth, and her monstrous bows and
guards hanging right over us. There was a
yell at us, and a jingling of bells to stop the
engines, a powwow of cussing, and
whistling of steam and as Jim went
overboard on one side and I on the other,
she come smashing straight through the
raft.

I dived and I aimed to find the bottom, too,
for a thirty-foot wheel had got to go over
me, and I wanted it to have plenty of room. I
could always stay under water a minute; this
time I reckon I stayed under a minute and a
half. Then I bounced for the top in a hurry, for
I was nearly busting. I popped out to my
armpits and blowed the water out of my
nose, and puffed a bit. Of course there was
a booming current; and of course that boat
started her engines again ten seconds after
she stopped them, for they never cared
much for raftsmen; so now she was
churning along up the river, out of sight in the
thick weather, though I could hear her.

I sung out for Jim about a dozen times, but I
didn't get any answer; so I grabbed a plank
that touched me while I was "treading
water," and struck out for shore, shoving it
ahead of me. But I made out to see that the
drift of the current was towards the left hand
shore, which meant that I was in a crossing;
so I changed off and went that way.

It was one of these long, slanting, two-mile
cross ings; so I was a good long time in
getting over. I made a safe landing, and
clumb up the bank. I couldn't see but a little
ways, but I went poking along over rough
ground for a quarter of a mile or more, and
then I run across a big old-fashioned double
log-house before I noticed it. I was going to
rush by and get away, but a lot of dogs
jumped out and went to howl ing and
barking at me, and I knowed better than to
move another peg.

CHAPTER XVII

IN about a minute somebody spoke out of a
window without putting his head out, and
says:

"Be done, boys! Who's there?"

-58-

I says:

"It's me."

"Who's me?"

"George Jackson, sir."

"What do you want?"

"I don't want nothing, sir. I only want to go
along by, but the dogs won't let me."

"What are you prowling around here this time
of night for hey?"

"I warn't prowling around, sir, I fell
overboard off of the steamboat."

"Oh, you did, did you? Strike a light there,
some body. What did you say your name
was?"

"George Jackson, sir. I'm only a boy."

"Look here, if you're telling the truth you
needn't be afraid nobody'll hurt you. But
don't try to budge; stand right where you
are. Rouse out Bob and Tom, some of you,
and fetch the guns. George Jackson, is
there anybody with you?"

"No, sir, nobody."

I heard the people stirring around in the
house now, and see a light. The man sung
out:

"Snatch that light away, Betsy, you old fool
ain't you got any sense? Put it on the floor
behind the front door. Bob, if you and Tom
are ready, take your places."

"All ready."

"Now, George Jackson, do you know the

Shepherd sons?"

"No, sir; I never heard of them."

"Well, that may be so, and it mayn't. Now, all
ready. Step forward, George Jackson. And
mind, don't you hurry come mighty slow. If
there's any body with you, let him keep back
if he shows him self he'll be shot. Come
along now. Come slow; push the door open
yourself just enough to squeeze in, d' you
hear?"

I didn't hurry; I couldn't if I'd a wanted to. I
took one slow step at a time and there
warn't a sound, only I thought I could hear my
heart. The dogs were as still as the humans,
but they followed a little behind me. When I
got to the three log doorsteps I heard them
unlocking and unbarring and unbolting. I put
my hand on the door and pushed it a little
and a little more till somebody said, "There,
that's enough put your head in." I done it, but
I judged they would take it off.

The candle was on the floor, and there they
all was, looking at me, and me at them, for
about a quarter of a minute: Three big men
with guns pointed at me, which made me
wince, I tell you; the oldest, gray and about
sixty, the other two thirty or more all of them
fine and handsome and the sweetest old
gray-headed lady, and back of her two
young women which I couldn't see right well.
The old gentleman says:

"There; I reckon it's all right. Come in."

As soon as I was in the old gentleman he
locked the door and barred it and bolted it,
and told the young men to come in with their
guns, and they all went in a big parlor that
had a new rag carpet on the floor, and got
together in a corner that was out of the
range of the front windows there warn't
none on the side. They held the candle, and

-59-

took a good look at me, and all said, "Why,
HE ain't a Shepherdson no, there ain't any
Shepherdson about him." Then the old man
said he hoped I wouldn't mind being
searched for arms, because he didn't mean
no harm by it it was only to make sure. So he
didn't pry into my pockets, but only felt
outside with his hands, and said it was all
right. He told me to make myself easy and at
home, and tell all about myself; but the old
lady says:

"Why, bless you, Saul, the poor thing's as
wet as he can be; and don't you reckon it
may be he's hungry?"

"True for you, Rachel I forgot."

So the old lady says:

"Betsy" (this was a nigger woman), you fly
around and get him something to eat as
quick as you can, poor thing; and one of you
girls go and wake up Buck and tell him oh,
here he is himself. Buck, take this little
stranger and get the wet clothes off from
him and dress him up in some of yours
that's dry."

Buck looked about as old as me thirteen or
four teen or along there, though he was a
little bigger than me. He hadn't on anything
but a shirt, and he was very frowzy-headed.
He came in gaping and digging one fist into
his eyes, and he was dragging a gun along
with the other one. He says:

"Ain't they no Shepherdsons around?"

They said, no, 'twas a false alarm.

"Well," he says, "if they'd a ben some, I
reckon I'd a got one."

They all laughed, and Bob says:

"Why, Buck, they might have scalped us all,
you've been so slow in coming."

"Well, nobody come after me, and it ain't
right I'm always kept down; I don't get no
show."

"Never mind, Buck, my boy," says the old
man, "you'll have show enough, all in good
time, don't you fret about that. Go 'long with
you now, and do as your mother told you."

When we got up-stairs to his room he got
me a coarse shirt and a roundabout and
pants of his, and I put them on. While I was at
it he asked me what my name was, but
before I could tell him he started to tell me
about a bluejay and a young rabbit he had
catched in the woods day before yesterday,
and he asked me where Moses was when
the candle went out. I said I didn't know; I
hadn't heard about it before, no way.

"Well, guess," he says.

"How'm I going to guess," says I, "when I
never heard tell of it before?"

"But you can guess, can't you? It's just as
easy."

"WHICH candle?" I says.

"Why, any candle," he says.

"I don't know where he was," says I; "where
was he?"

"Why, he was in the DARK! That's where he
was!"

"Well, if you knowed where he was, what did
you ask me for?"

"Why, blame it, it's a riddle, don't you see?
Say, how long are you going to stay here?

-60-

You got to stay always. We can just have
booming times they don't have no school
now. Do you own a dog? I've got a dog and
he'll go in the river and bring out chips that
you throw in. Do you like to comb up
Sundays, and all that kind of foolishness?
You bet I don't, but ma she makes me.
Confound these ole britches! I reckon I'd
better put 'em on, but I'd ruther not, it's so
warm. Are you all ready? All right. Come
along, old hoss."

Cold corn-pone, cold corn-beef, butter and
butter milk that is what they had for me down
there, and there ain't nothing better that ever
I've come across yet. Buck and his ma and
all of them smoked cob pipes, except the
nigger woman, which was gone, and the
two young women. They all smoked and
talked, and I eat and talked. The young
women had quilts around them, and their
hair down their backs. They all asked me
questions, and I told them how pap and me
and all the family was living on a little farm
down at the bottom of Arkansaw, and my
sister Mary Ann run off and got married and
never was heard of no more, and Bill went
to hunt them and he warn't heard of no
more, and Tom and Mort died, and then
there warn't nobody but just me and pap
left, and he was just trimmed down to
nothing, on account of his troubles; so when
he died I took what there was left, because
the farm didn't belong to us, and started up
the river, deck passage, and fell overboard;
and that was how I come to be here. So they
said I could have a home there as long as I
wanted it. Then it was most daylight and
everybody went to bed, and I went to bed
with Buck, and when I waked up in the
morning, drat it all, I had forgot what my
name was. So I laid there about an hour
trying to think, and when Buck waked up I
says:

"Can you spell, Buck?"

"Yes," he says.

"I bet you can't spell my name," says I.

"I bet you what you dare I can," says he.

"All right," says I, "go ahead."

"G-e-o-r-g-e J-a-x-o-n there now," he
says.

"Well," says I, "you done it, but I didn't think
you could. It ain't no slouch of a name to
spell right off without studying."

I set it down, private, because somebody
might want ME to spell it next, and so I
wanted to be handy with it and rattle it off
like I was used to it.

It was a mighty nice family, and a mighty
nice house, too. I hadn't seen no house out
in the country before that was so nice and
had so much style. It didn't have an iron latch
on the front door, nor a wooden one with a
buckskin string, but a brass knob to turn, the
same as houses in town. There warn't no
bed in the parlor, nor a sign of a bed; but
heaps of parlors in towns has beds in them.
There was a big fireplace that was bricked
on the bottom, and the bricks was kept
clean and red by pouring water on them and
scrubbing them with another brick; some
times they wash them over with red water-
paint that they call Spanish-brown, same as
they do in town. They had big brass dog-
irons that could hold up a saw log. There
was a clock on the middle of the mantel
piece, with a picture of a town painted on
the bottom half of the glass front, and a
round place in the middle of it for the sun,
and you could see the pendulum swinging
behind it. It was beautiful to hear that clock
tick; and sometimes when one of these
peddlers had been along and scoured her
up and got her in good shape, she would

-61-

start in and strike a hundred and fifty before
she got tuckered out. They wouldn't took
any money for her.

Well, there was a big outlandish parrot on
each side of the clock, made out of
something like chalk, and painted up gaudy.
By one of the parrots was a cat made of
crockery, and a crockery dog by the other;
and when you pressed down on them they
squeaked, but didn't open their mouths nor
look different nor interested. They
squeaked through underneath. There was a
couple of big wild-turkey-wing fans spread
out behind those things. On the table in the
middle of the room was a kind of a lovely
crockery basket that bad apples and
oranges and peaches and grapes piled up
in it, which was much redder and yellower
and prettier than real ones is, but they warn't
real because you could see where pieces
had got chipped off and showed the white
chalk, or whatever it was, under neath.

This table had a cover made out of beautiful
oilcloth, with a red and blue spread-eagle
painted on it, and a painted border all
around. It come all the way from
Philadelphia, they said. There was some
books, too, piled up perfectly exact, on
each corner of the table. One was a big
family Bible full of pictures. One was
Pilgrim's Progress, about a man that left his
family, it didn't say why. I read considerable
in it now and then. The statements was
interesting, but tough. Another was
Friendship's Offering, full of beautiful stuff
and poetry; but I didn't read the poetry. An
other was Henry Clay's Speeches, and
another was Dr. Gunn's Family Medicine,
which told you all about what to do if a body
was sick or dead. There was a hymn book,
and a lot of other books. And there was nice
split-bottom chairs, and perfectly sound,
too not bagged down in the middle and
busted, like an old basket.

They had pictures hung on the walls mainly
Washingtons and Lafayettes, and battles,
and High land Marys, and one called
"Signing the Declaration." There was some
that they called crayons, which one of the
daughters which was dead made her own
self when she was only fifteen years old.
They was different from any pictures I ever
see before blacker, mostly, than is
common. One was a woman in a slim black
dress, belted small under the armpits, with
bulges like a cabbage in the middle of the
sleeves, and a large black scoop-shovel
bonnet with a black veil, and white slim
ankles crossed about with black tape, and
very wee black slippers, like a chisel, and
she was leaning pensive on a tombstone on
her right elbow, under a weeping willow,
and her other hand hanging down her side
holding a white handkerchief and a reticule,
and underneath the picture it said "Shall I
Never See Thee More Alas." Another one
was a young lady with her hair all combed
up straight to the top of her head, and
knotted there in front of a comb like a chair-
back, and she was crying into a
handkerchief and had a dead bird laying on
its back in her other hand with its heels up,
and underneath the picture it said "I Shall
Never Hear Thy Sweet Chirrup More Alas."
There was one where a young lady was at a
window looking up at the moon, and tears
running down her cheeks; and she had an
open letter in one hand with black sealing
wax showing on one edge of it, and she
was mashing a locket with a chain to it
against her mouth, and under neath the
picture it said "And Art Thou Gone Yes Thou
Art Gone Alas." These was all nice pictures,
I reckon, but I didn't somehow seem to take
to them, because if ever I was down a little
they always give me the fan-tods.
Everybody was sorry she died, because
she had laid out a lot more of these pictures
to do, and a body could see by what she
had done what they had lost. But I reckoned

-62-

that with her disposition she was having a
better time in the graveyard. She was at
work on what they said was her greatest
picture when she took sick, and every day
and every night it was her prayer to be
allowed to live till she got it done, but she
never got the chance. It was a picture of a
young woman in a long white gown,
standing on the rail of a bridge all ready to
jump off, with her hair all down her back,
and looking up to the moon, with the tears
running down her face, and she had two
arms folded across her breast, and two
arms stretched out in front, and two more
reaching up towards the moon and the idea
was to see which pair would look best, and
then scratch out all the other arms; but, as I
was saying, she died before she got her
mind made up, and now they kept this
picture over the head of the bed in her room,
and every time her birthday come they hung
flowers on it. Other times it was hid with a
little curtain. The young woman in the picture
had a kind of a nice sweet face, but there
was so many arms it made her look too
spidery, seemed to me.

This young girl kept a scrap-book when she
was alive, and used to paste obituaries and
accidents and cases of patient suffering in
it out of the Presbyterian Observer, and
write poetry after them out of her own head.
It was very good poetry. This is what she
wrote about a boy by the name of Stephen
Dowling Bots that fell down a well and was
drownded:

ODE TO STEPHEN DOWLING BOTS,
DEC'D


And did young Stephen sicken,
And did young Stephen die?
And did the sad hearts thicken,
And did the mourners cry?
No; such was not the fate of

Young Stephen Dowling Bots;
Though sad hearts round him thickened,
'Twas not from sickness' shots.
No whooping-cough did rack his frame,
Nor measles drear with spots;
Not these impaired the sacred name
Of Stephen Dowling Bots.
Despised love struck not with woe
That head of curly knots,
Nor stomach troubles laid him low,
Young Stephen Dowling Bots.
O no. Then list with tearful eye,
Whilst I his fate do tell.
His soul did from this cold world fly
By falling down a well.
They got him out and emptied him;
Alas it was too late;
His spirit was gone for to sport aloft
In the realms of the good and great.

If Emmeline Grangerford could make poetry
like that before she was fourteen, there ain't
no telling what she could a done by and by.
Buck said she could rattle off poetry like
nothing. She didn't ever have to stop to
think. He said she would slap down a line,
and if she couldn't find anything to rhyme
with it would just scratch it out and slap
down another one, and go ahead. She
warn't particular; she could write about
anything you choose to give her to write
about just so it was sadful. Every time a
man died, or a woman died, or a child died,
she would be on hand with her "tribute"
before he was cold. She called them
tributes. The neighbors said it was the
doctor first, then Emmeline, then the
undertaker the under taker never got in
ahead of Emmeline but once, and then she
hung fire on a rhyme for the dead person's
name, which was Whistler. She warn't ever
the same after that; she never complained,
but she kinder pined away and did not live
long. Poor thing, many's the time I made
myself go up to the little room that used to be
hers and get out her poor old scrap-book

-63-

and read in it when her pictures had been
aggravating me and I had soured on her a
little. I liked all that family, dead ones and all,
and warn't going to let any thing come
between us. Poor Emmeline made poetry
about all the dead people when she was
alive, and it didn't seem right that there
warn't nobody to make some about her now
she was gone; so I tried to sweat out a
verse or two myself, but I couldn't seem to
make it go somehow. They kept
Emmeline's room trim and nice, and all the
things fixed in it just the way she liked to
have them when she was alive, and nobody
ever slept there. The old lady took care of
the room herself, though there was plenty of
niggers, and she sewed there a good deal
and read her Bible there mostly.

Well, as I was saying about the parlor, there
was beautiful curtains on the windows:
white, with pictures painted on them of
castles with vines all down the walls, and
cattle coming down to drink. There was a
little old piano, too, that had tin pans in it, I
reckon, and nothing was ever so lovely as to
hear the young ladies sing "The Last Link is
Broken" and play "The Battle of Prague" on
it. The walls of all the rooms was plastered,
and most had carpets on the floors, and the
whole house was whitewashed on the
outside.

It was a double house, and the big open
place be twixt them was roofed and floored,
and sometimes the table was set there in
the middle of the day, and it was a cool,
comfortable place. Nothing couldn't be
better. And warn't the cooking good, and
just bushels of it too!

CHAPTER XVIII

COL. GRANGERFORD was a gentleman,
you see. He was a gentleman all over; and
so was his family. He was well born, as the

saying is, and that's worth as much in a man
as it is in a horse, so the Widow Douglas
said, and nobody ever denied that she was
of the first aristocracy in our town; and pap
he always said it, too, though he warn't no
more quality than a mudcat himself. Col.
Grangerford was very tall and very slim, and
had a darkish-paly complexion, not a sign
of red in it anywheres; he was clean shaved
every morning all over his thin face, and he
had the thinnest kind of lips, and the thinnest
kind of nostrils, and a high nose, and heavy
eyebrows, and the blackest kind of eyes,
sunk so deep back that they seemed like
they was looking out of caverns at you, as
you may say. His forehead was high, and
his hair was black and straight and hung to
his shoulders. His hands was long and thin,
and every day of his life he put on a clean
shirt and a full suit from head to foot made
out of linen so white it hurt your eyes to look
at it; and on Sundays he wore a blue tail-
coat with brass buttons on it. He carried a
mahogany cane with a silver head to it.
There warn't no frivolishness about him, not
a bit, and he warn't ever loud. He was as
kind as he could be you could feel that, you
know, and so you had confidence.
Sometimes he smiled, and it was good to
see; but when he straightened him self up
like a liberty-pole, and the lightning begun
to flicker out from under his eyebrows, you
wanted to climb a tree first, and find out
what the matter was afterwards. He didn't
ever have to tell anybody to mind their
manners everybody was always good
mannered where he was. Everybody loved
to have him around, too; he was sunshine
most always I mean he made it seem like
good weather. When he turned into a
cloudbank it was awful dark for half a
minute, and that was enough; there
wouldn't nothing go wrong again for a
week.

When him and the old lady come down in the

-64-

morn ing all the family got up out of their
chairs and give them good-day, and didn't
set down again till they had set down. Then
Tom and Bob went to the sideboard where
the decanter was, and mixed a glass of
bitters and handed it to him, and he held it in
his hand and waited till Tom's and Bob's
was mixed, and then they bowed and said,
"Our duty to you, sir, and madam;" and
THEY bowed the least bit in the world and
said thank you, and so they drank, all three,
and Bob and Tom poured a spoonful of
water on the sugar and the mite of whisky or
apple brandy in the bottom of their tumblers,
and give it to me and Buck, and we drank to
the old people too.

Bob was the oldest and Tom next tall,
beautiful men with very broad shoulders and
brown faces, and long black hair and black
eyes. They dressed in white linen from head
to foot, like the old gentleman, and wore
broad Panama hats.

Then there was Miss Charlotte; she was
twenty five, and tall and proud and grand,
but as good as she could be when she
warn't stirred up; but when she was she had
a look that would make you wilt in your
tracks, like her father. She was beautiful.

So was her sister, Miss Sophia, but it was a
different kind. She was gentle and sweet
like a dove, and she was only twenty.

Each person had their own nigger to wait on
them Buck too. My nigger had a monstrous
easy time, be cause I warn't used to having
anybody do anything for me, but Buck's
was on the jump most of the time.

This was all there was of the family now, but
there used to be more three sons; they got
killed; and Emmeline that died.

The old gentleman owned a lot of farms and

over a hundred niggers. Sometimes a stack
of people would come there, horseback,
from ten or fifteen mile around, and stay five
or six days, and have such junketings round
about and on the river, and dances and
picnics in the woods daytimes, and balls at
the house nights. These people was mostly
kinfolks of the family. The men brought their
guns with them. It was a hand some lot of
quality, I tell you.

There was another clan of aristocracy
around there five or six families mostly of
the name of Shep herdson. They was as
high-toned and well born and rich and
grand as the tribe of Grangerfords. The
Shepherdsons and Grangerfords used the
same steam boat landing, which was about
two mile above our house; so sometimes
when I went up there with a lot of our folks I
used to see a lot of the Shepherdsons there
on their fine horses.

One day Buck and me was away out in the
woods hunting, and heard a horse coming.
We was crossing the road. Buck says:

"Quick! Jump for the woods!"

We done it, and then peeped down the
woods through the leaves. Pretty soon a
splendid young man come galloping down
the road, setting his horse easy and looking
like a soldier. He had his gun across his
pommel. I had seen him before. It was
young Harney Shepherdson. I heard Buck's
gun go off at my ear, and Harney's hat
tumbled off from his head. He grabbed his
gun and rode straight to the place where we
was hid. But we didn't wait. We started
through the woods on a run. The woods
warn't thick, so I looked over my shoulder to
dodge the bullet, and twice I seen Harney
cover Buck with his gun; and then he rode
away the way he come to get his hat, I
reckon, but I couldn't see. We never stopped

-65-

run ning till we got home. The old
gentleman's eyes blazed a minute 'twas
pleasure, mainly, I judged then his face sort
of smoothed down, and he says, kind of
gentle:

"I don't like that shooting from behind a
bush. Why didn't you step into the road, my
boy?"

"The Shepherdsons don't, father. They
always take advantage."

Miss Charlotte she held her head up like a
queen while Buck was telling his tale, and
her nostrils spread and her eyes snapped.
The two young men looked dark, but never
said nothing. Miss Sophia she turned pale,
but the color come back when she found the
man warn't hurt.

Soon as I could get Buck down by the corn-
cribs under the trees by ourselves, I says:

"Did you want to kill him, Buck?"

"Well, I bet I did."

"What did he do to you?"

"Him? He never done nothing to me."

"Well, then, what did you want to kill him
for?"

"Why, nothing only it's on account of the
feud."

"What's a feud?"

"Why, where was you raised? Don't you
know what a feud is?"

"Never heard of it before tell me about it."

"Well," says Buck, "a feud is this way: A man

has a quarrel with another man, and kills
him; then that other man's brother kills HIM;
then the other brothers, on both sides, goes
for one another; then the COUSINS chip in
and by and by everybody's killed off, and
there ain't no more feud. But it's kind of
slow, and takes a long time."

"Has this one been going on long, Buck?"

"Well, I should RECKON! It started thirty year
ago, or som'ers along there. There was
trouble 'bout something, and then a lawsuit
to settle it; and the suit went agin one of the
men, and so he up and shot the man that
won the suit which he would naturally do, of
course. Anybody would."

"What was the trouble about, Buck? land?"

"I reckon maybe I don't know."

"Well, who done the shooting? Was it a
Granger ford or a Shepherdson?"

"Laws, how do I know? It was so long ago."

"Don't anybody know?"

"Oh, yes, pa knows, I reckon, and some of
the other old people; but they don't know
now what the row was about in the first
place."

"Has there been many killed, Buck?"

"Yes; right smart chance of funerals. But
they don't always kill. Pa's got a few
buckshot in him; but he don't mind it 'cuz he
don't weigh much, any way. Bob's been
carved up some with a bowie, and Tom's
been hurt once or twice."

"Has anybody been killed this year, Buck?"

"Yes; we got one and they got one. 'Bout

-66-

three months ago my cousin Bud, fourteen
year old, was riding through the woods on
t'other side of the river, and didn't have no
weapon with him, which was blame'
foolishness, and in a lonesome place he
hears a horse a-coming behind him, and
sees old Baldy Shepherdson a-linkin' after
him with his gun in his hand and his white
hair a-flying in the wind; and 'stead of
jumping off and taking to the brush, Bud
'lowed he could out run him; so they had it,
nip and tuck, for five mile or more, the old
man a-gaining all the time; so at last Bud
seen it warn't any use, so he stopped and
faced around so as to have the bullet holes
in front, you know, and the old man he rode
up and shot him down. But he didn't git
much chance to enjoy his luck, for inside of
a week our folks laid HIM out."

"I reckon that old man was a coward, Buck."

"I reckon he WARN'T a coward. Not by a
blame' sight. There ain't a coward amongst
them Shepherd sons not a one. And there
ain't no cowards amongst the Grangerfords
either. Why, that old man kep' up his end in a
fight one day for half an hour against three
Grangerfords, and come out winner. They
was all a-horseback; he lit off of his horse
and got behind a little woodpile, and kep'
his horse before him to stop the bullets; but
the Grangerfords stayed on their horses
and capered around the old man, and
peppered away at him, and he peppered
away at them. Him and his horse both went
home pretty leaky and crip pled, but the
Grangerfords had to be FETCHED home
and one of 'em was dead, and another died
the next day. No, sir; if a body's out hunting
for cowards he don't want to fool away any
time amongst them Shep herdsons, becuz
they don't breed any of that KIND."

Next Sunday we all went to church, about
three mile, everybody a-horseback. The

men took their guns along, so did Buck, and
kept them between their knees or stood
them handy against the wall. The
Shepherdsons done the same. It was pretty
ornery preaching all about brotherly love,
and such-like tiresomeness; but everybody
said it was a good ser mon, and they all
talked it over going home, and had such a
powerful lot to say about faith and good
works and free grace and
preforeordestination, and I don't know what
all, that it did seem to me to be one of the
roughest Sundays I had run across yet.

About an hour after dinner everybody was
dozing around, some in their chairs and
some in their rooms, and it got to be pretty
dull. Buck and a dog was stretched out on
the grass in the sun sound asleep. I went up
to our room, and judged I would take a nap
myself. I found that sweet Miss Sophia
standing in her door, which was next to
ours, and she took me in her room and shut
the door very soft, and asked me if I liked
her, and I said I did; and she asked me if I
would do something for her and not tell
anybody, and I said I would. Then she said
she'd forgot her Testament, and left it in the
seat at church between two other books,
and would I slip out quiet and go there and
fetch it to her, and not say nothing to
nobody. I said I would. So I slid out and
slipped off up the road, and there warn't
anybody at the church, except maybe a hog
or two, for there warn't any lock on the door,
and hogs likes a puncheon floor in summer-
time because it's cool. If you notice, most
folks don't go to church only when they've
got to; but a hog is different.

Says I to myself, something's up; it ain't
natural for a girl to be in such a sweat about
a Testament. So I give it a shake, and out
drops a little piece of paper with "HALF-
PAST TWO" wrote on it with a pencil. I
ransacked it, but couldn't find anything else.

-67-

I couldn't make anything out of that, so I put
the paper in the book again, and when I got
home and upstairs there was Miss Sophia
in her door waiting for me. She pulled me in
and shut the door; then she looked in the
Testament till she found the paper, and as
soon as she read it she looked glad; and
before a body could think she grabbed me
and give me a squeeze, and said I was the
best boy in the world, and not to tell
anybody. She was mighty red in the face for
a minute, and her eyes lighted up, and it
made her powerful pretty. I was a good deal
astonished, but when I got my breath I
asked her what the paper was about, and
she asked me if I had read it, and I said no,
and she asked me if I could read writing,
and I told her "no, only coarse-hand," and
then she said the paper warn't anything but
a book-mark to keep her place, and I might
go and play now.

I went off down to the river, studying over
this thing, and pretty soon I noticed that my
nigger was following along behind. When
we was out of sight of the house he looked
back and around a second, and then comes
a-running, and says:

"Mars Jawge, if you'll come down into de
swamp I'll show you a whole stack o' water-
moccasins."

Thinks I, that's mighty curious; he said that
yester day. He oughter know a body don't
love water moccasins enough to go around
hunting for them. What is he up to, anyway?
So I says:

"All right; trot ahead."

I followed a half a mile; then he struck out
over the swamp, and waded ankle deep as
much as another half-mile. We come to a
little flat piece of land which was dry and
very thick with trees and bushes and vines,

and he says:

"You shove right in dah jist a few steps,
Mars Jawge; dah's whah dey is. I's seed 'm
befo'; I don't k'yer to see 'em no mo'."

Then he slopped right along and went away,
and pretty soon the trees hid him. I poked
into the place a-ways and come to a little
open patch as big as a bedroom all hung
around with vines, and found a man laying
there asleep and, by jings, it was my old
Jim!

I waked him up, and I reckoned it was going
to be a grand surprise to him to see me
again, but it warn't. He nearly cried he was
so glad, but he warn't sur prised. Said he
swum along behind me that night, and
heard me yell every time, but dasn't answer,
be cause he didn't want nobody to pick HIM
up and take him into slavery again. Says he:

"I got hurt a little, en couldn't swim fas', so I
wuz a considable ways behine you towards
de las'; when you landed I reck'ned I could
ketch up wid you on de lan' 'dout havin' to
shout at you, but when I see dat house I
begin to go slow. I 'uz off too fur to hear
what dey say to you I wuz 'fraid o' de dogs;
but when it 'uz all quiet agin I knowed you's
in de house, so I struck out for de woods to
wait for day. Early in de mawnin' some er
de niggers come along, gwyne to de fields,
en dey tuk me en showed me dis place,
whah de dogs can't track me on accounts o'
de water, en dey brings me truck to eat
every night, en tells me how you's a-gitt'n
along."

"Why didn't you tell my Jack to fetch me here
sooner, Jim?"

"Well, 'twarn't no use to 'sturb you, Huck, tell
we could do sumfn but we's all right now. I
ben a buyin' pots en pans en vittles, as I got

-68-

a chanst, en a patchin' up de raf' nights
when --"

"WHAT raft, Jim?"

"Our ole raf'."

"You mean to say our old raft warn't
smashed all to flinders?"

"No, she warn't. She was tore up a good
deal one en' of her was; but dey warn't no
great harm done, on'y our traps was mos'
all los'. Ef we hadn' dive' so deep en swum
so fur under water, en de night hadn' ben so
dark, en we warn't so sk'yerd, en ben sich
punkin-heads, as de sayin' is, we'd a seed
de raf'. But it's jis' as well we didn't, 'kase
now she's all fixed up agin mos' as good as
new, en we's got a new lot o' stuff, in de
place o' what 'uz los'."

"Why, how did you get hold of the raft again,
Jim did you catch her?"

"How I gwyne to ketch her en I out in de
woods? No; some er de niggers foun' her
ketched on a snag along heah in de ben', en
dey hid her in a crick 'mongst de willows, en
dey wuz so much jawin' 'bout which un 'um
she b'long to de mos' dat I come to heah
'bout it pooty soon, so I ups en settles de
trouble by tellin' 'um she don't b'long to
none uv um, but to you en me; en I ast 'm if
dey gwyne to grab a young white genlman's
propaty, en git a hid'n for it? Den I gin 'm ten
cents apiece, en dey 'uz mighty well satis
fied, en wisht some mo' raf's 'ud come
along en make 'm rich agin. Dey's mighty
good to me, dese niggers is, en whatever I
wants 'm to do fur me I doan' have to ast 'm
twice, honey. Dat Jack's a good nigger, en
pooty smart."

"Yes, he is. He ain't ever told me you was
here; told me to come, and he'd show me a

lot of water moccasins. If anything happens
HE ain't mixed up in it. He can say he never
seen us together, and it 'll be the truth."

I don't want to talk much about the next day. I
reckon I'll cut it pretty short. I waked up
about dawn, and was a-going to turn over
and go to sleep again when I noticed how
still it was didn't seem to be anybody
stirring. That warn't usual. Next I noticed that
Buck was up and gone. Well, I gets up, a-
wondering, and goes down stairs nobody
around; everything as still as a mouse. Just
the same outside. Thinks I, what does it
mean? Down by the wood pile I comes
across my Jack, and says:

"What's it all about?"

Says he:

"Don't you know, Mars Jawge?"

"No," says I, "I don't."

"Well, den, Miss Sophia's run off! 'deed she
has. She run off in de night some time
nobody don't know jis' when; run off to get
married to dat young Harney Shepherdson,
you know leastways, so dey 'spec. De
fambly foun' it out 'bout half an hour ago
maybe a little mo' en' I TELL you dey warn't
no time los'. Sich another hurryin' up guns
en hosses YOU never see! De women folks
has gone for to stir up de relations, en ole
Mars Saul en de boys tuck dey guns en rode
up de river road for to try to ketch dat young
man en kill him 'fo' he kin git acrost de river
wid Miss Sophia. I reck'n dey's gwyne to be
mighty rough times."

"Buck went off 'thout waking me up."

"Well, I reck'n he DID! Dey warn't gwyne to
mix you up in it. Mars Buck he loaded up his
gun en 'lowed he's gwyne to fetch home a

-69-

Shepherdson or bust. Well, dey'll be plenty
un 'm dah, I reck'n, en you bet you he'll fetch
one ef he gits a chanst."

I took up the river road as hard as I could put.
By and by I begin to hear guns a good ways
off. When I came in sight of the log store and
the woodpile where the steamboats lands I
worked along under the trees and brush till I
got to a good place, and then I clumb up into
the forks of a cottonwood that was out of
reach, and watched. There was a wood-
rank four foot high a little ways in front of the
tree, and first I was going to hide behind
that; but maybe it was luckier I didn't.

There was four or five men cavorting around
on their horses in the open place before the
log store, cussing and yelling, and trying to
get at a couple of young chaps that was
behind the wood-rank alongside of the
steamboat landing; but they couldn't come
it. Every time one of them showed himself
on the river side of the woodpile he got shot
at. The two boys was squatting back to
back behind the pile, so they could watch
both ways.

By and by the men stopped cavorting
around and yelling. They started riding
towards the store; then up gets one of the
boys, draws a steady bead over the wood-
rank, and drops one of them out of his
saddle. All the men jumped off of their
horses and grabbed the hurt one and
started to carry him to the store; and that
minute the two boys started on the run. They
got half way to the tree I was in before the
men noticed. Then the men see them, and
jumped on their horses and took out after
them. They gained on the boys, but it didn't
do no good, the boys had too good a start;
they got to the woodpile that was in front of
my tree, and slipped in behind it, and so
they had the bulge on the men again. One of
the boys was Buck, and the other was a

slim young chap about nineteen years old.

The men ripped around awhile, and then
rode away. As soon as they was out of sight
I sung out to Buck and told him. He didn't
know what to make of my voice coming out
of the tree at first. He was awful surprised.
He told me to watch out sharp and let him
know when the men come in sight again;
said they was up to some devilment or other
wouldn't be gone long. I wished I was out of
that tree, but I dasn't come down. Buck
begun to cry and rip, and 'lowed that him
and his cousin Joe (that was the other young
chap) would make up for this day yet. He
said his father and his two brothers was
killed, and two or three of the enemy. Said
the Shepherdsons laid for them in ambush.
Buck said his father and brothers ought to
waited for their relations the Shepherdsons
was too strong for them. I asked him what
was be come of young Harney and Miss
Sophia. He said they'd got across the river
and was safe. I was glad of that; but the way
Buck did take on because he didn't
manage to kill Harney that day he shot at
him I hain't ever heard anything like it.

All of a sudden, bang! bang! bang! goes
three or four guns the men had slipped
around through the woods and come in from
behind without their horses! The boys
jumped for the river both of them hurt and as
they swum down the current the men run
along the bank shooting at them and singing
out, "Kill them, kill them!" It made me so sick
I most fell out of the tree. I ain't a-going to
tell ALL that happened it would make me
sick again if I was to do that. I wished I
hadn't ever come ashore that night to see
such things. I ain't ever going to get shut of
them lots of times I dream about them.

I stayed in the tree till it begun to get dark,
afraid to come down. Sometimes I heard
guns away off in the woods; and twice I

-70-

seen little gangs of men gallop past the log
store with guns; so I reckoned the trouble
was still a-going on. I was mighty
downhearted; so I made up my mind I
wouldn't ever go anear that house again,
because I reckoned I was to blame,
somehow. I judged that that piece of paper
meant that Miss Sophia was to meet
Harney somewheres at half-past two and
run off; and I judged I ought to told her father
about that paper and the curious way she
acted, and then maybe he would a locked
her up, and this awful mess wouldn't ever
happened.

When I got down out of the tree I crept along
down the river bank a piece, and found the
two bodies laying in the edge of the water,
and tugged at them till I got them ashore;
then I covered up their faces, and got away
as quick as I could. I cried a little when I was
covering up Buck's face, for he was mighty
good to me.

It was just dark now. I never went near the
house, but struck through the woods and
made for the swamp. Jim warn't on his
island, so I tramped off in a hurry for the
crick, and crowded through the willows,
red-hot to jump aboard and get out of that
awful country. The raft was gone! My souls,
but I was scared! I couldn't get my breath for
most a minute. Then I raised a yell. A voice
not twenty-five foot from me says:

"Good lan'! is dat you, honey? Doan' make
no noise."

It was Jim's voice nothing ever sounded so
good before. I run along the bank a piece
and got aboard, and Jim he grabbed me
and hugged me, he was so glad to see me.
He says:

"Laws bless you, chile, I 'uz right down sho'
you's dead agin. Jack's been heah; he say

he reck'n you's ben shot, kase you didn'
come home no mo'; so I's jes' dis minute a
startin' de raf' down towards de mouf er de
crick, so's to be all ready for to shove out en
leave soon as Jack comes agin en tells me
for certain you IS dead. Lawsy, I's mighty
glad to git you back again, honey.

I says:

"All right that's mighty good; they won't find
me, and they'll think I've been killed, and
floated down the river there's something up
there that 'll help them think so so don't you
lose no time, Jim, but just shove off for the
big water as fast as ever you can."

I never felt easy till the raft was two mile
below there and out in the middle of the
Mississippi. Then we hung up our signal
lantern, and judged that we was free and
safe once more. I hadn't had a bite to eat
since yesterday, so Jim he got out some
corn-dodgers and buttermilk, and pork and
cabbage and greens there ain't nothing in
the world so good when it's cooked right
and whilst I eat my supper we talked and
had a good time. I was powerful glad to get
away from the feuds, and so was Jim to get
away from the swamp. We said there warn't
no home like a raft, after all. Other places do
seem so cramped up and smothery, but a
raft don't. You feel mighty free and easy and
comfortable on a raft.

CHAPTER XIX

TWO or three days and nights went by; I
reckon I might say they swum by, they slid
along so quiet and smooth and lovely. Here
is the way we put in the time. It was a
monstrous big river down there sometimes
a mile and a half wide; we run nights, and
laid up and hid daytimes; soon as night was
most gone we stopped navigating and tied
up nearly always in the dead water under a

-71-

towhead; and then cut young cottonwoods
and willows, and hid the raft with them. Then
we set out the lines. Next we slid into the
river and had a swim, so as to freshen up
and cool off; then we set down on the sandy
bottom where the water was about knee
deep, and watched the day light come. Not
a sound anywheres perfectly still just like
the whole world was asleep, only
sometimes the bullfrogs a-cluttering,
maybe. The first thing to see, looking away
over the water, was a kind of dull line that
was the woods on t'other side; you couldn't
make nothing else out; then a pale place in
the sky; then more paleness spreading
around; then the river softened up away off,
and warn't black any more, but gray; you
could see little dark spots drifting along ever
so far away trading scows, and such things;
and long black streaks rafts; sometimes
you could hear a sweep screaking; or
jumbled up voices, it was so still, and
sounds come so far; and by and by you
could see a streak on the water which you
know by the look of the streak that there's a
snag there in a swift current which breaks
on it and makes that streak look that way;
and you see the mist curl up off of the water,
and the east reddens up, and the river, and
you make out a log-cabin in the edge of the
woods, away on the bank on t'other side of
the river, being a woodyard, likely, and
piled by them cheats so you can throw a dog
through it anywheres; then the nice breeze
springs up, and comes fanning you from
over there, so cool and fresh and sweet to
smell on account of the woods and the
flowers; but sometimes not that way,
because they've left dead fish laying
around, gars and such, and they do get
pretty rank; and next you've got the full day,
and every thing smiling in the sun, and the
song-birds just going it!

A little smoke couldn't be noticed now, so
we would take some fish off of the lines and

cook up a hot break fast. And afterwards
we would watch the lonesome ness of the
river, and kind of lazy along, and by and by
lazy off to sleep. Wake up by and by, and
look to see what done it, and maybe see a
steamboat coughing along up-stream, so
far off towards the other side you couldn't
tell nothing about her only whether she was
a stern-wheel or side-wheel; then for about
an hour there wouldn't be nothing to hear
nor nothing to see just solid lonesomeness.
Next you'd see a raft sliding by, away off
yonder, and maybe a galoot on it chopping,
because they're most always doing it on a
raft; you'd see the axe flash and come
down you don't hear nothing; you see that
axe go up again, and by the time it's above
the man's head then you hear the
K'CHUNK! it had took all that time to come
over the water. So we would put in the day,
lazying around, listening to the stillness.
Once there was a thick fog, and the rafts
and things that went by was beating tin pans
so the steamboats wouldn't run over them.
A scow or a raft went by so close we could
hear them talking and cussing and laughing
heard them plain; but we couldn't see no
sign of them; it made you feel crawly; it was
like spirits carrying on that way in the air.
Jim said he believed it was spirits; but I
says:

"No; spirits wouldn't say, 'Dern the dern
fog.'"

Soon as it was night out we shoved; when
we got her out to about the middle we let her
alone, and let her float wherever the current
wanted her to; then we lit the pipes, and
dangled our legs in the water, and talked
about all kinds of things we was always
naked, day and night, whenever the
mosquitoes would let us the new clothes
Buck's folks made for me was too good to
be comfortable, and besides I didn't go
much on clothes, nohow.

-72-

Sometimes we'd have that whole river all to
ourselves for the longest time. Yonder was
the banks and the islands, across the water;
and maybe a spark which was a candle in a
cabin window; and sometimes on the water
you could see a spark or two on a raft or a
scow, you know; and maybe you could hear
a fiddle or a song coming over from one of
them crafts. It's lovely to live on a raft. We
had the sky up there, all speckled with stars,
and we used to lay on our backs and look up
at them, and discuss about whether they
was made or only just happened. Jim he
allowed they was made, but I allowed they
happened; I judged it would have took too
long to MAKE so many. Jim said the moon
could a LAID them; well, that looked kind of
reasonable, so I didn't say nothing against
it, because I've seen a frog lay most as
many, so of course it could be done. We
used to watch the stars that fell, too, and
see them streak down. Jim allowed they'd
got spoiled and was hove out of the nest.

Once or twice of a night we would see a
steamboat slipping along in the dark, and
now and then she would belch a whole
world of sparks up out of her chimbleys, and
they would rain down in the river and look
awful pretty; then she would turn a corner
and her lights would wink out and her
powwow shut off and leave the river still
again; and by and by her waves would get
to us, a long time after she was gone, and
joggle the raft a bit, and after that you
wouldn't hear nothing for you couldn't tell
how long, except maybe frogs or
something.

After midnight the people on shore went to
bed, and then for two or three hours the
shores was black no more sparks in the
cabin windows. These sparks was our
clock the first one that showed again meant
morning was coming, so we hunted a place
to hide and tie up right away.

One morning about daybreak I found a
canoe and crossed over a chute to the main
shore it was only two hundred yards and
paddled about a mile up a crick amongst
the cypress woods, to see if I couldn't get
some berries. Just as I was passing a place
where a kind of a cowpath crossed the
crick, here comes a couple of men tearing
up the path as tight as they could foot it. I
thought I was a goner, for whenever
anybody was after anybody I judged it was
ME or maybe Jim. I was about to dig out
from there in a hurry, but they was pretty
close to me then, and sung out and begged
me to save their lives said they hadn't been
doing nothing, and was being chased for it
said there was men and dogs a-coming.
They wanted to jump right in, but I says:

"Don't you do it. I don't hear the dogs and
horses yet; you've got time to crowd through
the brush and get up the crick a little ways;
then you take to the water and wade down
to me and get in that'll throw the dogs off the
scent."

They done it, and soon as they was aboard I
lit out for our towhead, and in about five or
ten minutes we heard the dogs and the men
away off, shouting. We heard them come
along towards the crick, but couldn't see
them; they seemed to stop and fool around
a while; then, as we got further and further
away all the time, we couldn't hardly hear
them at all; by the time we had left a mile of
woods behind us and struck the river,
everything was quiet, and we paddled over
to the towhead and hid in the cottonwoods
and was safe.

One of these fellows was about seventy or
upwards, and had a bald head and very
gray whiskers. He had an old battered-up
slouch hat on, and a greasy blue woollen
shirt, and ragged old blue jeans britches
stuffed into his boot-tops, and home-knit

-73-

galluses no, he only had one. He had an old
long-tailed blue jeans coat with slick brass
buttons flung over his arm, and both of them
had big, fat, ratty-looking carpet-bags.

The other fellow was about thirty, and
dressed about as ornery. After breakfast
we all laid off and talked, and the first thing
that come out was that these chaps didn't
know one another.

"What got you into trouble?" says the
baldhead to t'other chap.

"Well, I'd been selling an article to take the
tartar off the teeth and it does take it off,
too, and generly the enamel along with it but
I stayed about one night longer than I ought
to, and was just in the act of sliding out
when I ran across you on the trail this side of
town, and you told me they were coming,
and begged me to help you to get off. So I
told you I was ex pecting trouble myself, and
would scatter out WITH you. That's the whole
yarn what's yourn?

"Well, I'd ben a-running' a little temperance
revival thar 'bout a week, and was the pet of
the women folks, big and little, for I was
makin' it mighty warm for the rummies, I
TELL you, and takin' as much as five or six
dollars a night ten cents a head, children
and niggers free and business a-growin' all
the time, when somehow or another a little
report got around last night that I had a way
of puttin' in my time with a private jug on the
sly. A nigger rousted me out this mornin',
and told me the people was getherin' on the
quiet with their dogs and horses, and they'd
be along pretty soon and give me 'bout half
an hour's start, and then run me down if they
could; and if they got me they'd tar and
feather me and ride me on a rail, sure. I
didn't wait for no breakfast I warn't hungry."

"Old man," said the young one, "I reckon we

might double-team it together; what do you
think?"

"I ain't undisposed. What's your line mainly?"

"Jour printer by trade; do a little in patent
medi cines; theater-actor tragedy, you
know; take a turn to mesmerism and
phrenology when there's a chance; teach
singing-geography school for a change;
sling a lecture sometimes oh, I do lots of
things most anything that comes handy, so it
ain't work. What's your lay?"

"I've done considerble in the doctoring way
in my time. Layin' on o' hands is my best holt
for cancer and paralysis, and sich things;
and I k'n tell a fortune pretty good when I've
got somebody along to find out the facts for
me. Preachin's my line, too, and workin'
camp-meetin's, and missionaryin' around."

Nobody never said anything for a while;
then the young man hove a sigh and says:

"Alas!"

"What 're you alassin' about?" says the bald
head.

"To think I should have lived to be leading
such a life, and be degraded down into
such company." And he begun to wipe the
corner of his eye with a rag.

"Dern your skin, ain't the company good
enough for you?" says the baldhead, pretty
pert and uppish.

" Yes, it IS good enough for me; it's as good
as I deserve; for who fetched me so low
when I was so high? I did myself. I don't
blame YOU, gentlemen far from it; I don't
blame anybody. I deserve it all. Let the cold
world do its worst; one thing I know there's
a grave somewhere for me. The world may

-74-

go on just as it's always done, and take
everything from me loved ones, property,
everything; but it can't take that. Some day
I'll lie down in it and for get it all, and my poor
broken heart will be at rest." He went on a-
wiping.

"Drot your pore broken heart," says the
baldhead; "what are you heaving your pore
broken heart at US f'r? WE hain't done
nothing."

"No, I know you haven't. I ain't blaming you,
gentlemen. I brought myself down yes, I did
it myself. It's right I should suffer perfectly
right I don't make any moan."

"Brought you down from whar? Whar was
you brought down from?"

"Ah, you would not believe me; the world
never believes let it pass 'tis no matter. The
secret of my birth --"

"The secret of your birth! Do you mean to
say --"

"Gentlemen," says the young man, very
solemn, "I will reveal it to you, for I feel I may
have confi dence in you. By rights I am a
duke!"

Jim's eyes bugged out when he heard that;
and I reckon mine did, too. Then the
baldhead says: "No! you can't mean it?"

"Yes. My great-grandfather, eldest son of
the Duke of Bridgewater, fled to this country
about the end of the last century, to breathe
the pure air of free dom; married here, and
died, leaving a son, his own father dying
about the same time. The second son of the
late duke seized the titles and estates the
infant real duke was ignored. I am the lineal
descendant of that infant I am the rightful
Duke of Bridgewater; and here am I,

forlorn, torn from my high estate, hunted of
men, despised by the cold world, ragged,
worn, heart-broken, and degraded to the
companion ship of felons on a raft!"

Jim pitied him ever so much, and so did I.
We tried to comfort him, but he said it warn't
much use, he couldn't be much comforted;
said if we was a mind to acknowledge him,
that would do him more good than most
anything else; so we said we would, if he
would tell us how. He said we ought to bow
when we spoke to him, and say "Your
Grace," or "My Lord," or "Your Lordship" and
he wouldn't mind it if we called him plain
"Bridgewater," which, he said, was a title
anyway, and not a name; and one of us
ought to wait on him at dinner, and do any
little thing for him he wanted done.

Well, that was all easy, so we done it. All
through dinner Jim stood around and waited
on him, and says, "Will yo' Grace have some
o' dis or some o' dat?" and so on, and a
body could see it was mighty pleasing to
him.

But the old man got pretty silent by and by
didn't have much to say, and didn't look
pretty comfortable over all that petting that
was going on around that duke. He seemed
to have something on his mind. So, along in
the afternoon, he says:

"Looky here, Bilgewater," he says, "I'm
nation sorry for you, but you ain't the only
person that's had troubles like that."

"No?"

"No you ain't. You ain't the only person that's
ben snaked down wrongfully out'n a high
place."

"Alas!"

-75-

"No, you ain't the only person that's had a
secret of his birth." And, by jings, HE
begins to cry.

"Hold! What do you mean?"

"Bilgewater, kin I trust you?" says the old
man, still sort of sobbing.

"To the bitter death!" He took the old man by
the hand and squeezed it, and says, "That
secret of your being: speak!"

"Bilgewater, I am the late Dauphin!"

You bet you, Jim and me stared this time.
Then the duke says:

"You are what?"

"Yes, my friend, it is too true your eyes is
look in' at this very moment on the pore
disappeared Dauphin, Looy the
Seventeen, son of Looy the Six teen and
Marry Antonette."

"You! At your age! No! You mean you're the
late Charlemagne; you must be six or seven
hun dred years old, at the very least."

"Trouble has done it, Bilgewater, trouble
has done it; trouble has brung these gray
hairs and this prema ture balditude. Yes,
gentlemen, you see before you, in blue
jeans and misery, the wanderin', exiled,
tram pled-on, and sufferin' rightful King of
France."

Well, he cried and took on so that me and
Jim didn't know hardly what to do, we was
so sorry and so glad and proud we'd got
him with us, too. So we set in, like we done
before with the duke, and tried to comfort
HIM. But he said it warn't no use, nothing but
to be dead and done with it all could do him
any good; though he said it often made him

feel easier and better for a while if people
treated him according to his rights, and got
down on one knee to speak to him, and
always called him "Your Majesty," and
waited on him first at meals, and didn't set
down in his presence till he asked them. So
Jim and me set to majestying him, and
doing this and that and t'other for him, and
standing up till he told us we might set down.
This done him heaps of good, and so he got
cheerful and comfortable. But the duke kind
of soured on him, and didn't look a bit
satisfied with the way things was going;
still, the king acted real friendly towards
him, and said the duke's great-grandfather
and all the other Dukes of Bilgewater was a
good deal thought of by HIS father, and was
allowed to come to the palace
considerable; but the duke stayed huffy a
good while, till by and by the king says:

"Like as not we got to be together a blamed
long time on this h-yer raft, Bilgewater, and
so what's the use o' your bein' sour? It 'll
only make things on comfortable. It ain't my
fault I warn't born a duke, it ain't your fault
you warn't born a king so what's the use to
worry? Make the best o' things the way you
find 'em, says I that's my motto. This ain't no
bad thing that we've struck here plenty grub
and an easy life come, give us your hand,
duke, and le's all be friends."

The duke done it, and Jim and me was
pretty glad to see it. It took away all the
uncomfortableness and we felt mighty good
over it, because it would a been a
miserable business to have any
unfriendliness on the raft; for what you want,
above all things, on a raft, is for everybody
to be satisfied, and feel right and kind
towards the others.

It didn't take me long to make up my mind
that these liars warn't no kings nor dukes at
all, but just low-down humbugs and frauds.

-76-

But I never said nothing, never let on; kept it
to myself; it's the best way; then you don't
have no quarrels, and don't get into no
trouble. If they wanted us to call them kings
and dukes, I hadn't no objections, 'long as
it would keep peace in the family; and it
warn't no use to tell Jim, so I didn't tell him. If
I never learnt nothing else out of pap, I learnt
that the best way to get along with his kind
of people is to let them have their own way.

CHAPTER XX

THEY asked us considerable many
questions; wanted to know what we
covered up the raft that way for, and laid by
in the daytime instead of running was Jim a
runaway nigger? Says I:

"Goodness sakes! would a runaway nigger
run SOUTH?"

No, they allowed he wouldn't. I had to
account for things some way, so I says:

"My folks was living in Pike County, in
Missouri, where I was born, and they all
died off but me and pa and my brother Ike.
Pa, he 'lowed he'd break up and go down
and live with Uncle Ben, who's got a little
one-horse place on the river, forty-four mile
below Orleans. Pa was pretty poor, and had
some debts; so when he'd squared up
there warn't nothing left but sixteen dollars
and our nigger, Jim. That warn't enough to
take us fourteen hundred mile, deck
passage nor no other way. Well, when the
river rose pa had a streak of luck one day;
he ketched this piece of a raft; so we
reckoned we'd go down to Orleans on it.
Pa's luck didn't hold out; a steamboat run
over the forrard corner of the raft one night,
and we all went overboard and dove under
the wheel; Jim and me come up all right, but
pa was drunk, and Ike was only four years
old, so they never come up no more. Well,

for the next day or two we had considerable
trouble, because people was always
coming out in skiffs and trying to take Jim
away from me, saying they be lieved he
was a runaway nigger. We don't run day
times no more now; nights they don't bother
us."

The duke says:

"Leave me alone to cipher out a way so we
can run in the daytime if we want to. I'll think
the thing over I'll invent a plan that'll fix it.
We'll let it alone for to-day, because of
course we don't want to go by that town
yonder in daylight it mightn't be healthy."

Towards night it begun to darken up and
look like rain; the heat lightning was
squirting around low down in the sky, and
the leaves was beginning to shiver it was
going to be pretty ugly, it was easy to see
that. So the duke and the king went to
overhauling our wigwam, to see what the
beds was like. My bed was a straw
tickÑbetter than Jim's, which was a corn
shuck tick; there's always cobs around
about in a shuck tick, and they poke into you
and hurt; and when you roll over the dry
shucks sound like you was rolling over in a
pile of dead leaves; it makes such a rustling
that you wake up. Well, the duke allowed he
would take my bed; but the king allowed he
wouldn't. He says:

"I should a reckoned the difference in rank
would a sejested to you that a corn-shuck
bed warn't just fitten for me to sleep on.
Your Grace 'll take the shuck bed yourself."

Jim and me was in a sweat again for a
minute, being afraid there was going to be
some more trouble amongst them; so we
was pretty glad when the duke says:

"'Tis my fate to be always ground into the

-77-

mire under the iron heel of oppression.
Misfortune has broken my once haughty
spirit; I yield, I submit; 'tis my fate. I am
alone in the world let me suffer; can bear it."

We got away as soon as it was good and
dark. The king told us to stand well out
towards the middle of the river, and not
show a light till we got a long ways below
the town. We come in sight of the little bunch
of lights by and by that was the town, you
know and slid by, about a half a mile out, all
right. When we was three-quarters of a mile
below we hoisted up our signal lantern; and
about ten o'clock it come on to rain and
blow and thunder and lighten like every
thing; so the king told us to both stay on
watch till the weather got better; then him
and the duke crawled into the wigwam and
turned in for the night. It was my watch
below till twelve, but I wouldn't a turned in
anyway if I'd had a bed, because a body
don't see such a storm as that every day in
the week, not by a long sight. My souls, how
the wind did scream along! And every
second or two there'd come a glare that lit
up the white-caps for a half a mile around,
and you'd see the islands looking dusty
through the rain, and the trees thrashing
around in the wind; then comes a H-
WHACK! bum! bum! bumble-umble-um-
bum-bum bum-bum and the thunder would
go rumbling and grumbling away, and quit
and then RIP comes an other flash and
another sockdolager. The waves most
washed me off the raft sometimes, but I
hadn't any clothes on, and didn't mind. We
didn't have no trouble about snags; the
lightning was glaring and flittering around so
constant that we could see them plenty soon
enough to throw her head this way or that
and miss them.

I had the middle watch, you know, but I was
pretty sleepy by that time, so Jim he said he
would stand the first half of it for me; he was

always mighty good that way, Jim was. I
crawled into the wigwam, but the king and
the duke had their legs sprawled around so
there warn't no show for me; so I laid
outside I didn't mind the rain, because it
was warm, and the waves warn't running so
high now. About two they come up again,
though, and Jim was going to call me; but
he changed his mind, because he reckoned
they warn't high enough yet to do any harm;
but he was mistaken about that, for pretty
soon all of a sudden along comes a regular
ripper and washed me over board. It most
killed Jim a-laughing. He was the easiest
nigger to laugh that ever was, anyway.

I took the watch, and Jim he laid down and
snored away; and by and by the storm let up
for good and all; and the first cabin-light that
showed I rousted him out, and we slid the
raft into hiding quarters for the day.

The king got out an old ratty deck of cards
after breakfast, and him and the duke
played seven-up a while, five cents a
game. Then they got tired of it, and allowed
they would "lay out a campaign," as they
called it. The duke went down into his carpet
bag, and fetched up a lot of little printed bills
and read them out loud. One bill said, "The
celebrated Dr. Armand de Montalban, of
Paris," would "lecture on the Science of
Phrenology" at such and such a place, on
the blank day of blank, at ten cents admis
sion, and "furnish charts of character at
twenty-five cents apiece." The duke said
that was HIM. In an other bill he was the
"world-renowned Shakespearian
tragedian, Garrick the Younger, of Drury
Lane, Lon don." In other bills he had a lot of
other names and done other wonderful
things, like finding water and gold with a
"divining-rod," "dissipating witch spells,"
and so on. By and by he says:

"But the histrionic muse is the darling. Have

-78-

you ever trod the boards, Royalty?"

"No," says the king.

"You shall, then, before you're three days
older, Fallen Grandeur," says the duke. "The
first good town we come to we'll hire a hall
and do the sword fight in Richard III. and the
balcony scene in Romeo and Juliet. How
does that strike you?"

"I'm in, up to the hub, for anything that will
pay, Bilgewater; but, you see, I don't know
nothing about play-actin', and hain't ever
seen much of it. I was too small when pap
used to have 'em at the palace. Do you
reckon you can learn me?"

"Easy!"

"All right. I'm jist a-freezn' for something
fresh, anyway. Le's commence right away."

So the duke he told him all about who
Romeo was and who Juliet was, and said
he was used to being Romeo, so the king
could be Juliet.

"But if Juliet's such a young gal, duke, my
peeled head and my white whiskers is goin'
to look oncommon odd on her, maybe."

"No, don't you worry; these country jakes
won't ever think of that. Besides, you know,
you'll be in costume, and that makes all the
difference in the world; Juliet's in a balcony,
enjoying the moonlight before she goes to
bed, and she's got on her night gown and
her ruffled nightcap. Here are the costumes
for the parts."

He got out two or three curtain-calico suits,
which he said was meedyevil armor for
Richard III. and t'other chap, and a long
white cotton nightshirt and a ruffled nightcap
to match. The king was satisfied; so the

duke got out his book and read the parts
over in the most splendid spread-eagle
way, prancing around and acting at the
same time, to show how it had got to be
done; then he give the book to the king and
told him to get his part by heart.

There was a little one-horse town about
three mile down the bend, and after dinner
the duke said he had ciphered out his idea
about how to run in daylight without it being
dangersome for Jim; so he allowed he
would go down to the town and fix that thing.
The king allowed he would go, too, and see
if he couldn't strike something. We was out
of coffee, so Jim said I better go along with
them in the canoe and get some.

When we got there there warn't nobody
stirring; streets empty, and perfectly dead
and still, like Sun day. We found a sick
nigger sunning himself in a back yard, and
he said everybody that warn't too young or
too sick or too old was gone to camp
meeting, about two mile back in the woods.
The king got the directions, and allowed
he'd go and work that camp-meeting for all
it was worth, and I might go, too.

The duke said what he was after was a
printing office. We found it; a little bit of a
concern, up over a carpenter shop
carpenters and printers all gone to the
meeting, and no doors locked. It was a dirty,
littered-up place, and had ink marks, and
handbills with pictures of horses and
runaway niggers on them, all over the walls.
The duke shed his coat and said he was all
right now. So me and the king lit out for the
camp-meeting.

We got there in about a half an hour fairly
dripping, for it was a most awful hot day.
There was as much as a thousand people
there from twenty mile around. The woods
was full of teams and wagons, hitched

-79-

everywheres, feeding out of the wagon-
troughs and stomping to keep off the flies.
There was sheds made out of poles and
roofed over with branches, where they had
lemonade and gingerbread to sell, and
piles of watermelons and green corn and
such-like truck.

The preaching was going on under the
same kinds of sheds, only they was bigger
and held crowds of people. The benches
was made out of outside slabs of logs, with
holes bored in the round side to drive sticks
into for legs. They didn't have no backs. The
preachers had high platforms to stand on at
one end of the sheds. The women had on
sun-bonnets; and some had linsey-
woolsey frocks, some gingham ones, and a
few of the young ones had on calico. Some
of the young men was barefooted, and
some of the children didn't have on any
clothes but just a tow linen shirt. Some of
the old women was knitting, and some of
the young folks was courting on the sly.

The first shed we come to the preacher was
lining out a hymn. He lined out two lines,
everybody sung it, and it was kind of grand
to hear it, there was so many of them and
they done it in such a rousing way; then he
lined out two more for them to sing and so
on. The people woke up more and more,
and sung louder and louder; and towards
the end some begun to groan, and some
begun to shout. Then the preacher begun to
preach, and begun in earnest, too; and
went weaving first to one side of the
platform and then the other, and then a-
leaning down over the front of it, with his
arms and his body going all the time, and
shouting his words out with all his might;
and every now and then he would hold up
his Bible and spread it open, and kind of
pass it around this way and that, shouting,
"It's the brazen serpent in the wilderness!
Look upon it and live!" And people would

shout out, "Glory! A-a-MEN!" And so he
went on, and the people groaning and
crying and saying amen:

"Oh, come to the mourners' bench! come,
black with sin! (AMEN!) come, sick and
sore! (AMEN!) come, lame and halt and
blind! (AMEN!) come, pore and needy,
sunk in shame! (A-A-MEN!) come, all
that's worn and soiled and suffering! come
with a broken spirit! come with a contrite
heart! come in your rags and sin and dirt!
the waters that cleanse is free, the door of
heaven stands open oh, enter in and be at
rest!" (A-A-MEN! GLORY, GLORY
HALLELUJAH!)

And so on. You couldn't make out what the
preacher said any more, on account of the
shouting and crying. Folks got up
everywheres in the crowd, and worked their
way just by main strength to the mourners'
bench, with the tears running down their
faces; and when all the mourners had got up
there to the front benches in a crowd, they
sung and shouted and flung themselves
down on the straw, just crazy and wild.

Well, the first I knowed the king got a-going,
and you could hear him over everybody; and
next he went a-charging up on to the
platform, and the preacher he begged him
to speak to the people, and he done it. He
told them he was a pirate been a pirate for
thirty years out in the Indian Ocean and his
crew was thinned out considerable last
spring in a fight, and he was home now to
take out some fresh men, and thanks to
goodness he'd been robbed last night and
put ashore off of a steamboat without a
cent, and he was glad of it; it was the
blessedest thing that ever happened to him,
because he was a changed man now, and
happy for the first time in his life; and, poor
as he was, he was going to start right off
and work his way back to the Indian Ocean,

-80-

and put in the rest of his life trying to turn the
pirates into the true path; for he could do it
better than anybody else, being acquainted
with all pirate crews in that ocean; and
though it would take him a long time to get
there without money, he would get there
anyway, and every time he convinced a
pirate he would say to him, "Don't you thank
me, don't you give me no credit; it all
belongs to them dear people in Pokeville
camp meeting, natural brothers and
benefactors of the race, and that dear
preacher there, the truest friend a pirate
ever had!"

And then he busted into tears, and so did
everybody. Then somebody sings out,
"Take up a collection for him, take up a
collection!" Well, a half a dozen made a
jump to do it, but somebody sings out, "Let
HIM pass the hat around!" Then everybody
said it, the preacher too.

So the king went all through the crowd with
his hat swabbing his eyes, and blessing the
people and praising them and thanking
them for being so good to the poor pirates
away off there; and every little while the
prettiest kind of girls, with the tears running
down their cheeks, would up and ask him
would he let them kiss him for to remember
him by; and he always done it; and some of
them he hugged and kissed as many as five
or six times and he was invited to stay a
week; and everybody wanted him to live in
their houses, and said they'd think it was an
honor; but he said as this was the last day of
the camp-meeting he couldn't do no good,
and besides he was in a sweat to get to the
Indian Ocean right off and go to work on the
pirates.

When we got back to the raft and he come to
count up he found he had collected eighty-
seven dollars and seventy-five cents. And
then he had fetched away a three-gallon

jug of whisky, too, that he found under a
wagon when he was starting home through
the woods. The king said, take it all around,
it laid over any day he'd ever put in in the
missionarying line. He said it warn't no use
talking, heathens don't amount to shucks
alongside of pirates to work a camp-
meeting with.

The duke was thinking HE'D been doing
pretty well till the king come to show up, but
after that he didn't think so so much. He had
set up and printed off two little jobs for
farmers in that printing-office horse bills
and took the money, four dollars. And he
had got in ten dollars' worth of
advertisements for the paper, which he said
he would put in for four dollars if they would
pay in advance so they done it. The price of
the paper was two dollars a year, but he
took in three subscriptions for half a dollar
apiece on con dition of them paying him in
advance; they were going to pay in
cordwood and onions as usual, but he said
he had just bought the concern and
knocked down the price as low as he could
afford it, and was going to run it for cash. He
set up a little piece of poetry, which he
made, himself, out of his own head three
verses kind of sweet and saddish the name
of it was, "Yes, crush, cold world, this
breaking heart" and he left that all set up and
ready to print in the paper, and didn't
charge nothing for it. Well, he took in nine
dollars and a half, and said he'd done a
pretty square day's work for it.

Then he showed us another little job he'd
printed and hadn't charged for, because it
was for us. It had a picture of a runaway
nigger with a bundle on a stick over his
shoulder, and "$200 reward" under it. The
reading was all about Jim, and just
described him to a dot. It said he run away
from St. Jacques' planta tion, forty mile
below New Orleans, last winter, and likely

-81-

went north, and whoever would catch him
and send him back he could have the
reward and expenses.

"Now," says the duke, "after to-night we can
run in the daytime if we want to. Whenever
we see any body coming we can tie Jim
hand and foot with a rope, and lay him in the
wigwam and show this handbill and say we
captured him up the river, and were too
poor to travel on a steamboat, so we got
this little raft on credit from our friends and
are going down to get the reward.
Handcuffs and chains would look still better
on Jim, but it wouldn't go well with the story
of us being so poor. Too much like jewelry.
Ropes are the correct thing we must
preserve the unities, as we say on the
boards."

We all said the duke was pretty smart, and
there couldn't be no trouble about running
daytimes. We judged we could make miles
enough that night to get out of the reach of
the powwow we reckoned the duke's work
in the printing office was going to make in
that little town; then we could boom right
along if we wanted to.

We laid low and kept still, and never shoved
out till nearly ten o'clock; then we slid by,
pretty wide away from the town, and didn't
hoist our lantern till we was clear out of sight
of it.

When Jim called me to take the watch at four
in the morning, he says:

"Huck, does you reck'n we gwyne to run
acrost any mo' kings on dis trip?"

"No," I says, "I reckon not."

"Well," says he, "dat's all right, den. I doan'
mine one er two kings, but dat's enough.
Dis one's powerful drunk, en de duke ain'

much better."

I found Jim had been trying to get him to talk
French, so he could hear what it was like;
but he said he had been in this country so
long, and had so much trouble, he'd forgot
it.

CHAPTER XXI

IT was after sun-up now, but we went right
on and didn't tie up. The king and the duke
turned out by and by looking pretty rusty; but
after they'd jumped overboard and took a
swim it chippered them up a good deal.
After breakfast the king he took a seat on
the corner of the raft, and pulled off his
boots and rolled up his britches, and let his
legs dangle in the water, so as to be
comfortable, and lit his pipe, and went to
getting his Romeo and Juliet by heart. When
he had got it pretty good him and the duke
begun to practice it together. The duke had
to learn him over and over again how to say
every speech; and he made him sigh, and
put his hand on his heart, and after a while
he said he done it pretty well; "only," he
says, "you mustn't bellow out ROMEO! that
way, like a bull you must say it soft and sick
and languishy, so R-o-o-meo! that is the
idea; for Juliet's a dear sweet mere child of
a girl, you know, and she doesn't bray like a
jackass."

Well, next they got out a couple of long
swords that the duke made out of oak laths,
and begun to practice the sword fight the
duke called himself Richard III.; and the way
they laid on and pranced around the raft
was grand to see. But by and by the king
tripped and fell overboard, and after that
they took a rest, and had a talk about all
kinds of adventures they'd had in other
times along the river.

After dinner the duke says:

-82-

"Well, Capet, we'll want to make this a first-
class show, you know, so I guess we'll add
a little more to it. We want a little something
to answer encores with, anyway."

"What's onkores, Bilgewater?"

The duke told him, and then says:

"I'll answer by doing the Highland fling or the
sailor's hornpipe; and you well, let me see
oh, I've got it you can do Hamlet's
soliloquy."

"Hamlet's which?"

"Hamlet's soliloquy, you know; the most
celebrated thing in Shakespeare. Ah, it's
sublime, sublime! Al ways fetches the
house. I haven't got it in the book I've only
got one volume but I reckon I can piece it out
from memory. I'll just walk up and down a
minute, and see if I can call it back from
recollec tion's vaults."

So he went to marching up and down,
thinking, and frowning horrible every now
and then; then he would hoist up his
eyebrows; next he would squeeze his hand
on his forehead and stagger back and kind
of moan; next he would sigh, and next he'd
let on to drop a tear. It was beautiful to see
him. By and by he got it. He told us to give
attention. Then he strikes a most noble
attitude, with one leg shoved forwards, and
his arms stretched away up, and his head
tilted back, looking up at the sky; and then
he begins to rip and rave and grit his teeth;
and after that, all through his speech, he
howled, and spread around, and swelled up
his chest, and just knocked the spots out of
any acting ever I see before. This is the
speech I learned it, easy enough, while he
was learning it to the king:

To be, or not to be; that is the bare bodkin

That makes calamity of so long life; For who
would fardels bear, till Birnam Wood do
come to Dunsinane, But that the fear of
something after death Murders the innocent
sleep, Great nature's second course, And
makes us rather sling the arrows of
outrageous fortune Than fly to others that
we know not of. There's the respect must
give us pause: Wake Duncan with thy
knocking! I would thou couldst; For who
would bear the whips and scorns of time,
The oppressor's wrong, the proud man's
contumely, The law's delay, and the quietus
which his pangs might take, In the dead
waste and middle of the night, when
churchyards yawn In customary suits of
solemn black, But that the undiscovered
country from whose bourne no traveler
returns, Breathes forth contagion on the
world, And thus the native hue of resolution,
like the poor cat i' the adage, Is sicklied o'er
with care, And all the clouds that lowered
o'er our housetops, With this regard their
currents turn awry, And lose the name of
action. 'Tis a consummation devoutly to be
wished. But soft you, the fair Ophelia: Ope
not thy ponderous and marble jaws, But get
thee to a nunnery go!

Well, the old man he liked that speech, and
he mighty soon got it so he could do it first-
rate. It seemed like he was just born for it;
and when he had his hand in and was
excited, it was perfectly lovely the way he
would rip and tear and rair up behind when
he was getting it off.

The first chance we got the duke he had
some show bills printed; and after that, for
two or three days as we floated along, the
raft was a most uncommon lively place, for
there warn't nothing but sword fighting and
rehearsing as the duke called it going on all
the time. One morning, when we was pretty
well down the State of Arkansaw, we come
in sight of a little one-horse town in a big

-83-

bend; so we tied up about three-quarters of
a mile above it, in the mouth of a crick which
was shut in like a tunnel by the cypress
trees, and all of us but Jim took the canoe
and went down there to see if there was any
chance in that place for our show.

We struck it mighty lucky; there was going to
be a circus there that afternoon, and the
country people was already beginning to
come in, in all kinds of old shackly wagons,
and on horses. The circus would leave
before night, so our show would have a
pretty good chance. The duke he hired the
courthouse, and we went around and stuck
up our bills. They read like this:



Shaksperean Revival ! ! !
Wonderful Attraction!
For One Night Only!
The world renowned tragedians,
David Garrick the Younger, of Drury Lane
Theatre London,
and
Edmund Kean the elder, of the Royal
Haymarket Theatre,
Whitechapel, Pudding Lane, Piccadilly,
London, and the
Royal Continental Theatres, in their sublime
Shaksperean Spectacle entitled
The Balcony Scene
in
Romeo and Juliet ! ! !
Romeo...................Mr. Garrick
Juliet..................Mr. Kean
Assisted by the whole strength of the
company!
New costumes, new scenes, new
appointments!
Also:
The thrilling, masterly, and blood-curdling
Broad-sword conflict
In Richard III. ! ! !
Richard III.............Mr. Garrick

Richmond................Mr. Kean
Also:
(by special request)
Hamlet's Immortal Soliloquy ! !
By The Illustrious Kean!
Done by him 300 consecutive nights in Paris!
For One Night Only,
On account of imperative European
engagements!
Admission 25 cents; children and servants, 10
cents.



Then we went loafing around town. The
stores and houses was most all old,
shackly, dried up frame con cerns that
hadn't ever been painted; they was set up
three or four foot above ground on stilts, so
as to be out of reach of the water when the
river was over flowed. The houses had little
gardens around them, but they didn't seem
to raise hardly anything in them but jimpson-
weeds, and sunflowers, and ash piles, and
old curled-up boots and shoes, and pieces
of bottles, and rags, and played-out
tinware. The fences was made of different
kinds of boards, nailed on at dif ferent
times; and they leaned every which way,
and had gates that didn't generly have but
one hinge a leather one. Some of the
fences had been white washed some time
or another, but the duke said it was in
Clumbus' time, like enough. There was
generly hogs in the garden, and people
driving them out.

All the stores was along one street. They
had white domestic awnings in front, and
the country peo ple hitched their horses to
the awning-posts. There was empty
drygoods boxes under the awnings, and
loafers roosting on them all day long,
whittling them with their Barlow knives; and
chawing tobacco, and gaping and yawning
and stretching a mighty ornery lot. They
generly had on yellow straw hats most as

-84-

wide as an umbrella, but didn't wear no
coats nor waistcoats, they called one
another Bill, and Buck, and Hank, and Joe,
and Andy, and talked lazy and drawly, and
used considerable many cuss words. There
was as many as one loafer leaning up
against every awning-post, and he most
always had his hands in his britches-
pockets, except when he fetched them out
to lend a chaw of tobacco or scratch. What a
body was hearing amongst them all the time
was:

"Gimme a chaw 'v tobacker, Hank "

"Cain't; I hain't got but one chaw left. Ask
Bill."

Maybe Bill he gives him a chaw; maybe he
lies and says he ain't got none. Some of
them kinds of loafers never has a cent in the
world, nor a chaw of tobacco of their own.
They get all their chawing by borrowing;
they say to a fellow, "I wisht you'd len' me a
chaw, Jack, I jist this minute give Ben
Thompson the last chaw I had" which is a lie
pretty much everytime; it don't fool nobody
but a stranger; but Jack ain't no stranger, so
he says:

"YOU give him a chaw, did you? So did your
sister's cat's grandmother. You pay me
back the chaws you've awready borry'd
off'n me, Lafe Buckner, then I'll loan you
one or two ton of it, and won't charge you no
back intrust, nuther."

"Well, I DID pay you back some of it wunst."

"Yes, you did 'bout six chaws. You borry'd
store tobacker and paid back nigger-
head."

Store tobacco is flat black plug, but these
fellows mostly chaws the natural leaf
twisted. When they borrow a chaw they don't

generly cut it off with a knife, but set the plug
in between their teeth, and gnaw with their
teeth and tug at the plug with their hands till
they get it in two; then sometimes the one
that owns the tobacco looks mournful at it
when it's handed back, and says, sarcastic:

"Here, gimme the CHAW, and you take the
PLUG."

All the streets and lanes was just mud; they
warn't nothing else BUT mud mud as black
as tar and nigh about a foot deep in some
places, and two or three inches deep in ALL
the places. The hogs loafed and grunted
around everywheres. You'd see a muddy
sow and a litter of pigs come lazying along
the street and whollop herself right down in
the way, where folks had to walk around
her, and she'd stretch out and shut her eyes
and wave her ears whilst the pigs was
milking her, and look as happy as if she was
on salary. And pretty soon you'd hear a
loafer sing out, "Hi! SO boy! sick him, Tige!"
and away the sow would go, squealing
most horrible, with a dog or two swinging to
each ear, and three or four dozen more a-
coming; and then you would see all the
loafers get up and watch the thing out of
sight, and laugh at the fun and look grateful
for the noise. Then they'd settle back again
till there was a dog fight. There couldn't
anything wake them up all over, and make
them happy all over, like a dog fight unless it
might be putting turpentine on a stray dog
and setting fire to him, or tying a tin pan to
his tail and see him run himself to death.

On the river front some of the houses was
sticking out over the bank, and they was
bowed and bent, and about ready to tumble
in, The people had moved out of them. The
bank was caved away under one corner of
some others, and that corner was hanging
over. People lived in them yet, but it was
dangersome, be cause sometimes a strip

-85-

of land as wide as a house caves in at a
time. Sometimes a belt of land a quarter of
a mile deep will start in and cave along and
cave along till it all caves into the river in one
summer. Such a town as that has to be
always moving back, and back, and back,
because the river's always gnawing at it.

The nearer it got to noon that day the thicker
and thicker was the wagons and horses in
the streets, and more coming all the time.
Families fetched their dinners with them
from the country, and eat them in the
wagons. There was considerable whisky
drinking going on, and I seen three fights.
By and by some body sings out:

"Here comes old Boggs! in from the country
for his little old monthly drunk; here he
comes, boys!"

All the loafers looked glad; I reckoned they
was used to having fun out of Boggs. One of
them says:

"Wonder who he's a-gwyne to chaw up this
time. If he'd a-chawed up all the men he's
ben a-gwyne to chaw up in the last twenty
year he'd have considerable ruputation
now."

Another one says, "I wisht old Boggs 'd
threaten me, 'cuz then I'd know I warn't
gwyne to die for a thousan' year."

Boggs comes a-tearing along on his horse,
whooping and yelling like an Injun, and
singing out:

"Cler the track, thar. I'm on the waw-path,
and the price uv coffins is a-gwyne to
raise."

He was drunk, and weaving about in his
saddle; he was over fifty year old, and had a
very red face. Everybody yelled at him and

laughed at him and sassed him, and he
sassed back, and said he'd attend to them
and lay them out in their regular turns, but he
couldn't wait now because he'd come to
town to kill old Colonel Sherburn, and his
motto was, "Meat first, and spoon vittles to
top off on."

He see me, and rode up and says:

"Whar'd you come f'm, boy? You prepared
to die?"

Then he rode on. I was scared, but a man
says:

"He don't mean nothing; he's always a-
carryin' on like that when he's drunk. He's
the best natured est old fool in Arkansaw
never hurt nobody, drunk nor sober."

Boggs rode up before the biggest store in
town, and bent his head down so he could
see under the curtain of the awning and
yells:

"Come out here, Sherburn! Come out and
meet the man you've swindled. You're the
houn' I'm after, and I'm a-gwyne to have
you, too!"

And so he went on, calling Sherburn
everything he could lay his tongue to, and
the whole street packed with people
listening and laughing and going on. By and
by a proud-looking man about fifty-five and
he was a heap the best dressed man in that
town, too steps out of the store, and the
crowd drops back on each side to let him
come. He says to Boggs, mighty ca'm and
slow he says:

"I'm tired of this, but I'll endure it till one
o'clock. Till one o'clock, mind no longer. If
you open your mouth against me only once
after that time you can't travel so far but I will

-86-

find you."

Then he turns and goes in. The crowd
looked mighty sober; nobody stirred, and
there warn't no more laughing. Boggs rode
off blackguarding Sher burn as loud as he
could yell, all down the street; and pretty
soon back he comes and stops before the
store, still keeping it up. Some men
crowded around him and tried to get him to
shut up, but he wouldn't; they told him it
would be one o'clock in about fifteen min
utes, and so he MUST go home he must go
right away. But it didn't do no good. He
cussed away with all his might, and throwed
his hat down in the mud and rode over it,
and pretty soon away he went a-raging
down the street again, with his gray hair a
flying. Everybody that could get a chance at
him tried their best to coax him off of his
horse so they could lock him up and get him
sober; but it warn't no use up the street he
would tear again, and give Sherburn
another cussing. By and by somebody says:

"Go for his daughter! quick, go for his
daughter; sometimes he'll listen to her. If
anybody can persuade him, she can."

So somebody started on a run. I walked
down street a ways and stopped. In about
five or ten min utes here comes Boggs
again, but not on his horse. He was a-
reeling across the street towards me, bare
headed, with a friend on both sides of him
a-holt of his arms and hurrying him along.
He was quiet, and looked uneasy; and he
warn't hanging back any, but was doing
some of the hurrying himself. Somebody
sings out:

"Boggs!"

I looked over there to see who said it, and it
was that Colonel Sherburn. He was
standing perfectly still in the street, and had

a pistol raised in his right hand not aiming it,
but holding it out with the barrel tilted up
towards the sky. The same second I see a
young girl coming on the run, and two men
with her. Boggs and the men turned round to
see who called him, and when they see the
pistol the men jumped to one side, and the
pistol-barrel come down slow and steady to
a level both barrels cocked. Boggs throws
up both of his hands and says, "O Lord,
don't shoot!" Bang! goes the first shot, and
he staggers back, clawing at the air bang!
goes the second one, and he tumbles
backwards on to the ground, heavy and
solid, with his arms spread out. That young
girl screamed out and comes rushing, and
down she throws herself on her father,
crying, and saying, "Oh, he's killed him,
he's killed him!" The crowd closed up
around them, and shouldered and jammed
one another, with their necks stretched,
trying to see, and people on the inside trying
to shove them back and shouting, "Back,
back! give him air, give him air!"

Colonel Sherburn he tossed his pistol on to
the ground, and turned around on his heels
and walked off.

They took Boggs to a little drug store, the
crowd pressing around just the same, and
the whole town following, and I rushed and
got a good place at the window, where I
was close to him and could see in. They laid
him on the floor and put one large Bible
under his head, and opened another one
and spread it on his breast; but they tore
open his shirt first, and I seen where one of
the bullets went in. He made about a dozen
long gasps, his breast lifting the Bible up
when he drawed in his breath, and letting it
down again when he breathed it out and
after that he laid still; he was dead. Then
they pulled his daughter away from him,
screaming and crying, and took her off. She
was about sixteen, and very sweet and

-87-

gentle looking, but awful pale and scared.

Well, pretty soon the whole town was there,
squirm ing and scrouging and pushing and
shoving to get at the window and have a
look, but people that had the places
wouldn't give them up, and folks behind
them was saying all the time, "Say, now,
you've looked enough, you fellows; 'tain't
right and 'tain't fair for you to stay thar all the
time, and never give nobody a chance;
other folks has their rights as well as you."

There was considerable jawing back, so I
slid out, thinking maybe there was going to
be trouble. The streets was full, and
everybody was excited. Every body that
seen the shooting was telling how it hap
pened, and there was a big crowd packed
around each one of these fellows,
stretching their necks and listen ing. One
long, lanky man, with long hair and a big
white fur stovepipe hat on the back of his
head, and a crooked-handled cane,
marked out the places on the ground where
Boggs stood and where Sherburn stood,
and the people following him around from
one place to t'other and watching everything
he done, and bob bing their heads to show
they understood, and stoop ing a little and
resting their hands on their thighs to watch
him mark the places on the ground with his
cane; and then he stood up straight and stiff
where Sherburn had stood, frowning and
having his hat-brim down over his eyes,
and sung out, "Boggs!" and then fetched his
cane down slow to a level, and says "Bang!"
staggered backwards, says "Bang!" again,
and fell down flat on his back. The people
that had seen the thing said he done it
perfect; said it was just exactly the way it all
happened. Then as much as a dozen
people got out their bottles and treated him.

Well, by and by somebody said Sherburn
ought to be lynched. In about a minute

everybody was saying it; so away they
went, mad and yelling, and snatching down
every clothes-line they come to to do the
hang ing with.

CHAPTER XXII

THEY swarmed up towards Sherburn's
house, a whooping and raging like Injuns,
and everything had to clear the way or get
run over and tromped to mush, and it was
awful to see. Children was heeling it ahead
of the mob, screaming and trying to get out
of the way; and every window along the
road was full of women's heads, and there
was nigger boys in every tree, and bucks
and wenches looking over every fence; and
as soon as the mob would get nearly to
them they would break and skaddle back
out of reach. Lots of the women and girls
was crying and taking on, scared most to
death.

They swarmed up in front of Sherburn's
palings as thick as they could jam together,
and you couldn't hear yourself think for the
noise. It was a little twenty-foot yard. Some
sung out "Tear down the fence! tear down
the fence!" Then there was a racket of
ripping and tearing and smashing, and
down she goes, and the front wall of the
crowd begins to roll in like a wave.

Just then Sherburn steps out on to the roof
of his little front porch, with a double-barrel
gun in his hand, and takes his stand,
perfectly ca'm and deliberate, not saying a
word. The racket stopped, and the wave
sucked back.

Sherburn never said a word just stood
there, look ing down. The stillness was
awful creepy and uncom fortable. Sherburn
run his eye slow along the crowd; and
wherever it struck the people tried a little to
out gaze him, but they couldn't; they

-88-

dropped their eyes and looked sneaky.
Then pretty soon Sherburn sort of laughed;
not the pleasant kind, but the kind that
makes you feel like when you are eating
bread that's got sand in it.

Then he says, slow and scornful:

"The idea of YOU lynching anybody! It's
amusing. The idea of you thinking you had
pluck enough to lynch a MAN! Because
you're brave enough to tar and feather poor
friendless cast-out women that come along
here, did that make you think you had grit
enough to lay your hands on a MAN? Why, a
MAN'S safe in the hands of ten thousand of
your kind as long as it's daytime and you're
not behind him.

"Do I know you? I know you clear through
was born and raised in the South, and I've
lived in the North; so I know the average all
around. The average man's a coward. In the
North he lets anybody walk over him that
wants to, and goes home and prays for a
humble spirit to bear it. In the South one man
all by himself, has stopped a stage full of
men in the daytime, and robbed the lot. Your
newspapers call you a brave people so
much that you think you are braver than any
other people whereas you're just AS brave,
and no braver. Why don't your juries hang
murderers? Because they're afraid the
man's friends will shoot them in the back, in
the dark and it's just what they WOULD do.

"So they always acquit; and then a MAN
goes in the night, with a hundred masked
cowards at his back and lynches the rascal.
Your mistake is, that you didn't bring a man
with you; that's one mistake, and the other
is that you didn't come in the dark and fetch
your masks. You brought PART of a man
Buck Harkness, there and if you hadn't had
him to start you, you'd a taken it out in
blowing.

"You didn't want to come. The average man
don't like trouble and danger. YOU don't like
trouble and danger. But if only HALF a man
like Buck Harkness, there shouts 'Lynch
him! lynch him!' you're afraid to back down
afraid you'll be found out to be what you are
COWARDS and so you raise a yell, and
hang yourselves on to that half-a-man's
coat-tail, and come raging up here,
swearing what big things you're going to
do. The pitifulest thing out is a mob; that's
what an army is a mob; they don't fight with
courage that's born in them, but with cour
age that's borrowed from their mass, and
from their officers. But a mob without any
MAN at the head of it is BENEATH
pitifulness. Now the thing for YOU to do is to
droop your tails and go home and crawl in a
hole. If any real lynching's going to be done
it will be done in the dark, Southern fashion;
and when they come they'll bring their
masks, and fetch a MAN along. Now
LEAVE and take your half-a-man with you"
tossing his gun up across his left arm and
cocking it when he says this.

The crowd washed back sudden, and then
broke all apart, and went tearing off every
which way, and Buck Harkness he heeled it
after them, looking tolerable cheap. I could
a stayed if I wanted to, but I didn't want to.

I went to the circus and loafed around the
back side till the watchman went by, and
then dived in under the tent. I had my twenty-
dollar gold piece and some other money,
but I reckoned I better save it, because there
ain't no telling how soon you are going to
need it, away from home and amongst
strangers that way. You can't be too careful.
I ain't opposed to spending money on
circuses when there ain't no other way, but
there ain't no use in WASTING it on them.

It was a real bully circus. It was the
splendidest sight that ever was when they

-89-

all come riding in, two and two, a gentleman
and lady, side by side, the men just in their
drawers and undershirts, and no shoes nor
stirrups, and resting their hands on their
thighs easy and comfortable there must a
been twenty of them and every lady with a
lovely complexion, and per fectly beautiful,
and looking just like a gang of real sure-
enough queens, and dressed in clothes that
cost millions of dollars, and just littered with
diamonds. It was a powerful fine sight; I
never see anything so lovely. And then one
by one they got up and stood, and went a-
weaving around the ring so gentle and wavy
and graceful, the men looking ever so tall
and airy and straight, with their heads
bobbing and skimming along, away up
there under the tent-roof, and every lady's
rose-leafy dress flapping soft and silky
around her hips, and she looking like the
most loveliest parasol.

And then faster and faster they went, all of
them dancing, first one foot out in the air
and then the other, the horses leaning more
and more, and the ringmaster going round
and round the center-pole, cracking his
whip and shouting "Hi! hi!" and the clown
crack ing jokes behind him; and by and by
all hands dropped the reins, and every lady
put her knuckles on her hips and every
gentleman folded his arms, and then how
the horses did lean over and hump
themselves! And so one after the other they
all skipped off into the ring, and made the
sweetest bow I ever see, and then
scampered out, and everybody clapped
their hands and went just about wild.

Well, all through the circus they done the
most astonishing things; and all the time that
clown carried on so it most killed the
people. The ringmaster couldn't ever say a
word to him but he was back at him quick as
a wink with the funniest things a body ever
said; and how he ever COULD think of so

many of them, and so sudden and so pat,
was what I couldn't noway understand. Why,
I couldn't a thought of them in a year. And by
and by a drunk man tried to get into the ring
said he wanted to ride; said he could ride
as well as anybody that ever was. They
argued and tried to keep him out, but he
wouldn't listen, and the whole show come to
a standstill. Then the people begun to holler
at him and make fun of him, and that made
him mad, and he begun to rip and tear; so
that stirred up the people, and a lot of men
begun to pile down off of the benches and
swarm towards the ring, saying, "Knock him
down! throw him out!" and one or two
women begun to scream. So, then, the
ringmaster he made a little speech, and
said he hoped there wouldn't be no
disturbance, and if the man would promise
he wouldn't make no more trouble he would
let him ride if he thought he could stay on the
horse. So everybody laughed and said all
right, and the man got on. The minute he
was on, the horse begun to rip and tear and
jump and cavort around, with two circus
men hanging on to his bridle trying to hold
him, and the drunk man hanging on to his
neck, and his heels flying in the air every
jump, and the whole crowd of people
standing up shouting and laughing till tears
rolled down. And at last, sure enough, all the
circus men could do, the horse broke loose,
and away he went like the very nation, round
and round the ring, with that sot laying down
on him and hanging to his neck, with first
one leg hanging most to the ground on one
side, and then t'other one on t'other side,
and the people just crazy. It warn't funny to
me, though; I was all of a tremble to see his
danger. But pretty soon he struggled up
astraddle and grabbed the bridle, a-reeling
this way and that; and the next minute he
sprung up and dropped the bridle and
stood! and the horse a-going like a house
afire too. He just stood up there, a-sailing
around as easy and comfortable as if he

-90-

warn't ever drunk in his life and then he
begun to pull off his clothes and sling them.
He shed them so thick they kind of clogged
up the air, and altogether he shed
seventeen suits. And, then, there he was,
slim and handsome, and dressed the
gaudiest and prettiest you ever saw, and he
lit into that horse with his whip and made
him fairly hum and finally skipped off, and
made his bow and danced off to the
dressing-room, and everybody just a-
howling with pleasure and astonishment.

Then the ringmaster he see how he had
been fooled, and he WAS the sickest
ringmaster you ever see, I reckon. Why, it
was one of his own men! He had got up that
joke all out of his own head, and never let
on to nobody. Well, I felt sheepish enough to
be took in so, but I wouldn't a been in that
ringmaster's place, not for a thousand
dollars. I don't know; there may be bullier
circuses than what that one was, but I never
struck them yet. Anyways, it was plenty
good enough for ME; and wherever I run
across it, it can have all of MY custom every
time.

Well, that night we had OUR show; but there
warn't only about twelve people there just
enough to pay expenses. And they laughed
all the time, and that made the duke mad;
and everybody left, anyway, before the
show was over, but one boy which was
asleep. So the duke said these Arkansaw
lunkheads couldn't come up to
Shakespeare; what they wanted was low
comedy and maybe something ruther worse
than low comedy, he reckoned. He said he
could size their style. So next morning he got
some big sheets of wrapping paper and
some black paint, and drawed off some
handbills, and stuck them up all over the
village. The bills said:



AT THE COURT HOUSE!
FOR 3 NIGHTS ONLY!
The World-Renowned Tragedians
DAVID GARRICK THE YOUNGER!
AND
EDMUND KEAN THE ELDER!
Of the London and Continental
Theatres,
In their Thrilling Tragedy of
THE KING'S CAMELEOPARD,
OR
THE ROYAL NONESUCH ! ! !
Admission 50 cents.



Then at the bottom was the biggest line of
all, which said:



LADIES AND CHILDREN NOT
ADMITTED.



"There," says he, "if that line don't fetch
them, I don't know Arkansaw!"

CHAPTER XXIII

WELL, all day him and the king was hard at
it, rigging up a stage and a curtain and a
row of candles for footlights; and that night
the house was jam full of men in no time.
When the place couldn't hold no more, the
duke he quit tending door and went around
the back way and come on to the stage and
stood up before the curtain and made a little
speech, and praised up this tragedy, and
said it was the most thrillingest one that ever
was; and so he went on a bragging about
the tragedy, and about Edmund Kean the
Elder, which was to play the main principal
part in it; and at last when he'd got

-91-

everybody's expecta tions up high enough,
he rolled up the curtain, and the next minute
the king come a-prancing out on all fours,
naked; and he was painted all over, ring
streaked-and-striped, all sorts of colors,
as splendid as a rainbow. And but never
mind the rest of his outfit; it was just wild,
but it was awful funny. The people most
killed themselves laughing; and when the
king got done capering and capered off
behind the scenes, they roared and clapped
and stormed and haw hawed till he come
back and done it over again, and after that
they made him do it another time. Well, it
would make a cow laugh to see the shines
that old idiot cut.

Then the duke he lets the curtain down, and
bows to the people, and says the great
tragedy will be per formed only two nights
more, on accounts of pressing London
engagements, where the seats is all sold
already for it in Drury Lane; and then he
makes them another bow, and says if he
has succeeded in pleasing them and
instructing them, he will be deeply obleeged
if they will mention it to their friends and get
them to come and see it.

Twenty people sings out:

"What, is it over? Is that ALL?"

The duke says yes. Then there was a fine
time. Everybody sings out, "Sold!" and rose
up mad, and was a-going for that stage and
them tragedians. But a big, fine looking
man jumps up on a bench and shouts:

"Hold on! Just a word, gentlemen." They
stopped to listen. "We are sold mighty badly
sold. But we don't want to be the laughing
stock of this whole town, I reckon, and never
hear the last of this thing as long as we live.
NO. What we want is to go out of here quiet,
and talk this show up, and sell the REST of

the town! Then we'll all be in the same boat.
Ain't that sensible?" ("You bet it is! the
jedge is right!" everybody sings out.) "All
right, then not a word about any sell. Go
along home, and ad vise everybody to
come and see the tragedy."

Next day you couldn't hear nothing around
that town but how splendid that show was.
House was jammed again that night, and
we sold this crowd the same way. When me
and the king and the duke got home to the
raft we all had a supper; and by and by,
about midnight, they made Jim and me
back her out and float her down the middle
of the river, and fetch her in and hide her
about two mile below town.

The third night the house was crammed
again and they warn't new-comers this
time, but people that was at the show the
other two nights. I stood by the duke at the
door, and I see that every man that went in
had his pockets bulging, or something
muffled up under his coat and I see it warn't
no perfumery, neither, not by a long sight. I
smelt sickly eggs by the barrel, and rotten
cabbages, and such things; and if I know
the signs of a dead cat being around, and I
bet I do, there was sixty-four of them went
in. I shoved in there for a minute, but it was
too various for me; I couldn't stand it. Well,
when the place couldn't hold no more
people the duke he give a fellow a quarter
and told him to tend door for him a minute,
and then he started around for the stage
door, I after him; but the minute we turned
the corner and was in the dark he says:

"Walk fast now till you get away from the
houses, and then shin for the raft like the
dickens was after you!"

I done it, and he done the same. We struck
the raft at the same time, and in less than
two seconds we was gliding down stream,

-92-

all dark and still, and edging towards the
middle of the river, nobody saying a word. I
reckoned the poor king was in for a gaudy
time of it with the audience, but nothing of
the sort; pretty soon he crawls out from
under the wigwam, and says:

"Well, how'd the old thing pan out this time,
duke?" He hadn't been up-town at all.

We never showed a light till we was about
ten mile below the village. Then we lit up and
had a supper, and the king and the duke
fairly laughed their bones loose over the
way they'd served them people. The duke
says:

"Greenhorns, flatheads! I knew the first
house would keep mum and let the rest of
the town get roped in; and I knew they'd lay
for us the third night, and consider it was
THEIR turn now. Well, it IS their turn, and I'd
give something to know how much they'd
take for it. I WOULD just like to know how
they're putting in their opportunity. They can
turn it into a picnic if they want to they
brought plenty provisions."

Them rapscallions took in four hundred and
sixty five dollars in that three nights. I never
see money hauled in by the wagon-load like
that before. By and by, when they was
asleep and snoring, Jim says:

"Don't it s'prise you de way dem kings
carries on, Huck?"

"No," I says, "it don't."

"Why don't it, Huck?"

"Well, it don't, because it's in the breed. I
reckon they're all alike,"

"But, Huck, dese kings o' ourn is reglar
rapscal lions; dat's jist what dey is; dey's

reglar rapscallions."

"Well, that's what I'm a-saying; all kings is
mostly rapscallions, as fur as I can make
out."

"Is dat so?"

"You read about them once you'll see. Look
at Henry the Eight; this 'n 's a Sunday-
school Super intendent to HIM. And look at
Charles Second, and Louis Fourteen, and
Louis Fifteen, and James Second, and
Edward Second, and Richard Third, and
forty more; besides all them Saxon
heptarchies that used to rip around so in old
times and raise Cain. My, you ought to seen
old Henry the Eight when he was in bloom.
He WAS a blossom. He used to marry a new
wife every day, and chop off her head next
morn ing. And he would do it just as
indifferent as if he was ordering up eggs.
'Fetch up Nell Gwynn,' he says. They fetch
her up. Next morning, 'Chop off her head!'
And they chop it off. 'Fetch up Jane Shore,'
he says; and up she comes, Next morning,
'Chop off her head' and they chop it off.
'Ring up Fair Rosamun.' Fair Rosamun
answers the bell. Next morning, 'Chop off
her head.' And he made every one of them
tell him a tale every night; and he kept that
up till he had hogged a thousand and one
tales that way, and then he put them all in a
book, and called it Domesday Book which
was a good name and stated the case. You
don't know kings, Jim, but I know them; and
this old rip of ourn is one of the cleanest I've
struck in history. Well, Henry he takes a
notion he wants to get up some trouble with
this country. How does he go at it give
notice? give the country a show? No. All of a
sudden he heaves all the tea in Boston
Harbor overboard, and whacks out a
declaration of independence, and dares
them to come on. That was HIS style he
never give anybody a chance. He had

-93-

suspicions of his father, the Duke of
Wellington. Well, what did he do? Ask him to
show up? No drownded him in a butt of
mamsey, like a cat. S'pose people left
money laying around where he was what
did he do? He collared it. S'pose he
contracted to do a thing, and you paid him,
and didn't set down there and see that he
done it what did he do? He always done the
other thing. S'pose he opened his mouth
what then? If he didn't shut it up powerful
quick he'd lose a lie every time. That's the
kind of a bug Henry was; and if we'd a had
him along 'stead of our kings he'd a fooled
that town a heap worse than ourn done. I
don't say that ourn is lambs, because they
ain't, when you come right down to the cold
facts; but they ain't nothing to THAT old
ram, anyway. All I say is, kings is kings, and
you got to make allowances. Take them all
around, they're a mighty ornery lot. It's the
way they're raised."

"But dis one do SMELL so like de nation,
Huck."

"Well, they all do, Jim. We can't help the way
a king smells; history don't tell no way."

"Now de duke, he's a tolerble likely man in
some ways."

"Yes, a duke's different. But not very
different. This one's a middling hard lot for a
duke. When he's drunk there ain't no near-
sighted man could tell him from a king."

"Well, anyways, I doan' hanker for no mo' un
um, Huck. Dese is all I kin stan'."

"It's the way I feel, too, Jim. But we've got
them on our hands, and we got to
remember what they are, and make
allowances. Sometimes I wish we could
hear of a country that's out of kings."

What was the use to tell Jim these warn't
real kings and dukes? It wouldn't a done no
good; and, be sides, it was just as I said:
you couldn't tell them from the real kind.

I went to sleep, and Jim didn't call me when
it was my turn. He often done that. When I
waked up just at daybreak he was sitting
there with his head down betwixt his knees,
moaning and mourning to himself. I didn't
take notice nor let on. I knowed what it was
about. He was thinking about his wife and
his children, away up yonder, and he was
low and homesick; because he hadn't ever
been away from home before in his life; and
I do believe he cared just as much for his
people as white folks does for their'n. It
don't seem natural, but I reckon it's so. He
was often moaning and mourning that way
nights, when he judged I was asleep, and
saying, "Po' little 'Liza beth! po' little
Johnny! it's mighty hard; I spec' I ain't ever
gwyne to see you no mo', no mo'!" He was
a mighty good nigger, Jim was.

But this time I somehow got to talking to him
about his wife and young ones; and by and
by he says:

"What makes me feel so bad dis time 'uz
bekase I hear sumpn over yonder on de
bank like a whack, er a slam, while ago, en
it mine me er de time I treat my little
'Lizabeth so ornery. She warn't on'y 'bout
fo' year ole, en she tuck de sk'yarlet fever,
en had a powful rough spell; but she got
well, en one day she was a-stannin' aroun',
en I says to her, I says:

"'Shet de do'.'

"She never done it; jis' stood dah, kiner
smilin' up at me. It make me mad; en I says
agin, mighty loud, I says:

"'Doan' you hear me? Shet de do'!'

-94-

"She jis stood de same way, kiner smilin'
up. I was a-bilin'! I says:

"'I lay I MAKE you mine!'

"En wid dat I fetch' her a slap side de head
dat sont her a-sprawlin'. Den I went into de
yuther room, en 'uz gone 'bout ten minutes;
en when I come back dah was dat do' a-
stannin' open YIT, en dat chile stannin' mos'
right in it, a-lookin' down and mournin', en
de tears runnin' down. My, but I WUZ mad! I
was a-gwyne for de chile, but jis' den it
was a do' dat open innerds jis' den, 'long
come de wind en slam it to, behine de chile,
ker-BLAM! en my lan', de chile never
move'! My breff mos' hop outer me; en I feel
so so I doan' know HOW I feel. I crope out,
all a-tremblin', en crope aroun' en open de
do' easy en slow, en poke my head in
behine de chile, sof' en still, en all uv a
sudden I says POW! jis' as loud as I could
yell. SHE NEVER BUDGE! Oh, Huck, I bust
out a-cryin' en grab her up in my arms, en
say, 'Oh, de po' little thing! De Lord God
Amighty fogive po' ole Jim, kaze he never
gwyne to fogive his self as long's he live!'
Oh, she was plumb deef en dumb, Huck,
plumb deef en dumb en I'd ben a treat'n her
so!"

CHAPTER XXIV

NEXT day, towards night, we laid up under
a little willow towhead out in the middle,
where there was a village on each side of
the river, and the duke and the king begun to
lay out a plan for working them towns. Jim
he spoke to the duke, and said he hoped it
wouldn't take but a few hours, because it
got mighty heavy and tiresome to him when
he had to lay all day in the wigwam tied with
the rope. You see, when we left him all
alone we had to tie him, because if any
body happened on to him all by himself and
not tied it wouldn't look much like he was a

runaway nigger, you know. So the duke
said it WAS kind of hard to have to lay roped
all day, and he'd cipher out some way to get
around it.

He was uncommon bright, the duke was,
and he soon struck it. He dressed Jim up in
King Lear's outfit it was a long curtain-
calico gown, and a white horse-hair wig
and whiskers; and then he took his theater
paint and painted Jim's face and hands and
ears and neck all over a dead, dull, solid
blue, like a man that's been drownded nine
days. Blamed if he warn't the horriblest
looking outrage I ever see. Then the duke
took and wrote out a sign on a shingle so:

Sick Arab but harmless when not out of his
head.

And he nailed that shingle to a lath, and
stood the lath up four or five foot in front of
the wigwam. Jim was satisfied. He said it
was a sight better than lying tied a couple of
years every day, and trembling all over
every time there was a sound. The duke told
him to make himself free and easy, and if
anybody ever come meddling around, he
must hop out of the wigwam, and carry on a
little, and fetch a howl or two like a wild
beast, and he reckoned they would light out
and leave him alone. Which was sound
enough judg ment; but you take the average
man, and he wouldn't wait for him to howl.
Why, he didn't only look like he was dead,
he looked considerable more than that.

These rapscallions wanted to try the
Nonesuch again, because there was so
much money in it, but they judged it wouldn't
be safe, because maybe the news might a
worked along down by this time. They
couldn't hit no project that suited exactly; so
at last the duke said he reckoned he'd lay
off and work his brains an hour or two and
see if he couldn't put up something on the

-95-

Arkansaw village; and the king he allowed
he would drop over to t'other village without
any plan, but just trust in Providence to lead
him the profitable way meaning the devil, I
reckon. We had all bought store clothes
where we stopped last; and now the king
put his'n on, and he told me to put mine on. I
done it, of course. The king's duds was all
black, and he did look real swell and
starchy. I never knowed how clothes could
change a body be fore. Why, before, he
looked like the orneriest old rip that ever
was; but now, when he'd take off his new
white beaver and make a bow and do a
smile, he looked that grand and good and
pious that you'd say he had walked right out
of the ark, and maybe was old Leviticus
himself. Jim cleaned up the canoe, and I got
my paddle ready. There was a big
steamboat lay ing at the shore away up
under the point, about three mile above the
town been there a couple of hours, taking
on freight. Says the king:

"Seein' how I'm dressed, I reckon maybe I
better arrive down from St. Louis or
Cincinnati, or some other big place. Go for
the steamboat, Huckleberry; we'll come
down to the village on her."

I didn't have to be ordered twice to go and
take a steamboat ride. I fetched the shore a
half a mile above the village, and then went
scooting along the bluff bank in the easy
water. Pretty soon we come to a nice
innocent-looking young country jake setting
on a log swabbing the sweat off of his face,
for it was powerful warm weather; and he
had a couple of big carpet-bags by him.

"Run her nose in shore," says the king. I
done it. "Wher' you bound for, young man?"

"For the steamboat; going to Orleans."

"Git aboard," says the king. "Hold on a

minute, my servant 'll he'p you with them
bags. Jump out and he'p the gentleman,
Adolphus" meaning me, I see.

I done so, and then we all three started on
again. The young chap was mighty thankful;
said it was tough work toting his baggage
such weather. He asked the king where he
was going, and the king told him he'd come
down the river and landed at the other
village this morning, and now he was going
up a few mile to see an old friend on a farm
up there. The young fellow says:

"When I first see you I says to myself, 'It's Mr.
Wilks, sure, and he come mighty near
getting here in time.' But then I says again,
'No, I reckon it ain't him, or else he wouldn't
be paddling up the river.' You AIN'T him, are
you?"

"No, my name's Blodgett Elexander
Blodgett REVEREND Elexander Blodgett, I
s'pose I must say, as I'm one o' the Lord's
poor servants. But still I'm jist as able to be
sorry for Mr. Wilks for not arriving in time, all
the same, if he's missed anything by it
which I hope he hasn't."

"Well, he don't miss any property by it,
because he'll get that all right; but he's
missed seeing his brother Peter die which
he mayn't mind, nobody can tell as to that
but his brother would a give anything in this
world to see HIM before he died; never
talked about nothing else all these three
weeks; hadn't seen him since they was
boys together and hadn't ever seen his
brother William at all that's the deef and
dumb one William ain't more than thirty or
thirty-five. Peter and George were the only
ones that come out here; George was the
married brother; him and his wife both died
last year. Harvey and William's the only ones
that's left now; and, as I was saying, they
haven't got here in time."

-96-

"Did anybody send 'em word?"

"Oh, yes; a month or two ago, when Peter
was first took; because Peter said then that
he sorter felt like he warn't going to get well
this time. You see, he was pretty old, and
George's g'yirls was too young to be much
company for him, except Mary Jane, the
red-headed one; and so he was kinder
lonesome after George and his wife died,
and didn't seem to care much to live. He
most desperately wanted to see Harvey and
William, too, for that matter because he was
one of them kind that can't bear to make a
will. He left a letter behind for Harvey, and
said he'd told in it where his money was hid,
and how he wanted the rest of the property
divided up so George's g'yirls would be all
right for George didn't leave nothing. And
that letter was all they could get him to put a
pen to."

"Why do you reckon Harvey don't come?
Wher' does he live?"

"Oh, he lives in England Sheffield preaches
there hasn't ever been in this country. He
hasn't had any too much time and besides
he mightn't a got the letter at all, you know."

"Too bad, too bad he couldn't a lived to see
his brothers, poor soul. You going to
Orleans, you say?"

"Yes, but that ain't only a part of it. I'm going
in a ship, next Wednesday, for Ryo Janeero,
where my uncle lives."

"It's a pretty long journey. But it'll be lovely;
wisht I was a-going. Is Mary Jane the
oldest? How old is the others?"

"Mary Jane's nineteen, Susan's fifteen, and
Joanna's about fourteen that's the one that
gives herself to good works and has a hare-
lip."

"Poor things! to be left alone in the cold
world so."

"Well, they could be worse off. Old Peter had
friends, and they ain't going to let them
come to no harm. There's Hobson, the
Babtis' preacher; and Deacon Lot Hovey,
and Ben Rucker, and Abner Shackleford,
and Levi Bell, the lawyer; and Dr. Rob
inson, and their wives, and the widow
Bartley, and well, there's a lot of them; but
these are the ones that Peter was thickest
with, and used to write about some times,
when he wrote home; so Harvey 'll know
where to look for friends when he gets
here."

Well, the old man went on asking questions
till he just fairly emptied that young fellow.
Blamed if he didn't inquire about everybody
and everything in that blessed town, and all
about the Wilkses; and about Peter's
business which was a tanner; and about
George's which was a carpenter; and
about Har vey's which was a dissentering
minister; and so on, and so on. Then he
says:

"What did you want to walk all the way up to
the steamboat for?"

"Because she's a big Orleans boat, and I
was afeard she mightn't stop there. When
they're deep they won't stop for a hail. A
Cincinnati boat will, but this is a St. Louis
one."

"Was Peter Wilks well off?"

"Oh, yes, pretty well off. He had houses and
land, and it's reckoned he left three or four
thousand in cash hid up som'ers."

"When did you say he died?"

"I didn't say, but it was last night."

-97-

"Funeral to-morrow, likely?"

"Yes, 'bout the middle of the day."

"Well, it's all terrible sad; but we've all got to
go, one time or another. So what we want to
do is to be prepared; then we're all right."

"Yes, sir, it's the best way. Ma used to
always say that."

When we struck the boat she was about
done load ing, and pretty soon she got off.
The king never said nothing about going
aboard, so I lost my ride, after all. When the
boat was gone the king made me pad dle
up another mile to a lonesome place, and
then he got ashore and says:

"Now hustle back, right off, and fetch the
duke up here, and the new carpet-bags.
And if he's gone over to t'other side, go
over there and git him. And tell him to git
himself up regardless. Shove along, now."

I see what HE was up to; but I never said
nothing, of course. When I got back with the
duke we hid the canoe, and then they set
down on a log, and the king told him
everything, just like the young fellow had
said it every last word of it. And all the time
he was a-doing it he tried to talk like an
Englishman; and he done it pretty well, too,
for a slouch. I can't imitate him, and so I ain't
a-going to try to; but he really done it pretty
good. Then he says:

"How are you on the deef and dumb,
Bilgewater?"

The duke said, leave him alone for that;
said he had played a deef and dumb person
on the histronic boards. So then they waited
for a steamboat.

About the middle of the afternoon a couple

of little boats come along, but they didn't
come from high enough up the river; but at
last there was a big one, and they hailed
her. She sent out her yawl, and we went
aboard, and she was from Cincinnati; and
when they found we only wanted to go four
or five mile they was booming mad, and
gave us a cussing, and said they wouldn't
land us. But the king was ca'm. He says:

"If gentlemen kin afford to pay a dollar a mile
apiece to be took on and put off in a yawl, a
steam boat kin afford to carry 'em, can't it?"

So they softened down and said it was all
right; and when we got to the village they
yawled us ashore. About two dozen men
flocked down when they see the yawl a-
coming, and when the king says:

"Kin any of you gentlemen tell me wher' Mr.
Peter Wilks lives?" they give a glance at one
another, and nodded their heads, as much
as to say, "What d' I tell you?" Then one of
them says, kind of soft and gentle:

"I'm sorry. sir, but the best we can do is to
tell you where he DID live yesterday
evening."

Sudden as winking the ornery old cretur
went an to smash, and fell up against the
man, and put his chin on his shoulder, and
cried down his back, and says:

"Alas, alas, our poor brother gone, and we
never got to see him; oh, it's too, too hard!"

Then he turns around, blubbering, and
makes a lot of idiotic signs to the duke on
his hands, and blamed if he didn't drop a
carpet-bag and bust out a-crying. If they
warn't the beatenest lot, them two frauds,
that ever I struck.

Well, the men gathered around and

-98-

sympathized with them, and said all sorts of
kind things to them, and carried their carpet-
bags up the hill for them, and let them lean
on them and cry, and told the king all about
his brother's last moments, and the king he
told it all over again on his hands to the
duke, and both of them took on about that
dead tanner like they'd lost the twelve
disciples. Well, if ever I struck anything like
it, I'm a nigger. It was enough to make a
body ashamed of the human race.

CHAPTER XXV

THE news was all over town in two minutes,
and you could see the people tearing down
on the run from every which way, some of
them putting on their coats as they come.
Pretty soon we was in the middle of a
crowd, and the noise of the tramping was
like a soldier march. The windows and
dooryards was full; and every minute
somebody would say, over a fence:

"Is it THEM?"

And somebody trotting along with the gang
would answer back and say:

"You bet it is."

When we got to the house the street in front
of it was packed, and the three girls was
standing in the door. Mary Jane WAS red-
headed, but that don't make no difference,
she was most awful beautiful, and her face
and her eyes was all lit up like glory, she
was so glad her uncles was come. The king
he spread his arms, and Marsy Jane she
jumped for them, and the hare-lip jumped
for the duke, and there they HAD it!
Everybody most, leastways women, cried
for joy to see them meet again at last and
have such good times.

Then the king he hunched the duke private I

see him do it and then he looked around and
see the coffin, over in the corner on two
chairs; so then him and the duke, with a
hand across each other's shoul der, and
t'other hand to their eyes, walked slow and
solemn over there, everybody dropping
back to give them room, and all the talk and
noise stopping, people saying "Sh!" and all
the men taking their hats off and drooping
their heads, so you could a heard a pin fall.
And when they got there they bent over and
looked in the coffin, and took one sight, and
then they bust out a-crying so you could a
heard them to Orleans, most; and then they
put their arms around each other's necks,
and hung their chins over each other's shoul
ders; and then for three minutes, or maybe
four, I never see two men leak the way they
done. And, mind you, everybody was doing
the same; and the place was that damp I
never see anything like it. Then one of them
got on one side of the coffin, and t'other on
t'other side, and they kneeled down and
rested their foreheads on the coffin, and let
on to pray all to themselves. Well, when it
come to that it worked the crowd like you
never see anything like it, and everybody
broke down and went to sobbing right out
loud the poor girls, too; and every woman,
nearly, went up to the girls, without saying a
word, and kissed them, solemn, on the
forehead, and then put their hand on their
head, and looked up towards the sky, with
the tears running down, and then busted out
and went off sobbing and swabbing, and
give the next woman a show. I never see
anything so dis gusting.

Well, by and by the king he gets up and
comes for ward a little, and works himself
up and slobbers out a speech, all full of
tears and flapdoodle about its being a sore
trial for him and his poor brother to lose the
diseased, and to miss seeing diseased
alive after the long journey of four thousand
mile, but it's a trial that's sweetened and

-99-

sanctified to us by this dear sym pathy and
these holy tears, and so he thanks them out
of his heart and out of his brother's heart,
because out of their mouths they can't,
words being too weak and cold, and all that
kind of rot and slush, till it was just
sickening; and then he blubbers out a pious
goody goody Amen, and turns himself loose
and goes to cry ing fit to bust.

And the minute the words were out of his
mouth somebody over in the crowd struck
up the doxolojer, and everybody joined in
with all their might, and it just warmed you
up and made you feel as good as church
letting out. Music is a good thing; and after
all that soul-butter and hogwash I never see
it freshen up things so, and sound so honest
and bully.

Then the king begins to work his jaw again,
and says how him and his nieces would be
glad if a few of the main principal friends of
the family would take supper here with them
this evening, and help set up with the ashes
of the diseased; and says if his poor brother
laying yonder could speak he knows who he
would name, for they was names that was
very dear to him, and mentioned often in his
letters; and so he will name the same, to
wit, as follows, vizz.: Rev. Mr. Hobson, and
Deacon Lot Hovey, and Mr. Ben Rucker,
and Abner Shackleford, and Levi Bell, and
Dr. Robin son, and their wives, and the
widow Bartley.

Rev. Hobson and Dr. Robinson was down
to the end of the town a-hunting together
that is, I mean the doctor was shipping a
sick man to t'other world, and the preacher
was pinting him right. Lawyer Bell was
away up to Louisville on business. But the
rest was on hand, and so they all come and
shook hands with the king and thanked him
and talked to him; and then they shook
hands with the duke and didn't say nothing,

but just kept a-smiling and bobbing their
heads like a passel of sapheads whilst he
made all sorts of signs with his hands and
said "Goo-goo goo-goo goo" all the time,
like a baby that can't talk.

So the king he blattered along, and
managed to inquire about pretty much
everybody and dog in town, by his name,
and mentioned all sorts of little things that
happened one time or another in the town,
or to George's family, or to Peter. And he
always let on that Peter wrote him the
things; but that was a lie: he got every
blessed one of them out of that young
flathead that we canoed up to the
steamboat.

Then Mary Jane she fetched the letter her
father left behind, and the king he read it out
loud and cried over it. It give the dwelling-
house and three thousand dollars, gold, to
the girls; and it give the tanyard (which was
doing a good business), along with some
other houses and land (worth about seven
thousand), and three thousand dollars in
gold to Harvey and William, and told where
the six thousand cash was hid down cellar.
So these two frauds said they'd go and
fetch it up, and have everything square and
above board; and told me to come with a
candle. We shut the cellar door behind us,
and when they found the bag they spilt it out
on the floor, and it was a lovely sight, all
them yaller-boys. My, the way the king's
eyes did shine! He slaps the duke on the
shoulder and says:

"Oh, THIS ain't bully nor noth'n! Oh, no, I
reckon not! Why, Biljy, it beats the
Nonesuch, DON'T it?"

The duke allowed it did. They pawed the
yaller boys, and sifted them through their
fingers and let them jingle down on the
floor; and the king says:

-100-

"It ain't no use talkin'; bein' brothers to a rich
dead man and representatives of furrin
heirs that's got left is the line for you and
me, Bilge. Thish yer comes of trust'n to
Providence. It's the best way, in the long
run. I've tried 'em all, and ther' ain't no
better way."

Most everybody would a been satisfied with
the pile, and took it on trust; but no, they
must count it. So they counts it, and it comes
out four hundred and fifteen dollars short.
Says the king:

"Dern him, I wonder what he done with that
four hundred and fifteen dollars?"

They worried over that awhile, and
ransacked all around for it. Then the duke
says:

"Well, he was a pretty sick man, and likely he
made a mistake I reckon that's the way of it.
The best way's to let it go, and keep still
about it. We can spare it."

"Oh, shucks, yes, we can SPARE it. I don't
k'yer noth'n 'bout that it's the COUNT I'm
thinkin' about. We want to be awful square
and open and above-board here, you
know. We want to lug this h-yer money up
stairs and count it before everybody then
ther' ain't noth'n suspicious. But when the
dead man says ther's six thous'n dollars,
you know, we don't want to --"

"Hold on," says the duke. "Le's make up the
deffisit," and he begun to haul out yaller-
boys out of his pocket.

"It's a most amaz'n' good idea, duke you
HAVE got a rattlin' clever head on you,"
says the king. "Blest if the old Nonesuch
ain't a heppin' us out agin," and HE begun
to haul out yaller-jackets and stack them up.

It most busted them, but they made up the
six thousand clean and clear.

"Say," says the duke, "I got another idea.
Le's go up stairs and count this money, and
then take and GIVE IT TO THE GIRLS."

"Good land, duke, lemme hug you! It's the
most dazzling idea 'at ever a man struck.
You have cert'nly got the most astonishin'
head I ever see. Oh, this is the boss dodge,
ther' ain't no mistake 'bout it. Let 'em fetch
along their suspicions now if they want to
this 'll lay 'em out."

When we got up-stairs everybody gethered
around the table, and the king he counted it
and stacked it up, three hundred dollars in a
pile twenty elegant little piles. Everybody
looked hungry at it, and licked their chops.
Then they raked it into the bag again, and I
see the king begin to swell himself up for
another speech. He says:

"Friends all, my poor brother that lays
yonder has done generous by them that's
left behind in the vale of sorrers. He has
done generous by these yer poor little lambs
that he loved and sheltered, and that's left
fatherless and motherless. Yes, and we that
knowed him knows that he would a done
MORE generous by 'em if he hadn't ben
afeard o' woundin' his dear William and me.
Now, WOULDN'T he? Ther' ain't no
question 'bout it in MY mind. Well, then, what
kind o' brothers would it be that 'd stand in
his way at sech a time? And what kind o'
uncles would it be that 'd rob yes, ROB sech
poor sweet lambs as these 'at he loved so
at sech a time? If I know William and I THINK
I do he well, I'll jest ask him." He turns
around and begins to make a lot of signs to
the duke with his hands, and the duke he
looks at him stupid and leather headed a
while; then all of a sudden he seems to
catch his meaning, and jumps for the king,

-101-

goo-gooing with all his might for joy, and
hugs him about fifteen times before he lets
up. Then the king says, "I knowed it; I reckon
THAT 'll convince anybody the way HE feels
about it. Here, Mary Jane, Susan, Joanner,
take the money take it ALL. It's the gift of
him that lays yonder, cold but joyful."

Mary Jane she went for him, Susan and the
hare-lip went for the duke, and then such
another hugging and kissing I never see yet.
And everybody crowded up with the tears in
their eyes, and most shook the hands off of
them frauds, saying all the time:

"You DEAR good souls! how LOVELY! how
COULD you!"

Well, then, pretty soon all hands got to
talking about the diseased again, and how
good he was, and what a loss he was, and
all that; and before long a big iron-jawed
man worked himself in there from outside,
and stood a-listening and looking, and not
saying any thing; and nobody saying
anything to him either, because the king
was talking and they was all busy listening.
The king was saying in the middle of
something he'd started in on

" they bein' partickler friends o' the
diseased. That's why they're invited here
this evenin'; but to morrow we want ALL to
come everybody; for he respected
everybody, he liked everybody, and so it's
fitten that his funeral orgies sh'd be public."

And so he went a-mooning on and on, liking
to hear himself talk, and every little while he
fetched in his funeral orgies again, till the
duke he couldn't stand it no more; so he
writes on a little scrap of paper,
"OBSEQUIES, you old fool," and folds it up,
and goes to goo-gooing and reaching it
over people's heads to him. The king he
reads it and puts it in his pocket, and says:

"Poor William, afflicted as he is, his
HEART'S aluz right. Asks me to invite
everybody to come to the funeral wants me
to make 'em all welcome. But he needn't a
worried it was jest what I was at."

Then he weaves along again, perfectly
ca'm, and goes to dropping in his funeral
orgies again every now and then, just like
he done before. And when he done it the
third time he says:

"I say orgies, not because it's the common
term, because it ain't obsequies bein' the
common term but because orgies is the
right term. Obsequies ain't used in England
no more now it's gone out. We say orgies
now in England. Orgies is better, because it
means the thing you're after more exact. It's
a word that's made up out'n the Greek
ORGO, outside, open, abroad; and the
Hebrew JEESUM, to plant, cover up; hence
inTER. So, you see, funeral orgies is an
open er public funeral."

He was the WORST I ever struck. Well, the
iron jawed man he laughed right in his face.
Everybody was shocked. Everybody says,
"Why, DOCTOR!" and Abner Shackleford
says:

"Why, Robinson, hain't you heard the news?
This is Harvey Wilks."

The king he smiled eager, and shoved out
his flapper, and says:

"Is it my poor brother's dear good friend and
phy sician? I --"

"Keep your hands off of me!" says the
doctor. "YOU talk like an Englishman,
DON'T you? It's the worst imitation I ever
heard. YOU Peter Wilks's brother! You're a
fraud, that's what you are!"

-102-

Well, how they all took on! They crowded
around the doctor and tried to quiet him
down, and tried to explain to him and tell him
how Harvey 'd showed in forty ways that he
WAS Harvey, and knowed every body by
name, and the names of the very dogs, and
begged and BEGGED him not to hurt
Harvey's feelings and the poor girl's
feelings, and all that. But it warn't no use; he
stormed right along, and said any man that
pretended to be an Englishman and
couldn't imitate the lingo no better than what
he did was a fraud and a liar. The poor girls
was hanging to the king and cry ing; and all
of a sudden the doctor ups and turns on
THEM. He says:

"I was your father's friend, and I'm your
friend; and I warn you as a friend, and an
honest one that wants to protect you and
keep you out of harm and trouble, to turn
your backs on that scoundrel and have
nothing to do with him, the ignorant tramp,
with his idiotic Greek and Hebrew, as he
calls it. He is the thinnest kind of an impostor
has come here with a lot of empty names
and facts which he picked up somewheres,
and you take them for PROOFS, and are
helped to fool yourselves by these foolish
friends here, who ought to know better.
Mary Jane Wilks, you know me for your
friend, and for your unselfish friend, too.
Now listen to me; turn this pitiful rascal out I
BEG you to do it. Will you?"

Mary Jane straightened herself up, and my,
but she was handsome! She says:

"HERE is my answer." She hove up the bag
of money and put it in the king's hands, and
says, "Take this six thousand dollars, and
invest for me and my sisters any way you
want to, and don't give us no receipt for it."

Then she put her arm around the king on one
side, and Susan and the hare-lip done the

same on the other. Everybody clapped their
hands and stomped on the floor like a
perfect storm, whilst the king held up his
head and smiled proud. The doctor says:

"All right; I wash MY hands of the matter. But
I warn you all that a time 's coming when
you're going to feel sick whenever you think
of this day." And away he went.

"All right, doctor," says the king, kinder
mocking him; "we'll try and get 'em to send
for you;" which made them all laugh, and
they said it was a prime good hit.

CHAPTER XXVI

WELL, when they was all gone the king he
asks Mary Jane how they was off for spare
rooms, and she said she had one spare
room, which would do for Uncle William, and
she'd give her own room to Uncle Harvey,
which was a little bigger, and she would turn
into the room with her sisters and sleep on a
cot; and up garret was a little cubby, with a
pallet in it. The king said the cubby would do
for his valley meaning me.

So Mary Jane took us up, and she showed
them their rooms, which was plain but nice.
She said she'd have her frocks and a lot of
other traps took out of her room if they was
in Uncle Harvey's way, but he said they
warn't. The frocks was hung along the wall,
and before them was a curtain made out of
calico that hung down to the floor. There
was an old hair trunk in one corner, and a
guitar-box in another, and all sorts of little
knickknacks and jimcracks around, like
girls brisken up a room with. The king said it
was all the more homely and more
pleasanter for these fixings, and so don't
disturb them. The duke's room was pretty
small, but plenty good enough, and so was
my cubby.

-103-

That night they had a big supper, and all
them men and women was there, and I
stood behind the king and the duke's chairs
and waited on them, and the niggers waited
on the rest. Mary Jane she set at the head of
the table, with Susan alongside of her, and
said how bad the biscuits was, and how
mean the preserves was, and how ornery
and tough the fried chickens was and all that
kind of rot, the way women always do for to
force out compliments; and the people all
knowed everything was tiptop, and said so
said "How DO you get biscuits to brown so
nice?" and "Where, for the land's sake, DID
you get these amaz'n pickles?" and all that
kind of humbug talky-talk, just the way
people always does at a supper, you know.

And when it was all done me and the hare-
lip had supper in the kitchen off of the
leavings, whilst the others was helping the
niggers clean up the things. The hare-lip
she got to pumping me about England, and
blest if I didn't think the ice was getting
mighty thin sometimes. She says:

"Did you ever see the king?"

"Who? William Fourth? Well, I bet I have he
goes to our church." I knowed he was dead
years ago, but I never let on. So when I says
he goes to our church, she says:

"What regular?"

"Yes regular. His pew's right over opposite
ourn on t'other side the pulpit."

"I thought he lived in London?"

"Well, he does. Where WOULD he live?"

"But I thought YOU lived in Sheffield?"

I see I was up a stump. I had to let on to get
choked with a chicken bone, so as to get

time to think how to get down again. Then I
says:

"I mean he goes to our church regular when
he's in Sheffield. That's only in the summer
time, when he comes there to take the sea
baths."

"Why, how you talk Sheffield ain't on the
sea."

"Well, who said it was?"

"Why, you did."

"I DIDN'T nuther."

"You did!"

"I didn't."

"You did."

"I never said nothing of the kind."

"Well, what DID you say, then?"

"Said he come to take the sea BATHS
that's what I said."

"Well, then, how's he going to take the sea
baths if it ain't on the sea?"

"Looky here," I says; "did you ever see any
Congress-water?"

"Yes."

"Well, did you have to go to Congress to get
it?"

"Why, no."

"Well, neither does William Fourth have to go
to the sea to get a sea bath."

-104-

"How does he get it, then?"

"Gets it the way people down here gets
Congress water in barrels. There in the
palace at Sheffield they've got furnaces,
and he wants his water hot. They can't bile
that amount of water away off there at the
sea. They haven't got no conveniences for
it."

"Oh, I see, now. You might a said that in the
first place and saved time."

When she said that I see I was out of the
woods again, and so I was comfortable and
glad. Next, she says:

"Do you go to church, too?"

"Yes regular."

"Where do you set?"

"Why, in our pew."

"WHOSE pew?"

"Why, OURN your Uncle Harvey's."

"His'n? What does HE want with a pew?"

"Wants it to set in. What did you RECKON he
wanted with it?"

"Why, I thought he'd be in the pulpit."

Rot him, I forgot he was a preacher. I see I
was up a stump again, so I played another
chicken bone and got another think. Then I
says:

"Blame it, do you suppose there ain't but
one preacher to a church?"

"Why, what do they want with more?"

"What! to preach before a king? I never did
see such a girl as you. They don't have no
less than seventeen."

"Seventeen! My land! Why, I wouldn't set out
such a string as that, not if I NEVER got to
glory. It must take 'em a week."

"Shucks, they don't ALL of 'em preach the
same day only ONE of 'em."

"Well, then, what does the rest of 'em do?"

"Oh, nothing much. Loll around, pass the
plate and one thing or another. But mainly
they don't do nothing."

"Well, then, what are they FOR?"

"Why, they're for STYLE. Don't you know
noth ing?"

"Well, I don't WANT to know no such
foolishness as that. How is servants treated
in England? Do they treat 'em better 'n we
treat our niggers?"

"NO! A servant ain't nobody there. They
treat them worse than dogs."

"Don't they give 'em holidays, the way we
do, Christmas and New Year's week, and
Fourth of July?"

"Oh, just listen! A body could tell YOU hain't
ever been to England by that. Why, Hare-l
why, Joanna, they never see a holiday from
year's end to year's end; never go to the
circus, nor theater, nor nigger shows, nor
nowheres."

"Nor church?"

"Nor church."

"But YOU always went to church."

-105-

Well, I was gone up again. I forgot I was the
old man's servant. But next minute I whirled
in on a kind of an explanation how a valley
was different from a common servant and
HAD to go to church whether he wanted to
or not, and set with the family, on ac count of
its being the law. But I didn't do it pretty
good, and when I got done I see she warn't
satisfied. She says:

"Honest injun, now, hain't you been telling
me a lot of lies?"

"Honest injun," says I.

"None of it at all?"

"None of it at all. Not a lie in it," says I.

"Lay your hand on this book and say it."

I see it warn't nothing but a dictionary, so I
laid my hand on it and said it. So then she
looked a little better satisfied, and says:

"Well, then, I'll believe some of it; but I hope
to gracious if I'll believe the rest."

"What is it you won't believe, Joe?" says
Mary Jane, stepping in with Susan behind
her. "It ain't right nor kind for you to talk so to
him, and him a stranger and so far from his
people. How would you like to be treated
so?"

"That's always your way, Maim always
sailing in to help somebody before they're
hurt. I hain't done nothing to him. He's told
some stretchers, I reckon, and I said I
wouldn't swallow it all; and that's every bit
and grain I DID say. I reckon he can stand a
little thing like that, can't he?"

"I don't care whether 'twas little or whether
'twas big; he's here in our house and a
stranger, and it wasn't good of you to say it.

If you was in his place it would make you
feel ashamed; and so you oughtn't to say a
thing to another person that will make THEM
feel ashamed."

"Why, Maim, he said --"

"It don't make no difference what he SAID
that ain't the thing. The thing is for you to
treat him KIND, and not be saying things to
make him remember he ain't in his own
country and amongst his own folks."

I says to myself, THIS is a girl that I'm letting
that old reptle rob her of her money!

Then Susan SHE waltzed in; and if you'll
believe me, she did give Hare-lip hark from
the tomb!

Says I to myself, and this is ANOTHER one
that I'm letting him rob her of her money!

Then Mary Jane she took another inning,
and went in sweet and lovely again which
was her way; but when she got done there
warn't hardly anything left o' poor Hare-lip.
So she hollered.

"All right, then," says the other girls; "you just
ask his pardon."

She done it, too; and she done it beautiful.
She done it so beautiful it was good to hear;
and I wished I could tell her a thousand lies,
so she could do it again.

I says to myself, this is ANOTHER one that
I'm letting him rob her of her money. And
when she got through they all jest laid
theirselves out to make me feel at home and
know I was amongst friends. I felt so ornery
and low down and mean that I says to
myself, my mind's made up; I'll hive that
money for them or bust.

-106-

So then I lit out for bed, I said, meaning
some time or another. When I got by myself I
went to thinking the thing over. I says to
myself, shall I go to that doctor, private, and
blow on these frauds? No that won't do. He
might tell who told him; then the king and the
duke would make it warm for me. Shall I go,
private, and tell Mary Jane? No I dasn't do it.
Her face would give them a hint, sure;
they've got the money, and they'd slide right
out and get away with it. If she was to fetch
in help I'd get mixed up in the business
before it was done with, I judge. No; there
ain't no good way but one. I got to steal that
money, somehow; and I got to steal it some
way that they won't suspicion that I done it.
They've got a good thing here, and they
ain't a-going to leave till they've played this
family and this town for all they're worth, so
I'll find a chance time enough. I'll steal it and
hide it; and by and by, when I'm away down
the river, I'll write a letter and tell Mary Jane
where it's hid. But I better hive it to night if I
can, because the doctor maybe hasn't let
up as much as he lets on he has; he might
scare them out of here yet.

So, thinks I, I'll go and search them rooms.
Up stairs the hall was dark, but I found the
duke's room, and started to paw around it
with my hands; but I recollected it wouldn't
be much like the king to let anybody else
take care of that money but his own self; so
then I went to his room and begun to paw
around there. But I see I couldn't do nothing
without a candle, and I dasn't light one, of
course. So I judged I'd got to do the other
thing lay for them and eavesdrop. About that
time I hears their footsteps coming, and
was going to skip under the bed; I reached
for it, but it wasn't where I thought it would
be; but I touched the curtain that hid Mary
Jane's frocks, so I jumped in behind that
and snuggled in amongst the gowns, and
stood there perfectly still.

They come in and shut the door; and the first
thing the duke done was to get down and
look under the bed. Then I was glad I hadn't
found the bed when I wanted it. And yet, you
know, it's kind of natural to hide under the
bed when you are up to anything private.
They sets down then, and the king says:

"Well, what is it? And cut it middlin' short, be
cause it's better for us to be down there a-
whoopin' up the mournin' than up here givin'
'em a chance to talk us over."

"Well, this is it, Capet. I ain't easy; I ain't com
fortable. That doctor lays on my mind. I
wanted to know your plans. I've got a notion,
and I think it's a sound one."

"What is it, duke?"

"That we better glide out of this before three
in the morning, and clip it down the river with
what we've got. Specially, seeing we got it
so easy GIVEN back to us, flung at our
heads, as you may say, when of course we
allowed to have to steal it back. I'm for
knocking off and lighting out."

That made me feel pretty bad. About an
hour or two ago it would a been a little
different, but now it made me feel bad and
disappointed, The king rips out and says:

"What! And not sell out the rest o' the
property? March off like a passel of fools
and leave eight or nine thous'n' dollars'
worth o' property layin' around jest sufferin'
to be scooped in? and all good, salable
stuff, too."

The duke he grumbled; said the bag of gold
was enough, and he didn't want to go no
deeper didn't want to rob a lot of orphans of
EVERYTHING they had.

"Why, how you talk!" says the king. "We

-107-

sha'n't rob 'em of nothing at all but jest this
money. The people that BUYS the property
is the suff'rers; because as soon 's it's
found out 'at we didn't own it which won't
be long after we've slid the sale won't be
valid, and it 'll all go back to the estate.
These yer orphans 'll git their house back
agin, and that's enough for THEM; they're
young and spry, and k'n easy earn a livin'.
THEY ain't a-goin to suffer. Why, jest think
there's thous'n's and thous'n's that ain't
nigh so well off. Bless you, THEY ain't got
noth'n' to complain of."

Well, the king he talked him blind; so at last
he give in, and said all right, but said he
believed it was blamed foolishness to stay,
and that doctor hanging over them. But the
king says:

"Cuss the doctor! What do we k'yer for HIM?
Hain't we got all the fools in town on our
side? And ain't that a big enough majority in
any town?"

So they got ready to go down stairs again.
The duke says:

"I don't think we put that money in a good
place."

That cheered me up. I'd begun to think I
warn't going to get a hint of no kind to help
me. The king says:

"Why?"

"Because Mary Jane 'll be in mourning from
this out; and first you know the nigger that
does up the rooms will get an order to box
these duds up and put 'em away; and do
you reckon a nigger can run across money
and not borrow some of it?"

"Your head's level agin, duke," says the
king; and he comes a-fumbling under the

curtain two or three foot from where I was. I
stuck tight to the wall and kept mighty still,
though quivery; and I wondered what them
fellows would say to me if they catched me;
and I tried to think what I'd better do if they
did catch me. But the king he got the bag
before I could think more than about a half a
thought, and he never suspicioned I was
around. They took and shoved the bag
through a rip in the straw tick that was under
the feather-bed, and crammed it in a foot or
two amongst the straw and said it was all
right now, because a nigger only makes up
the feather-bed, and don't turn over the
straw tick only about twice a year, and so it
warn't in no danger of getting stole now.

But I knowed better. I had it out of there
before they was half-way down stairs. I
groped along up to my cubby, and hid it
there till I could get a chance to do better. I
judged I better hide it outside of the house
somewheres, because if they missed it they
would give the house a good ransacking: I
knowed that very well. Then I turned in, with
my clothes all on; but I couldn't a gone to
sleep if I'd a wanted to, I was in such a
sweat to get through with the business. By
and by I heard the king and the duke come
up; so I rolled off my pallet and laid with my
chin at the top of my ladder, and waited to
see if anything was going to happen. But
nothing did.

So I held on till all the late sounds had quit
and the early ones hadn't begun yet; and
then I slipped down the ladder.

CHAPTER XXVII

I CREPT to their doors and listened; they
was snor ing. So I tiptoed along, and got
down stairs all right. There warn't a sound
anywheres. I peeped through a crack of the
dining-room door, and see the men that
was watching the corpse all sound asleep

-108-

on their chairs. The door was open into the
parlor, where the corpse was laying, and
there was a candle in both rooms. I passed
along, and the parlor door was open; but I
see there warn't nobody in there but the re
mainders of Peter; so I shoved on by; but
the front door was locked, and the key
wasn't there. Just then I heard somebody
coming down the stairs, back behind me. I
run in the parlor and took a swift look
around, and the only place I see to hide the
bag was in the coffin. The lid was shoved
along about a foot, show ing the dead
man's face down in there, with a wet cloth
over it, and his shroud on. I tucked the
money bag in under the lid, just down
beyond where his hands was crossed,
which made me creep, they was so cold,
and then I run back across the room and in
behind the door.

The person coming was Mary Jane. She
went to the coffin, very soft, and kneeled
down and looked in; then she put up her
handkerchief, and I see she begun to cry,
though I couldn't hear her, and her back was
to me. I slid out, and as I passed the dining-
room I thought I'd make sure them watchers
hadn't seen me; so I looked through the
crack, and everything was all right. They
hadn't stirred.

I slipped up to bed, feeling ruther blue, on
accounts of the thing playing out that way
after I had took so much trouble and run so
much resk about it. Says I, if it could stay
where it is, all right; because when we get
down the river a hundred mile or two I could
write back to Mary Jane, and she could dig
him up again and get it; but that ain't the
thing that's going to happen; the thing that's
going to happen is, the money 'll be found
when they come to screw on the lid. Then
the king 'll get it again, and it 'll be a long day
before he gives anybody another chance to
smouch it from him. Of course I WANTED to

slide down and get it out of there, but I
dasn't try it. Every minute it was getting
earlier now, and pretty soon some of them
watchers would begin to stir, and I might get
catched catched with six thousand dollars in
my hands that nobody hadn't hired me to
take care of. I don't wish to be mixed up in
no such business as that, I says to myself.

When I got down stairs in the morning the
parlor was shut up, and the watchers was
gone. There warn't nobody around but the
family and the widow Bartley and our tribe. I
watched their faces to see if anything had
been happening, but I couldn't tell.

Towards the middle of the day the
undertaker come with his man, and they set
the coffin in the middle of the room on a
couple of chairs, and then set all our chairs
in rows, and borrowed more from the
neighbors till the hall and the parlor and the
dining-room was full. I see the coffin lid was
the way it was before, but I dasn't go to look
in under it, with folks around.

Then the people begun to flock in, and the
beats and the girls took seats in the front
row at the head of the coffin, and for a half
an hour the people filed around slow, in
single rank, and looked down at the dead
man's face a minute, and some dropped in
a tear, and it was all very still and solemn,
only the girls and the beats holding
handkerchiefs to their eyes and keep ing
their heads bent, and sobbing a little. There
warn't no other sound but the scraping of
the feet on the floor and blowing noses
because people always blows them more
at a funeral than they do at other places
except church.

When the place was packed full the
undertaker he slid around in his black
gloves with his softy soother ing ways,
putting on the last touches, and getting

-109-

people and things all ship-shape and
comfortable, and making no more sound
than a cat. He never spoke; he moved
people around, he squeezed in late ones,
he opened up passageways, and done it
with nods, and signs with his hands. Then
he took his place over against the wall. He
was the softest, glidingest, stealthiest man I
ever see; and there warn't no more smile to
him than there is to a ham.

They had borrowed a melodeum a sick one;
and when everything was ready a young
woman set down and worked it, and it was
pretty skreeky and colicky, and everybody
joined in and sung, and Peter was the only
one that had a good thing, according to my
notion. Then the Reverend Hobson opened
up, slow and solemn, and begun to talk; and
straight off the most outrageous row busted
out in the cellar a body ever heard; it was
only one dog, but he made a most powerful
racket, and he kept it up right along; the
parson he had to stand there, over the
coffin, and wait you couldn't hear yourself
think. It was right down awkward, and
nobody didn't seem to know what to do. But
pretty soon they see that long-legged
undertaker make a sign to the preacher as
much as to say, "Don't you worry just
depend on me." Then he stooped down and
begun to glide along the wall, just his
shoulders showing over the people's
heads. So he glided along, and the
powwow and racket get ting more and
more outrageous all the time; and at last,
when he had gone around two sides of the
room, he disappears down cellar. Then in
about two seconds we heard a whack, and
the dog he finished up with a most amazing
howl or two, and then everything was dead
still, and the parson begun his solemn talk
where he left off. In a minute or two here
comes this under taker's back and
shoulders gliding along the wall again; and
so he glided and glided around three sides

of the room, and then rose up, and shaded
his mouth with his hands, and stretched his
neck out towards the preacher, over the
people's heads, and says, in a kind of a
coarse whisper, "HE HAD A RAT!" Then he
drooped down and glided along the wall
again to his place. You could see it was a
great satisfaction to the people, because
naturally they wanted to know. A little thing
like that don't cost nothing, and it's just the
little things that makes a man to be looked
up to and liked. There warn't no more
popular man in town than what that
undertaker was.

Well, the funeral sermon was very good, but
pison long and tiresome; and then the king
he shoved in and got off some of his usual
rubbage, and at last the job was through,
and the undertaker begun to sneak up on
the coffin with his screw-driver. I was in a
sweat then, and watched him pretty keen.
But he never meddled at all; just slid the lid
along as soft as mush, and screwed it down
tight and fast. So there I was! I didn't know
whether the money was in there or not. So,
says I, s'pose somebody has hogged that
bag on the sly? now how do I know whether
to write to Mary Jane or not? S'pose she
dug him up and didn't find nothing, what
would she think of me? Blame it, I says, I
might get hunted up and jailed; I'd better lay
low and keep dark, and not write at all; the
thing's awful mixed now; trying to better it,
I've worsened it a hundred times, and I wish
to goodness I'd just let it alone, dad fetch
the whole business!

They buried him, and we come back home,
and I went to watching faces again I couldn't
help it, and I couldn't rest easy. But nothing
come of it; the faces didn't tell me nothing.

The king he visited around in the evening,
and sweetened everybody up, and made
himself ever so friendly; and he give out the

-110-

idea that his congrega tion over in England
would be in a sweat about him, so he must
hurry and settle up the estate right away and
leave for home. He was very sorry he was
so pushed, and so was everybody; they
wished he could stay longer, but they said
they could see it couldn't be done. And he
said of course him and William would take
the girls home with them; and that pleased
every body too, because then the girls
would be well fixed and amongst their own
relations; and it pleased the girls, too tickled
them so they clean forgot they ever had a
trouble in the world; and told him to sell out
as quick as he wanted to, they would be
ready. Them poor things was that glad and
happy it made my heart ache to see them
getting fooled and lied to so, but I didn't see
no safe way for me to chip in and change
the general tune.

Well, blamed if the king didn't bill the house
and the niggers and all the property for
auction straight off sale two days after the
funeral; but anybody could buy private
beforehand if they wanted to.

So the next day after the funeral, along
about noon time, the girls' joy got the first
jolt. A couple of nigger traders come along,
and the king sold them the niggers
reasonable, for three-day drafts as they
called it, and away they went, the two sons
up the river to Memphis, and their mother
down the river to Orleans. I thought them
poor girls and them niggers would break
their hearts for grief; they cried around each
other, and took on so it most made me
down sick to see it. The girls said they
hadn't ever dreamed of seeing the family
separated or sold away from the town. I
can't ever get it out of my memory, the sight
of them poor miserable girls and niggers
hanging around each other's necks and
crying; and I reckon I couldn't a stood it all,
but would a had to bust out and tell on our

gang if I hadn't knowed the sale warn't no
account and the niggers would be back
home in a week or two.

The thing made a big stir in the town, too,
and a good many come out flatfooted and
said it was scandal ous to separate the
mother and the children that way. It injured
the frauds some; but the old fool he bulled
right along, spite of all the duke could say or
do, and I tell you the duke was powerful
uneasy.

Next day was auction day. About broad day
in the morning the king and the duke come
up in the garret and woke me up, and I see
by their look that there was trouble. The king
says:

"Was you in my room night before last?"

"No, your majesty" which was the way I
always called him when nobody but our
gang warn't around.

"Was you in there yisterday er last night?"

"No, your majesty."

"Honor bright, now no lies."

"Honor bright, your majesty, I'm telling you
the truth. I hain't been a-near your room
since Miss Mary Jane took you and the duke
and showed it to you."

The duke says:

"Have you seen anybody else go in there?"

"No, your grace, not as I remember, I
believe."

"Stop and think."

I studied awhile and see my chance; then I

-111-

says:

"Well, I see the niggers go in there several
times."

Both of them gave a little jump, and looked
like they hadn't ever expected it, and then
like they HAD. Then the duke says:

"What, all of them?"

"No leastways, not all at once that is, I don't
think I ever see them all come OUT at once
but just one time."

"Hello! When was that?"

"It was the day we had the funeral. In the
morn ing. It warn't early, because I
overslept. I was just starting down the
ladder, and I see them."

"Well, go on, GO on! What did they do?
How'd they act?"

"They didn't do nothing. And they didn't act
anyway much, as fur as I see. They tiptoed
away; so I seen, easy enough, that they'd
shoved in there to do up your majesty's
room, or something, s'posing you was up;
and found you WARN'T up, and so they was
hoping to slide out of the way of trouble
without waking you up, if they hadn't already
waked you up."

"Great guns, THIS is a go!" says the king;
and both of them looked pretty sick and
tolerable silly. They stood there a-thinking
and scratching their heads a minute, and
the duke he bust into a kind of a little raspy
chuckle, and says:

"It does beat all how neat the niggers played
their hand. They let on to be SORRY they
was going out of this region! And I believed
they WAS sorry, and so did you, and so did

everybody. Don't ever tell ME any more that
a nigger ain't got any histrionic talent. Why,
the way they played that thing it would fool
ANYBODY. In my opinion, there's a fortune
in 'em. If I had capital and a theater, I
wouldn't want a better lay-out than that and
here we've gone and sold 'em for a song.
Yes, and ain't privileged to sing the song
yet. Say, where IS that song that draft?"

"In the bank for to be collected. Where
WOULD it be?"

"Well, THAT'S all right then, thank
goodness."

Says I, kind of timid-like:

"Is something gone wrong?"

The king whirls on me and rips out:

"None o' your business! You keep your
head shet, and mind y'r own affairs if you
got any. Long as you're in this town don't
you forgit THAT you hear?" Then he says to
the duke, "We got to jest swaller it and say
noth'n': mum's the word for US."

As they was starting down the ladder the
duke he chuckles again, and says:

"Quick sales AND small profits! It's a good
busi ness yes."

The king snarls around on him and says:

"I was trying to do for the best in sellin' 'em
out so quick. If the profits has turned out to
be none, lackin' considable, and none to
carry, is it my fault any more'n it's yourn?"

"Well, THEY'D be in this house yet and we
WOULDN'T if I could a got my advice
listened to."

-112-

The king sassed back as much as was safe
for him, and then swapped around and lit
into ME again. He give me down the banks
for not coming and TELLING him I see the
niggers come out of his room acting that
way said any fool would a KNOWED
something was up. And then waltzed in and
cussed HIMSELF awhile, and said it all
come of him not laying late and taking his
natural rest that morning, and he'd be
blamed if he'd ever do it again. So they
went off a-jawing; and I felt dreadful glad
I'd worked it all off on to the niggers, and yet
hadn't done the niggers no harm by it.

CHAPTER XXVIII

BY and by it was getting-up time. So I come
down the ladder and started for down-
stairs; but as I come to the girls' room the
door was open, and I see Mary Jane setting
by her old hair trunk, which was open and
she'd been packing things in it getting ready
to go to England. But she had stopped now
with a folded gown in her lap, and had her
face in her hands, crying. I felt awful bad to
see it; of course anybody would. I went in
there and says:

"Miss Mary Jane, you can't a-bear to see
people in trouble, and I can't most always.
Tell me about it."

So she done it. And it was the niggers I just
expected it. She said the beautiful trip to
England was most about spoiled for her;
she didn't know HOW she was ever going to
be happy there, knowing the mother and the
children warn't ever going to see each other
no more and then busted out bitterer than
ever, and flung up her hands, and says:

"Oh, dear, dear, to think they ain't EVER
going to see each other any more!"

"But they WILL and inside of two weeks and I

KNOW it!" says I.

Laws, it was out before I could think! And
before I could budge she throws her arms
around my neck and told me to say it
AGAIN, say it AGAIN, say it AGAIN!

I see I had spoke too sudden and said too
much, and was in a close place. I asked her
to let me think a minute; and she set there,
very impatient and ex cited and handsome,
but looking kind of happy and eased-up,
like a person that's had a tooth pulled out.
So I went to studying it out. I says to myself, I
reckon a body that ups and tells the truth
when he is in a tight place is taking
considerable many resks, though I ain't had
no experience, and can't say for certain; but
it looks so to me, anyway; and yet here's a
case where I'm blest if it don't look to me
like the truth is better and actuly SAFER
than a lie. I must lay it by in my mind, and
think it over some time or other, it's so kind
of strange and unregular. I never see
nothing like it. Well, I says to myself at last,
I'm a-going to chance it; I'll up and tell the
truth this time, though it does seem most
like setting down on a kag of powder and
touching it off just to see where you'll go to.
Then I says:

"Miss Mary Jane, is there any place out of
town a little ways where you could go and
stay three or four days?"

"Yes; Mr. Lothrop's. Why?"

"Never mind why yet. If I'll tell you how I know
the niggers will see each other again inside
of two weeks here in this house and
PROVE how I know it will you go to Mr.
Lothrop's and stay four days?"

"Four days!" she says; "I'll stay a year!"

"All right," I says, "I don't want nothing more

-113-

out of YOU than just your word I druther have
it than another man's kiss-the-Bible." She
smiled and red dened up very sweet, and I
says, "If you don't mind it, I'll shut the door
and bolt it."

Then I come back and set down again, and
says:

"Don't you holler. Just set still and take it like
a man. I got to tell the truth, and you want to
brace up, Miss Mary, because it's a bad
kind, and going to be hard to take, but there
ain't no help for it. These uncles of yourn
ain't no uncles at all; they're a couple of
frauds regular dead-beats. There, now
we're over the worst of it, you can stand the
rest middling easy."

It jolted her up like everything, of course; but
I was over the shoal water now, so I went
right along, her eyes a-blazing higher and
higher all the time, and told her every blame
thing, from where we first struck that young
fool going up to the steamboat, clear
through to where she flung herself on to the
king's breast at the front door and he kissed
her sixteen or seventeen times and then up
she jumps, with her face afire like sunset,
and says:

"The brute! Come, don't waste a minute not
a SECOND we'll have them tarred and
feathered, and flung in the river!"

Says I:

"Cert'nly. But do you mean BEFORE you go
to Mr. Lothrop's, or --"

"Oh," she says, "what am I THINKING
about!" she says, and set right down again.
"Don't mind what I said please don't you
WON'T, now, WILL you?" Laying her silky
hand on mine in that kind of a way that I said
I would die first. "I never thought, I was so

stirred up," she says; "now go on, and I
won't do so any more. You tell me what to
do, and whatever you say I'll do it."

"Well," I says, "it's a rough gang, them two
frauds, and I'm fixed so I got to travel with
them a while longer, whether I want to or not
I druther not tell you why; and if you was to
blow on them this town would get me out of
their claws, and I'd be all right; but there'd
be another person that you don't know
about who'd be in big trouble. Well, we got
to save HIM, hain't we? Of course. Well,
then, we won't blow on them."

Saying them words put a good idea in my
head. I see how maybe I could get me and
Jim rid of the frauds; get them jailed here,
and then leave. But I didn't want to run the
raft in the daytime without any body aboard
to answer questions but me; so I didn't want
the plan to begin working till pretty late to-
night. I says:

"Miss Mary Jane, I'll tell you what we'll do,
and you won't have to stay at Mr. Lothrop's
so long, nuther. How fur is it?"

"A little short of four miles right out in the
country, back here."

"Well, that 'll answer. Now you go along out
there, and lay low till nine or half-past to-
night, and then get them to fetch you home
again tell them you've thought of something.
If you get here before eleven put a candle in
this window, and if I don't turn up wait TILL
eleven, and THEN if I don't turn up it means
I'm gone, and out of the way, and safe.
Then you come out and spread the news
around, and get these beats jailed."

"Good," she says, "I'll do it."

"And if it just happens so that I don't get
away, but get took up along with them, you

-114-

must up and say I told you the whole thing
beforehand, and you must stand by me all
you can."

"Stand by you! indeed I will. They sha'n't
touch a hair of your head!" she says, and I
see her nostrils spread and her eyes snap
when she said it, too.

"If I get away I sha'n't be here," I says, "to
prove these rapscallions ain't your uncles,
and I couldn't do it if I WAS here. I could
swear they was beats and bummers, that's
all, though that's worth something. Well,
there's others can do that better than what I
can, and they're people that ain't going to
be doubted as quick as I'd be. I'll tell you
how to find them. Gimme a pencil and a
piece of paper. There 'Royal Nonesuch,
Bricksville.' Put it away, and don't lose it.
When the court wants to find out some thing
about these two, let them send up to
Bricksville and say they've got the men that
played the Royal Nonesuch, and ask for
some witnesses why, you'll have that entire
town down here before you can hardly wink,
Miss Mary. And they'll come a-biling, too."

I judged we had got everything fixed about
right now. So I says:

"Just let the auction go right along, and don't
worry. Nobody don't have to pay for the
things they buy till a whole day after the
auction on accounts of the short notice, and
they ain't going out of this till they get that
money; and the way we've fixed it the sale
ain't going to count, and they ain't going to
get no money. It's just like the way it was
with the niggers it warn't no sale, and the
niggers will be back before long. Why, they
can't collect the money for the NIGGERS yet
they're in the worst kind of a fix, Miss Mary."

"Well," she says, "I'll run down to breakfast
now, and then I'll start straight for Mr.

Lothrop's."

"'Deed, THAT ain't the ticket, Miss Mary
Jane," I says, "by no manner of means; go
BEFORE breakfast."

"Why?"

"What did you reckon I wanted you to go at all
for, Miss Mary?"

"Well, I never thought and come to think, I
don't know. What was it?"

"Why, it's because you ain't one of these
leather face people. I don't want no better
book than what your face is. A body can set
down and read it off like coarse print. Do
you reckon you can go and face your uncles
when they come to kiss you good morning,
and never --"

"There, there, don't! Yes, I'll go before
break fast I'll be glad to. And leave my
sisters with them?"

"Yes; never mind about them. They've got to
stand it yet a while. They might suspicion
something if all of you was to go. I don't
want you to see them, nor your sisters, nor
nobody in this town; if a neigh bor was to
ask how is your uncles this morning your
face would tell something. No, you go right
along, Miss Mary Jane, and I'll fix it with all
of them. I'll tell Miss Susan to give your love
to your uncles and say you've went away for
a few hours for to get a little rest and
change, or to see a friend, and you'll be
back to-night or early in the morning."

"Gone to see a friend is all right, but I won't
have my love given to them."

"Well, then, it sha'n't be." It was well enough
to tell HER so no harm in it. It was only a little
thing to do, and no trouble; and it's the little

-115-

things that smooths people's roads the
most, down here below; it would make
Mary Jane comfortable, and it wouldn't cost
nothing. Then I says: "There's one more
thing that bag of money."

"Well, they've got that; and it makes me feel
pretty silly to think HOW they got it."

"No, you're out, there. They hain't got it."

"Why, who's got it?"

"I wish I knowed, but I don't. I HAD it,
because I stole it from them; and I stole it to
give to you; and I know where I hid it, but I'm
afraid it ain't there no more. I'm awful sorry,
Miss Mary Jane, I'm just as sorry as I can
be; but I done the best I could; I did honest. I
come nigh getting caught, and I had to
shove it into the first place I come to, and run
and it warn't a good place."

"Oh, stop blaming yourself it's too bad to do
it, and I won't allow it you couldn't help it; it
wasn't your fault. Where did you hide it?"

I didn't want to set her to thinking about her
troubles again; and I couldn't seem to get
my mouth to tell her what would make her
see that corpse laying in the coffin with that
bag of money on his stomach. So for a
minute I didn't say nothing; then I says:

"I'd ruther not TELL you where I put it, Miss
Mary Jane, if you don't mind letting me off;
but I'll write it for you on a piece of paper,
and you can read it along the road to Mr.
Lothrop's, if you want to. Do you reckon that
'll do?"

"Oh, yes."

So I wrote: "I put it in the coffin. It was in
there when you was crying there, away in
the night. I was behind the door, and I was

mighty sorry for you, Miss Mary Jane."

It made my eyes water a little to remember
her cry ing there all by herself in the night,
and them devils laying there right under her
own roof, shaming her and robbing her; and
when I folded it up and give it to her I see the
water come into her eyes, too; and she
shook me by the hand, hard, and says:

"GOOD-bye. I'm going to do everything just
as you've told me; and if I don't ever see you
again, I sha'n't ever forget you. and I'll think
of you a many and a many a time, and I'll
PRAY for you, too!" and she was gone.

Pray for me! I reckoned if she knowed me
she'd take a job that was more nearer her
size. But I bet she done it, just the same she
was just that kind. She had the grit to pray
for Judus if she took the notion there warn't
no back-down to her, I judge. You may say
what you want to, but in my opinion she had
more sand in her than any girl I ever see; in
my opinion she was just full of sand. It
sounds like flattery, but it ain't no flattery.
And when it comes to beauty and
goodness, too she lays over them all. I hain't
ever seen her since that time that I see her
go out of that door; no, I hain't ever seen her
since, but I reckon I've thought of her a many
and a many a million times, and of her
saying she would pray for me; and if ever I'd
a thought it would do any good for me to
pray for HER, blamed if I wouldn't a done it
or bust.

Well, Mary Jane she lit out the back way, I
reckon; because nobody see her go. When I
struck Susan and the hare-lip, I says:

"What's the name of them people over on
t'other side of the river that you all goes to
see sometimes?"

They says:

-116-

"There's several; but it's the Proctors,
mainly."

"That's the name," I says; "I most forgot it.
Well, Miss Mary Jane she told me to tell you
she's gone over there in a dreadful hurry
one of them's sick."

"Which one?"

"I don't know; leastways, I kinder forget; but
I thinks it's --"

"Sakes alive, I hope it ain't HANNER?"

"I'm sorry to say it," I says, "but Hanner's the
very one."

"My goodness, and she so well only last
week! Is she took bad?"

"It ain't no name for it. They set up with her
all night, Miss Mary Jane said, and they
don't think she'll last many hours."

"Only think of that, now! What's the matter
with her?"

I couldn't think of anything reasonable, right
off that way, so I says:

"Mumps."

"Mumps your granny! They don't set up with
people that's got the mumps."

"They don't, don't they? You better bet they
do with THESE mumps. These mumps is
different. It's a new kind, Miss Mary Jane
said."

"How's it a new kind?"

"Because it's mixed up with other things."

"What other things?"

"Well, measles, and whooping-cough, and
erysiplas, and consumption, and yaller
janders, and brain-fever, and I don't know
what all."

"My land! And they call it the MUMPS?"

"That's what Miss Mary Jane said."

"Well, what in the nation do they call it the
MUMPS for?"

"Why, because it IS the mumps. That's what
it starts with."

"Well, ther' ain't no sense in it. A body might
stump his toe, and take pison, and fall down
the well, and break his neck, and bust his
brains out, and some body come along and
ask what killed him, and some numskull up
and say, 'Why, he stumped his TOE.' Would
ther' be any sense in that? NO. And ther'
ain't no sense in THIS, nuther. Is it
ketching?"

"Is it KETCHING? Why, how you talk. Is a
HARROW catching in the dark? If you don't
hitch on to one tooth, you're bound to on
another, ain't you? And you can't get away
with that tooth without fetching the whole
harrow along, can you? Well, these kind of
mumps is a kind of a harrow, as you may
say and it ain't no slouch of a harrow,
nuther, you come to get it hitched on good."

"Well, it's awful, I think," says the hare-lip.
"I'll go to Uncle Harvey and --"

"Oh, yes," I says, "I WOULD. Of COURSE I
would. I wouldn't lose no time."

"Well, why wouldn't you?"

"Just look at it a minute, and maybe you can
see. Hain't your uncles obleegd to get along
home to Eng land as fast as they can? And

-117-

do you reckon they'd be mean enough to go
off and leave you to go all that journey by
yourselves? YOU know they'll wait for you.
So fur, so good. Your uncle Harvey's a
preacher, ain't he? Very well, then; is a
PREACHER going to deceive a steamboat
clerk? is he going to deceive a SHIP
CLERK? so as to get them to let Miss Mary
Jane go aboard? Now YOU know he ain't.
What WILL he do, then? Why, he'll say, 'It's a
great pity, but my church matters has got to
get along the best way they can; for my
niece has been exposed to the dreadful
pluribus-unum mumps, and so it's my
bounden duty to set down here and wait the
three months it takes to show on her if she's
got it.' But never mind, if you think it's best
to tell your uncle Harvey --"

"Shucks, and stay fooling around here when
we could all be having good times in
England whilst we was waiting to find out
whether Mary Jane's got it or not? Why, you
talk like a muggins."

"Well, anyway, maybe you'd better tell some
of the neighbors."

"Listen at that, now. You do beat all for
natural stupidness. Can't you SEE that
THEY'D go and tell? Ther' ain't no way but
just to not tell anybody at ALL."

"Well, maybe you're right yes, I judge you
ARE right."

"But I reckon we ought to tell Uncle Harvey
she's gone out a while, anyway, so he won't
be uneasy about her?"

"Yes, Miss Mary Jane she wanted you to do
that. She says, 'Tell them to give Uncle
Harvey and William my love and a kiss, and
say I've run over the river to see Mr.' Mr.
what IS the name of that rich family your
uncle Peter used to think so much of? I

mean the one that --"

"Why, you must mean the Apthorps, ain't it?"

"Of course; bother them kind of names, a
body can't ever seem to remember them,
half the time, somehow. Yes, she said, say
she has run over for to ask the Apthorps to
be sure and come to the auction and buy
this house, because she allowed her uncle
Peter would ruther they had it than anybody
else; and she's going to stick to them till
they say they'll come, and then, if she ain't
too tired, she's coming home; and if she is,
she'll be home in the morning anyway. She
said, don't say nothing about the Proc tors,
but only about the Apthorps which 'll be per
fectly true, because she is going there to
speak about their buying the house; I know
it, because she told me so herself."

"All right," they said, and cleared out to lay
for their uncles, and give them the love and
the kisses, and tell them the message.

Everything was all right now. The girls
wouldn't say nothing because they wanted
to go to England; and the king and the duke
would ruther Mary Jane was off working for
the auction than around in reach of Doctor
Robinson. I felt very good; I judged I had
done it pretty neat I reckoned Tom Sawyer
couldn't a done it no neater himself. Of
course he would a throwed more style into
it, but I can't do that very handy, not being
brung up to it.

Well, they held the auction in the public
square, along towards the end of the
afternoon, and it strung along, and strung
along, and the old man he was on hand and
looking his level pisonest, up there longside
of the auctioneer, and chipping in a little
Scripture now and then, or a little goody-
goody saying of some kind, and the duke he
was around goo-gooing for sym pathy all he

-118-

knowed how, and just spreading himself
generly.

But by and by the thing dragged through,
and everything was sold everything but a
little old trifling lot in the graveyard. So
they'd got to work that off I never see such a
girafft as the king was for want ing to
swallow EVERYTHING. Well, whilst they
was at it a steamboat landed, and in about
two minutes up comes a crowd a-
whooping and yelling and laughing and
carrying on, and singing out:

"HERE'S your opposition line! here's your
two sets o' heirs to old Peter Wilks and you
pays your money and you takes your
choice!"

CHAPTER XXIX

THEY was fetching a very nice-looking old
gentle man along, and a nice-looking
younger one, with his right arm in a sling.
And, my souls, how the people yelled and
laughed, and kept it up. But I didn't see no
joke about it, and I judged it would strain
the duke and the king some to see any. I
reckoned they'd turn pale. But no, nary a
pale did THEY turn. The duke he never let on
he suspicioned what was up, but just went
a goo-gooing around, happy and satisfied,
like a jug that's googling out buttermilk; and
as for the king, he just gazed and gazed
down sorrowful on them new-comers like it
give him the stomach-ache in his very heart
to think there could be such frauds and
rascals in the world. Oh, he done it
admirable. Lots of the principal people
gethered around the king, to let him see they
was on his side. That old gentleman that
had just come looked all puz zled to death.
Pretty soon he begun to speak, and I see
straight off he pronounced LIKE an
Englishman not the king's way, though the
king's WAS pretty good for an imitation. I

can't give the old gent's words, nor I can't
imitate him; but he turned around to the
crowd, and says, about like this:

"This is a surprise to me which I wasn't
looking for; and I'll acknowledge, candid
and frank, I ain't very well fixed to meet it
and answer it; for my brother and me has
had misfortunes; he's broke his arm, and
our baggage got put off at a town above
here last night in the night by a mistake. I am
Peter Wilks' brother Harvey, and this is his
brother William, which can't hear nor speak
and can't even make signs to amount to
much, now't he's only got one hand to work
them with. We are who we say we are; and
in a day or two, when I get the baggage, I
can prove it. But up till then I won't say
nothing more, but go to the hotel and wait."

So him and the new dummy started off; and
the king he laughs, and blethers out:

"Broke his arm VERY likely, AIN'T it? and
very convenient, too, for a fraud that's got to
make signs, and ain't learnt how. Lost their
baggage! That's MIGHTY good! and mighty
ingenious under the CIRCUMSTANCES!

So he laughed again; and so did everybody
else, except three or four, or maybe half a
dozen. One of these was that doctor;
another one was a sharp looking
gentleman, with a carpet-bag of the old
fashioned kind made out of carpet-stuff,
that had just come off of the steamboat and
was talking to him in a low voice, and
glancing towards the king now and then and
nodding their heads it was Levi Bell, the
lawyer that was gone up to Louisville; and
another one was a big rough husky that
come along and listened to all the old
gentleman said, and was listening to the
king now. And when the king got done this
husky up and says:

-119-

"Say, looky here; if you are Harvey Wilks,
when'd you come to this town?"

"The day before the funeral, friend," says
the king.

"But what time o' day?"

"In the evenin' 'bout an hour er two before
sun down."

"HOW'D you come?"

"I come down on the Susan Powell from
Cincin nati."

"Well, then, how'd you come to be up at the
Pint in the MORNIN' in a canoe?"

"I warn't up at the Pint in the mornin'."

"It's a lie."

Several of them jumped for him and
begged him not to talk that way to an old
man and a preacher.

"Preacher be hanged, he's a fraud and a
liar. He was up at the Pint that mornin'. I live
up there, don't I? Well, I was up there, and he
was up there. I see him there. He come in a
canoe, along with Tim Collins and a boy."

The doctor he up and says:

"Would you know the boy again if you was to
see him, Hines?"

"I reckon I would, but I don't know. Why,
yonder he is, now. I know him perfectly
easy."

It was me he pointed at. The doctor says:

"Neighbors, I don't know whether the new
couple is frauds or not; but if THESE two

ain't frauds, I am an idiot, that's all. I think
it's our duty to see that they don't get away
from here till we've looked into this thing.
Come along, Hines; come along, the rest of
you. We'll take these fellows to the tavern
and affront them with t'other couple, and I
reckon we'll find out SOMETHING before
we get through."

It was nuts for the crowd, though maybe not
for the king's friends; so we all started. It
was about sundown. The doctor he led me
along by the hand, and was plenty kind
enough, but he never let go my hand.

We all got in a big room in the hotel, and lit up
some candles, and fetched in the new
couple. First, the doctor says:

"I don't wish to be too hard on these two
men, but I think they're frauds, and they may
have complices that we don't know nothing
about. If they have, won't the complices get
away with that bag of gold Peter Wilks left? It
ain't unlikely. If these men ain't frauds, they
won't object to sending for that money and
letting us keep it till they prove they're all
right ain't that so?"

Everybody agreed to that. So I judged they
had our gang in a pretty tight place right at
the outstart. But the king he only looked
sorrowful, and says:

"Gentlemen, I wish the money was there, for
I ain't got no disposition to throw anything in
the way of a fair, open, out-and-out
investigation o' this misable business; but,
alas, the money ain't there; you k'n send
and see, if you want to."

"Where is it, then?"

"Well, when my niece give it to me to keep
for her I took and hid it inside o' the straw
tick o' my bed, not wishin' to bank it for the

-120-

few days we'd be here, and considerin' the
bed a safe place, we not bein' used to
niggers, and suppos'n' 'em honest, like
servants in England. The niggers stole it the
very next mornin' after I had went down
stairs; and when I sold 'em I hadn't missed
the money yit, so they got clean away with it.
My servant here k'n tell you 'bout it, gentle
men."

The doctor and several said "Shucks!" and I
see nobody didn't altogether believe him.
One man asked me if I see the niggers steal
it. I said no, but I see them sneaking out of
the room and hustling away, and I never
thought nothing, only I reckoned they was
afraid they had waked up my master and
was trying to get away before he made
trouble with them. That was all they asked
me. Then the doctor whirls on me and says:

"Are YOU English, too?"

I says yes; and him and some others
laughed, and said, "Stuff!"

Well, then they sailed in on the general
investiga tion, and there we had it, up and
down, hour in, hour out, and nobody never
said a word about supper, nor ever seemed
to think about it and so they kept it up, and
kept it up; and it WAS the worst mixed-up
thing you ever see. They made the king tell
his yarn, and they made the old gentleman
tell his'n; and any body but a lot of
prejudiced chuckleheads would a SEEN
that the old gentleman was spinning truth
and t'other one lies. And by and by they had
me up to tell what I knowed. The king he give
me a left-handed look out of the corner of
his eye, and so I knowed enough to talk on
the right side. I begun to tell about Sheffield,
and how we lived there, and all about the
English Wilkses, and so on; but I didn't get
pretty fur till the doctor begun to laugh; and
Levi Bell, the lawyer, says:

"Set down, my boy; I wouldn't strain myself
if I was you. I reckon you ain't used to lying, it
don't seem to come handy; what you want
is practice. You do it pretty awkward."

I didn't care nothing for the compliment, but I
was glad to be let off, anyway.

The doctor he started to say something, and
turns and says:

"If you'd been in town at first, Levi Bell " The
king broke in and reached out his hand, and
says:

"Why, is this my poor dead brother's old
friend that he's wrote so often about?"

The lawyer and him shook hands, and the
lawyer smiled and looked pleased, and they
talked right along awhile, and then got to
one side and talked low; and at last the
lawyer speaks up and says:

"That 'll fix it. I'll take the order and send it,
along with your brother's, and then they'll
know it's all right."

So they got some paper and a pen, and the
king he set down and twisted his head to
one side, and chawed his tongue, and
scrawled off something; and then they give
the pen to the duke and then for the first time
the duke looked sick. But he took the pen
and wrote. So then the lawyer turns to the
new old gentleman and says:

"You and your brother please write a line or
two and sign your names."

The old gentleman wrote, but nobody
couldn't read it. The lawyer looked powerful
astonished, and says:

"Well, it beats ME and snaked a lot of old
letters out of his pocket, and examined

-121-

them, and then ex amined the old man's
writing, and then THEM again; and then
says: "These old letters is from Harvey
Wilks; and here's THESE two handwritings,
and any body can see they didn't write
them" (the king and the duke looked sold
and foolish, I tell you, to see how the lawyer
had took them in), "and here's THIS old
gentleman's hand writing, and anybody can
tell, easy enough, HE didn't write them fact
is, the scratches he makes ain't properly
WRITING at all. Now, here's some letters
from --"

The new old gentleman says:

"If you please, let me explain. Nobody can
read my hand but my brother there so he
copies for me. It's HIS hand you've got
there, not mine."

"WELL!" says the lawyer, "this IS a state of
things. I've got some of William's letters,
too; so if you'll get him to write a line or so
we can com --"

"He CAN'T write with his left hand," says the
old gentleman. "If he could use his right
hand, you would see that he wrote his own
letters and mine too. Look at both, please
they're by the same hand."

The lawyer done it, and says:

"I believe it's so and if it ain't so, there's a
heap stronger resemblance than I'd noticed
before, anyway. Well, well, well! I thought we
was right on the track of a slution, but it's
gone to grass, partly. But any way, one thing
is proved THESE two ain't either of 'em
Wilkses" and he wagged his head towards
the king and the duke.

Well, what do you think? That muleheaded
old fool wouldn't give in THEN! Indeed he
wouldn't. Said it warn't no fair test. Said his

brother William was the cussedest joker in
the world, and hadn't tried to write HE see
William was going to play one of his jokes
the minute he put the pen to paper. And so
he warmed up and went warbling right
along till he was actuly beginning to believe
what he was saying HIM SELF; but pretty
soon the new gentleman broke in, and says:

"I've thought of something. Is there anybody
here that helped to lay out my br helped to
lay out the late Peter Wilks for burying?"

"Yes," says somebody, "me and Ab Turner
done it. We're both here."

Then the old man turns towards the king,
and says:

"Peraps this gentleman can tell me what
was tattooed on his breast?"

Blamed if the king didn't have to brace up
mighty quick, or he'd a squshed down like a
bluff bank that the river has cut under, it took
him so sudden; and, mind you, it was a
thing that was calculated to make most
ANYBODY sqush to get fetched such a
solid one as that without any notice,
because how was HE going to know what
was tattooed on the man? He whitened a
little; he couldn't help it; and it was mighty
still in there, and everybody bending a little
forwards and gazing at him. Says I to
myself, NOW he'll throw up the sponge there
ain't no more use. Well, did he? A body can't
hardly believe it, but he didn't. I reckon he
thought he'd keep the thing up till he tired
them people out, so they'd thin out, and him
and the duke could break loose and get
away. Anyway, he set there, and pretty soon
he begun to smile, and says:

"Mf! It's a VERY tough question, AIN'T it!
YES, sir, I k'n tell you what's tattooed on his
breast. It's jest a small, thin, blue arrow

-122-

that's what it is; and if you don't look clost,
you can't see it. NOW what do you say hey?"

Well, I never see anything like that old blister
for clean out-and-out cheek.

The new old gentleman turns brisk towards
Ab Turner and his pard, and his eye lights
up like he judged he'd got the king THIS
time, and says:

"There you've heard what he said! Was
there any such mark on Peter Wilks'
breast?"

Both of them spoke up and says:

"We didn't see no such mark."

"Good!" says the old gentleman. "Now, what
you DID see on his breast was a small dim
P, and a B (which is an initial he dropped
when he was young), and a W, with dashes
between them, so: P B W" and he marked
them that way on a piece of paper. "Come,
ain't that what you saw?"

Both of them spoke up again, and says:

"No, we DIDN'T. We never seen any marks
at all."

Well, everybody WAS in a state of mind now,
and they sings out:

"The whole BILIN' of 'm 's frauds! Le's duck
'em! le's drown 'em! le's ride 'em on a rail!"
and everybody was whooping at once, and
there was a rat tling powwow. But the
lawyer he jumps on the table and yells, and
says:

"Gentlemen gentleMEN! Hear me just a
word just a SINGLE word if you PLEASE!
There's one way yet let's go and dig up the
corpse and look."

That took them.

"Hooray!" they all shouted, and was starting
right off; but the lawyer and the doctor sung
out:

"Hold on, hold on! Collar all these four men
and the boy, and fetch THEM along, too!"

"We'll do it!" they all shouted; "and if we
don't find them marks we'll lynch the whole
gang!"

I WAS scared, now, I tell you. But there
warn't no getting away, you know. They
gripped us all, and marched us right along,
straight for the graveyard, which was a mile
and a half down the river, and the whole
town at our heels, for we made noise
enough, and it was only nine in the evening.

As we went by our house I wished I hadn't
sent Mary Jane out of town; because now if
I could tip her the wink she'd light out and
save me, and blow on our dead-beats.

Well, we swarmed along down the river
road, just carrying on like wildcats; and to
make it more scary the sky was darking up,
and the lightning beginning to wink and
flitter, and the wind to shiver amongst the
leaves. This was the most awful trouble and
most dangersome I ever was in; and I was
kinder stunned; everything was going so
different from what I had allowed for; stead
of being fixed so I could take my own time if
I wanted to, and see all the fun, and have
Mary Jane at my back to save me and set
me free when the close-fit come, here was
nothing in the world betwixt me and sudden
death but just them tattoo-marks. If they
didn't find them

I couldn't bear to think about it; and yet,
some how, I couldn't think about nothing
else. It got darker and darker, and it was a

-123-

beautiful time to give the crowd the slip; but
that big husky had me by the wrist Hines and
a body might as well try to give Goliar the
slip. He dragged me right along, he was so
excited, and I had to run to keep up.

When they got there they swarmed into the
grave yard and washed over it like an
overflow. And when they got to the grave
they found they had about a hundred times
as many shovels as they wanted, but
nobody hadn't thought to fetch a lantern. But
they sailed into digging anyway by the
flicker of the light ning, and sent a man to the
nearest house, a half a mile off, to borrow
one.

So they dug and dug like everything; and it
got awful dark, and the rain started, and the
wind swished and swushed along, and the
lightning come brisker and brisker, and the
thunder boomed; but them people never
took no notice of it, they was so full of this
business; and one minute you could see
everything and every face in that big crowd,
and the shovelfuls of dirt sailing up out of the
grave, and the next second the dark wiped it
all out, and you couldn't see nothing at all.

At last they got out the coffin and begun to
unscrew the lid, and then such another
crowding and shoulder ing and shoving as
there was, to scrouge in and get a sight, you
never see; and in the dark, that way, it was
awful. Hines he hurt my wrist dreadful
pulling and tugging so, and I reckon he clean
forgot I was in the world, he was so excited
and panting.

All of a sudden the lightning let go a perfect
sluice of white glare, and somebody sings
out:

"By the living jingo, here's the bag of gold
on his breast!"

Hines let out a whoop, like everybody else,
and dropped my wrist and give a big surge
to bust his way in and get a look, and the
way I lit out and shinned for the road in the
dark there ain't nobody can tell.

I had the road all to myself, and I fairly flew
leastways, I had it all to myself except the
solid dark, and the now-and-then glares,
and the buzzing of the rain, and the
thrashing of the wind, and the splitting of the
thunder; and sure as you are born I did clip it
along!

When I struck the town I see there warn't
nobody out in the storm, so I never hunted
for no back streets, but humped it straight
through the main one; and when I begun to
get towards our house I aimed my eye and
set it. No light there; the house all dark which
made me feel sorry and disappointed, I
didn't know why. But at last, just as I was
sailing by, FLASH comes the light in Mary
Jane's window! and my heart swelled up
sudden, like to bust; and the same second
the house and all was behind me in the
dark, and wasn't ever going to be before
me no more in this world. She WAS the best
girl I ever see, and had the most sand.

The minute I was far enough above the town
to see I could make the towhead, I begun to
look sharp for a boat to borrow, and the first
time the lightning showed me one that
wasn't chained I snatched it and shoved. It
was a canoe, and warn't fastened with
nothing but a rope. The towhead was a
rattling big distance off, away out there in
the middle of the river, but I didn't lose no
time; and when I struck the raft at last I was
so fagged I would a just laid down to blow
and gasp if I could afforded it. But I didn't.
As I sprung aboard I sung out:

"Out with you, Jim, and set her loose! Glory
be to goodness, we're shut of them!"

-124-

Jim lit out, and was a-coming for me with
both arms spread, he was so full of joy; but
when I glimpsed him in the lightning my
heart shot up in my mouth and I went
overboard backwards; for I forgot he was
old King Lear and a drownded A-rab all in
one, and it most scared the livers and lights
out of me. But Jim fished me out, and was
going to hug me and bless me, and so on,
he was so glad I was back and we was shut
of the king and the duke, but I says:

"Not now; have it for breakfast, have it for
break fast! Cut loose and let her slide!"

So in two seconds away we went a-sliding
down the river, and it DID seem so good to
be free again and all by ourselves on the big
river, and nobody to bother us. I had to skip
around a bit, and jump up and crack my
heels a few times I couldn't help it; but about
the third crack I noticed a sound that I
knowed mighty well, and held my breath
and listened and waited; and sure enough,
when the next flash busted out over the
water, here they come! and just a laying to
their oars and making their skiff hum! It was
the king and the duke.

So I wilted right down on to the planks then,
and give up; and it was all I could do to keep
from crying.

CHAPTER XXX

WHEN they got aboard the king went for me,
and shook me by the collar, and says:

"Tryin' to give us the slip, was ye, you pup!
Tired of our company, hey?"

I says:

"No, your majesty, we warn't PLEASE
don't, your majesty!"

"Quick, then, and tell us what WAS your
idea, or I'll shake the insides out o' you!"

"Honest, I'll tell you everything just as it hap
pened, your majesty. The man that had a-
holt of me was very good to me, and kept
saying he had a boy about as big as me that
died last year, and he was sorry to see a
boy in such a dangerous fix; and when they
was all took by surprise by finding the gold,
and made a rush for the coffin, he lets go of
me and whis pers, 'Heel it now, or they'll
hang ye, sure!' and I lit out. It didn't seem no
good for ME to stay I couldn't do nothing,
and I didn't want to be hung if I could get
away. So I never stopped running till I found
the canoe; and when I got here I told Jim to
hurry, or they'd catch me and hang me yet,
and said I was afeard you and the duke
wasn't alive now, and I was awful sorry, and
so was Jim, and was awful glad when we
see you coming; you may ask Jim if I didn't."

Jim said it was so; and the king told him to
shut up, and said, "Oh, yes, it's MIGHTY
likely!" and shook me up again, and said he
reckoned he'd drownd me. But the duke
says:

"Leggo the boy, you old idiot! Would YOU a
done any different? Did you inquire around
for HIM when you got loose? I don't
remember it."

So the king let go of me, and begun to cuss
that town and everybody in it. But the duke
says:

"You better a blame' sight give YOURSELF
a good cussing, for you're the one that's
entitled to it most. You hain't done a thing
from the start that had any sense in it,
except coming out so cool and cheeky with
that imaginary blue-arrow mark. That WAS
bright it was right down bully; and it was the
thing that saved us. For if it hadn't been for

-125-

that they'd a jailed us till them Englishmen's
baggage come and then the penitentiary,
you bet! But that trick took 'em to the
graveyard, and the gold done us a still
bigger kindness; for if the excited fools
hadn't let go all holts and made that rush to
get a look we'd a slept in our cravats to-
night cravats warranted to WEAR, too
longer than WE'D need 'em."

They was still a minute thinking; then the
king says, kind of absent-minded like:

"Mf! And we reckoned the NIGGERS stole
it!"

That made me squirm!

"Yes," says the duke, kinder slow and
deliberate and sarcastic, "WE did."

After about a half a minute the king drawls
out:

"Leastways, I did."

The duke says, the same way:

"On the contrary, I did."

The king kind of ruffles up, and says:

"Looky here, Bilgewater, what'r you
referrin' to?"

The duke says, pretty brisk:

"When it comes to that, maybe you'll let me
ask, what was YOU referring to?"

"Shucks!" says the king, very sarcastic; "but
I don't know maybe you was asleep, and
didn't know what you was about."

The duke bristles up now, and says:

"Oh, let UP on this cussed nonsense; do you
take me for a blame' fool? Don't you reckon
I know who hid that money in that coffin?"

"YES, sir! I know you DO know, because
you done it yourself!"

"It's a lie!" and the duke went for him. The
king sings out:

"Take y'r hands off! leggo my throat! I take it
all back!"

The duke says:

"Well, you just own up, first, that you DID
hide that money there, intending to give me
the slip one of these days, and come back
and dig it up, and have it all to yourself."

"Wait jest a minute, duke answer me this
one question, honest and fair; if you didn't
put the money there, say it, and I'll b'lieve
you, and take back every thing I said."

"You old scoundrel, I didn't, and you know I
didn't. There, now!"

"Well, then, I b'lieve you. But answer me only
jest this one more now DON'T git mad;
didn't you have it in your mind to hook the
money and hide it?"

The duke never said nothing for a little bit;
then he says:

"Well, I don't care if I DID, I didn't DO it,
anyway. But you not only had it in mind to do
it, but you DONE it."

"I wisht I never die if I done it, duke, and
that's honest. I won't say I warn't goin' to do
it, because I WAS; but you I mean
somebody got in ahead o' me."

"It's a lie! You done it, and you got to SAY

-126-

you done it, or --"

The king began to gurgle, and then he
gasps out:

"'Nough! I OWN UP!"

I was very glad to hear him say that; it made
me feel much more easier than what I was
feeling before. So the duke took his hands
off and says:

"If you ever deny it again I'll drown you. It's
WELL for you to set there and blubber like a
baby it's fitten for you, after the way you've
acted. I never see such an old ostrich for
wanting to gobble every thing and I a-
trusting you all the time, like you was my
own father. You ought to been ashamed of
your self to stand by and hear it saddled on
to a lot of poor niggers, and you never say a
word for 'em. It makes me feel ridiculous to
think I was soft enough to BELIEVE that
rubbage. Cuss you, I can see now why you
was so anxious to make up the deffisit you
wanted to get what money I'd got out of the
Nonesuch and one thing or another, and
scoop it ALL!"

The king says, timid, and still a-snuffling:

"Why, duke, it was you that said make up the
deffisit; it warn't me."

"Dry up! I don't want to hear no more out of
you!" says the duke. "And NOW you see
what you GOT by it. They've got all their own
money back, and all of OURN but a shekel
or two BESIDES. G'long to bed, and don't
you deffersit ME no more deffersits, long 's
YOU live!"

So the king sneaked into the wigwam and
took to his bottle for comfort, and before
long the duke tackled HIS bottle; and so in
about a half an hour they was as thick as

thieves again, and the tighter they got the
lovinger they got, and went off a-snoring in
each other's arms. They both got powerful
mellow, but I noticed the king didn't get
mellow enough to forget to remember to not
deny about hiding the money-bag again.
That made me feel easy and satisfied. Of
course when they got to snoring we had a
long gabble, and I told Jim everything.

CHAPTER XXXI

WE dasn't stop again at any town for days
and days; kept right along down the river.
We was down south in the warm weather
now, and a mighty long ways from home.
We begun to come to trees with Spanish
moss on them, hanging down from the
limbs like long, gray beards. It was the first I
ever see it growing, and it made the woods
look solemn and dismal. So now the frauds
reckoned they was out of danger, and they
begun to work the villages again.

First they done a lecture on temperance; but
they didn't make enough for them both to
get drunk on. Then in another village they
started a dancing-school; but they didn't
know no more how to dance than a
kangaroo does; so the first prance they
made the general public jumped in and
pranced them out of town. Another time they
tried to go at yellocution; but they didn't
yellocute long till the audience got up and
give them a solid good cussing, and made
them skip out. They tackled missionarying,
and mesmeriz ing, and doctoring, and
telling fortunes, and a little of everything; but
they couldn't seem to have no luck. So at
last they got just about dead broke, and laid
around the raft as she floated along,
thinking and thinking, and never saying
nothing, by the half a day at a time, and
dreadful blue and desperate.

And at last they took a change and begun to

-127-

lay their heads together in the wigwam and
talk low and confidential two or three hours
at a time. Jim and me got uneasy. We didn't
like the look of it. We judged they was
studying up some kind of worse deviltry than
ever. We turned it over and over, and at last
we made up our minds they was going to
break into somebody's house or store, or
was going into the counterfeit money
business, or something. So then we was
pretty scared, and made up an agreement
that we wouldn't have nothing in the world to
do with such actions, and if we ever got the
least show we would give them the cold
shake and clear out and leave them behind.
Well, early one morning we hid the raft in a
good, safe place about two mile below a
little bit of a shabby village named
Pikesville, and the king he went ashore and
told us all to stay hid whilst he went up to
town and smelt around to see if anybody
had got any wind of the Royal Nonesuch
there yet. ("House to rob, you MEAN," says I
to myself; "and when you get through
robbing it you'll come back here and
wonder what has become of me and Jim
and the raft and you'll have to take it out in
wondering.") And he said if he warn't back
by midday the duke and me would know it
was all right, and we was to come along.

So we stayed where we was. The duke he
fretted and sweated around, and was in a
mighty sour way. He scolded us for
everything, and we couldn't seem to do
nothing right; he found fault with every little
thing. Something was a-brewing, sure. I
was good and glad when midday come and
no king; we could have a change, anyway
and maybe a chance for THE chance on top
of it. So me and the duke went up to the
village, and hunted around there for the
king, and by and by we found him in the
back room of a little low doggery, very tight,
and a lot of loafers bullyrag ging him for
sport, and he a-cussing and a-threatening

with all his might, and so tight he couldn't
walk, and couldn't do nothing to them. The
duke he begun to abuse him for an old fool,
and the king begun to sass back, and the
minute they was fairly at it I lit out and shook
the reefs out of my hind legs, and spun
down the river road like a deer, for I see our
chance; and I made up my mind that it would
be a long day before they ever see me and
Jim again. I got down there all out of breath
but loaded up with joy, and sung out:

"Set her loose, Jim! we're all right now!"

But there warn't no answer, and nobody
come out of the wigwam. Jim was gone! I
set up a shout and then another and then
another one; and run this way and that in the
woods, whooping and screech ing; but it
warn't no use old Jim was gone. Then I set
down and cried; I couldn't help it. But I
couldn't set still long. Pretty soon I went out
on the road, trying to think what I better do,
and I run across a boy walking, and asked
him if he'd seen a strange nigger dressed
so and so, and he says:

"Yes."

"Whereabouts?" says I.

"Down to Silas Phelps' place, two mile
below here. He's a runaway nigger, and
they've got him. Was you looking for him?"

"You bet I ain't! I run across him in the woods
about an hour or two ago, and he said if I
hollered he'd cut my livers out and told me to
lay down and stay where I was; and I done it.
Been there ever since; afeard to come out."

"Well," he says, "you needn't be afeard no
more, becuz they've got him. He run off f'm
down South, som'ers."

"It's a good job they got him."

-128-

"Well, I RECKON! There's two hunderd
dollars re ward on him. It's like picking up
money out'n the road."

"Yes, it is and I could a had it if I'd been big
enough; I see him FIRST. Who nailed him?"

"It was an old fellow a stranger and he sold
out his chance in him for forty dollars, becuz
he's got to go up the river and can't wait.
Think o' that, now! You bet I'D wait, if it was
seven year."

"That's me, every time," says I. "But maybe
his chance ain't worth no more than that, if
he'll sell it so cheap. Maybe there's
something ain't straight about it."

"But it IS, though straight as a string. I see
the handbill myself. It tells all about him, to a
dot paints him like a picture, and tells the
plantation he's frum, below NewrLEANS.
No-sirree-BOB, they ain't no trouble 'bout
THAT speculation, you bet you. Say, gimme
a chaw tobacker, won't ye?"

I didn't have none, so he left. I went to the
raft, and set down in the wigwam to think.
But I couldn't come to nothing. I thought till I
wore my head sore, but I couldn't see no
way out of the trouble. After all this long
journey, and after all we'd done for them
scoundrels, here it was all come to nothing,
everything all busted up and ruined,
because they could have the heart to serve
Jim such a trick as that, and make him a
slave again all his life, and amongst
strangers, too, for forty dirty dollars.

Once I said to myself it would be a thousand
times better for Jim to be a slave at home
where his family was, as long as he'd GOT
to be a slave, and so I'd better write a letter
to Tom Sawyer and tell him to tell Miss
Watson where he was. But I soon give up
that notion for two things: she'd be mad and

disgusted at his rascality and
ungratefulness for leaving her, and so she'd
sell him straight down the river again; and if
she didn't, everybody naturally despises an
ungrateful nigger, and they'd make Jim feel
it all the time, and so he'd feel ornery and
disgraced. And then think of ME! It would
get all around that Huck Finn helped a
nigger to get his freedom; and if I was ever
to see anybody from that town again I'd be
ready to get down and lick his boots for
shame. That's just the way: a person does
a low-down thing, and then he don't want to
take no consequences of it. Thinks as long
as he can hide, it ain't no disgrace. That
was my fix exactly. The more I studied about
this the more my conscience went to
grinding me, and the more wicked and low-
down and ornery I got to feel ing. And at last,
when it hit me all of a sudden that here was
the plain hand of Providence slapping me in
the face and letting me know my
wickedness was being watched all the time
from up there in heaven,whilst I was stealing
a poor old woman's nigger that hadn't ever
done me no harm, and now was showing
me there's One that's always on the
lookout, and ain't a going to allow no such
miserable doings to go only just so fur and
no further, I most dropped in my tracks I was
so scared. Well, I tried the best I could to
kinder soften it up somehow for myself by
saying I was brung up wicked, and so I
warn't so much to blame; but something
inside of me kept saying, "There was the
Sunday-school, you could a gone to it; and
if you'd a done it they'd a learnt you there
that people that acts as I'd been acting
about that nigger goes to everlasting fire."

It made me shiver. And I about made up my
mind to pray, and see if I couldn't try to quit
being the kind of a boy I was and be better.
So I kneeled down. But the words wouldn't
come. Why wouldn't they? It warn't no use to
try and hide it from Him. Nor from ME,

-129-

neither. I knowed very well why they
wouldn't come. It was because my heart
warn't right; it was because I warn't square;
it was because I was playing double. I was
letting ON to give up sin, but away inside of
me I was holding on to the biggest one of all.
I was trying to make my mouth SAY I would
do the right thing and the clean thing, and go
and write to that nigger's owner and tell
where he was; but deep down in me I
knowed it was a lie, and He knowed it. You
can't pray a lie I found that out.

So I was full of trouble, full as I could be; and
didn't know what to do. At last I had an idea;
and I says, I'll go and write the letter and
then see if I can pray. Why, it was
astonishing, the way I felt as light as a
feather right straight off, and my troubles all
gone. So I got a piece of paper and a
pencil, all glad and excited, and set down
and wrote:

Miss Watson, your runaway nigger Jim is
down here two mile below Pikesville, and
Mr. Phelps has got him and he will give him
up for the reward if you send.



HUCK FINN.



I felt good and all washed clean of sin for the
first time I had ever felt so in my life, and I
knowed I could pray now. But I didn't do it
straight off, but laid the paper down and set
there thinking thinking how good it was all
this happened so, and how near I come to
being lost and going to hell. And went on
thinking. And got to thinking over our trip
down the river; and I see Jim before me all
the time: in the day and in the night-time,
sometimes moonlight, some times storms,
and we a-floating along, talking and singing

and laughing. But somehow I couldn't seem
to strike no places to harden me against
him, but only the other kind. I'd see him
standing my watch on top of his'n, 'stead of
calling me, so I could go on sleep ing; and
see him how glad he was when I come back
out of the fog; and when I come to him again
in the swamp, up there where the feud was;
and such-like times; and would always call
me honey, and pet me and do everything he
could think of for me, and how good he
always was; and at last I struck the time I
saved him by telling the men we had small-
pox aboard, and he was so grateful, and
said I was the best friend old Jim ever had in
the world, and the ONLY one he's got now;
and then I happened to look around and see
that paper.

It was a close place. I took it up, and held it
in my hand. I was a-trembling, because I'd
got to de cide, forever, betwixt two things,
and I knowed it. I studied a minute, sort of
holding my breath, and then says to myself:

"All right, then, I'll GO to hell" and tore it up.

It was awful thoughts and awful words, but
they was said. And I let them stay said; and
never thought no more about reforming. I
shoved the whole thing out of my head, and
said I would take up wickedness again,
which was in my line, being brung up to it,
and the other warn't. And for a starter I
would go to work and steal Jim out of
slavery again; and if I could think up anything
worse, I would do that, too; be cause as
long as I was in, and in for good, I might as
well go the whole hog.

Then I set to thinking over how to get at it,
and turned over some considerable many
ways in my mind; and at last fixed up a plan
that suited me. So then I took the bearings
of a woody island that was down the river a
piece, and as soon as it was fairly dark I

-130-

crept out with my raft and went for it, and hid
it there, and then turned in. I slept the night
through, and got up before it was light, and
had my breakfast, and put on my store
clothes, and tied up some others and one
thing or another in a bundle, and took the
canoe and cleared for shore. I landed below
where I judged was Phelps's place, and hid
my bundle in the woods, and then filled up
the canoe with water, and loaded rocks into
her and sunk her where I could find her
again when I wanted her, about a quarter of
a mile below a little steam sawmill that was
on the bank.

Then I struck up the road, and when I
passed the mill I see a sign on it, "Phelps's
Sawmill," and when I come to the farm-
houses, two or three hundred yards further
along, I kept my eyes peeled, but didn't see
nobody around, though it was good daylight
now. But I didn't mind, because I didn't want
to see nobody just yet I only wanted to get
the lay of the land. According to my plan, I
was going to turn up there from the village,
not from below. So I just took a look, and
shoved along, straight for town. Well, the
very first man I see when I got there was the
duke. He was sticking up a bill for the Royal
Nonesuch three-night performance like that
other time. They had the cheek, them
frauds! I was right on him be fore I could
shirk. He looked astonished, and says:

"Hel-LO! Where'd YOU come from?" Then
he says, kind of glad and eager, "Where's
the raft? got her in a good place?"

I says:

"Why, that's just what I was going to ask
your grace."

Then he didn't look so joyful, and says:

"What was your idea for asking ME?" he

says.

"Well," I says, "when I see the king in that dog
gery yesterday I says to myself, we can't get
him home for hours, till he's soberer; so I
went a-loafing around town to put in the
time and wait. A man up and offered me ten
cents to help him pull a skiff over the river
and back to fetch a sheep, and so I went
along; but when we was dragging him to the
boat, and the man left me a-holt of the rope
and went behind him to shove him along, he
was too strong for me and jerked loose and
run, and we after him. We didn't have no
dog, and so we had to chase him all over
the country till we tired him out. We never got
him till dark; then we fetched him over, and I
started down for the raft. When I got there
and see it was gone, I says to myself,
'They've got into trouble and had to leave;
and they've took my nigger, which is the
only nigger I've got in the world, and now I'm
in a strange country, and ain't got no
property no more, nor noth ing, and no way
to make my living;' so I set down and cried. I
slept in the woods all night. But what DID
become of the raft, then? and Jim poor
Jim!"

"Blamed if I know that is, what's become of
the raft. That old fool had made a trade and
got forty dollars, and when we found him in
the doggery the loafers had matched half-
dollars with him and got every cent but what
he'd spent for whisky; and when I got him
home late last night and found the raft gone,
we said, 'That little rascal has stole our raft
and shook us, and run off down the river.'"

"I wouldn't shake my NIGGER, would I? the
only nigger I had in the world, and the only
property."

"We never thought of that. Fact is, I reckon
we'd come to consider him OUR nigger;
yes, we did consider him so goodness

-131-

knows we had trouble enough for him. So
when we see the raft was gone and we flat
broke, there warn't anything for it but to try
the Royal Nonesuch another shake. And I've
pegged along ever since, dry as a powder-
horn. Where's that ten cents? Give it here."

I had considerable money, so I give him ten
cents, but begged him to spend it for
something to eat, and give me some,
because it was all the money I had, and I
hadn't had nothing to eat since yesterday.
He never said nothing. The next minute he
whirls on me and says:

"Do you reckon that nigger would blow on
us? We'd skin him if he done that!"

"How can he blow? Hain't he run off?"

"No! That old fool sold him, and never
divided with me, and the money's gone."

"SOLD him?" I says, and begun to cry; "why,
he was MY nigger, and that was my money.
Where is he? I want my nigger."

"Well, you can't GET your nigger, that's all
so dry up your blubbering. Looky here do
you think YOU'D venture to blow on us?
Blamed if I think I'd trust you. Why, if you
WAS to blow on us --"

He stopped, but I never see the duke look
so ugly out of his eyes before. I went on a-
whimpering, and says:

"I don't want to blow on nobody; and I ain't
got no time to blow, nohow. I got to turn out
and find my nigger."

He looked kinder bothered, and stood there
with his bills fluttering on his arm, thinking,
and wrinkling up his forehead. At last he
says:

"I'll tell you something. We got to be here
three days. If you'll promise you won't blow,
and won't let the nigger blow, I'll tell you
where to find him."

So I promised, and he says:

"A farmer by the name of Silas Ph----" and
then he stopped. You see, he started to tell
me the truth; but when he stopped that way,
and begun to study and think again, I
reckoned he was changing his mind. And
so he was. He wouldn't trust me; he wanted
to make sure of having me out of the way
the whole three days. So pretty soon he
says:

"The man that bought him is named Abram
Foster Abram G. Foster and he lives forty
mile back here in the country, on the road to
Lafayette."

"All right," I says, "I can walk it in three days.
And I'll start this very afternoon."

"No you wont, you'll start NOW; and don't
you lose any time about it, neither, nor do
any gabbling by the way. Just keep a tight
tongue in your head and move right along,
and then you won't get into trouble with US,
d'ye hear?"

That was the order I wanted, and that was
the one I played for. I wanted to be left free
to work my plans.

"So clear out," he says; "and you can tell Mr.
Foster whatever you want to. Maybe you
can get him to believe that Jim IS your
nigger some idiots don't require documents
leastways I've heard there's such down
South here. And when you tell him the
handbill and the reward's bogus, maybe
he'll believe you when you explain to him
what the idea was for getting 'em out. Go
'long now, and tell him anything you want to;

-132-

but mind you don't work your jaw any
BETWEEN here and there."

So I left, and struck for the back country. I
didn't look around, but I kinder felt like he
was watching me. But I knowed I could tire
him out at that. I went straight out in the
country as much as a mile before I stopped;
then I doubled back through the woods
towards Phelps'. I reckoned I better start in
on my plan straight off without fooling
around, because I wanted to stop Jim's
mouth till these fellows could get away. I
didn't want no trouble with their kind. I'd
seen all I wanted to of them, and wanted to
get entirely shut of them.

CHAPTER XXXII

WHEN I got there it was all still and Sunday-
like, and hot and sunshiny; the hands was
gone to the fields; and there was them kind
of faint dronings of bugs and flies in the air
that makes it seem so lone some and like
everybody's dead and gone; and if a
breeze fans along and quivers the leaves it
makes you feel mournful, because you feel
like it's spirits whisper ing spirits that's
been dead ever so many years and you
always think they're talking about YOU. As a
general thing it makes a body wish HE was
dead, too, and done with it all.

Phelps' was one of these little one-horse
cotton plan tations, and they all look alike. A
rail fence round a two-acre yard; a stile
made out of logs sawed off and up-ended
in steps, like barrels of a different length, to
climb over the fence with, and for the
women to stand on when they are going to
jump on to a horse; some sickly grass-
patches in the big yard, but mostly it was
bare and smooth, like an old hat with the
nap rubbed off; big double log-house for
the white folks hewed logs, with the chinks
stopped up with mud or mortar, and these

mud-stripes been whitewashed some time
or another; round-log kitchen, with a big
broad, open but roofed passage joining it
to the house; log smoke house back of the
kitchen; three little log nigger-cabins in a
row t'other side the smoke-house; one little
hut all by itself away down against the back
fence, and some outbuildings down a piece
the other side; ash hopper and big kettle to
bile soap in by the little hut; bench by the
kitchen door, with bucket of water and a
gourd; hound asleep there in the sun; more
hounds asleep round about; about three
shade trees away off in a corner; some
currant bushes and gooseberry bushes in
one place by the fence; outside of the fence
a garden and a watermelon patch; then the
cotton fields begins, and after the fields the
woods.

I went around and clumb over the back stile
by the ash-hopper, and started for the
kitchen. When I got a little ways I heard the
dim hum of a spinning-wheel wailing along
up and sinking along down again; and then I
knowed for certain I wished I was dead for
that IS the lonesomest sound in the whole
world.

I went right along, not fixing up any particular
plan, but just trusting to Providence to put
the right words in my mouth when the time
come; for I'd noticed that Providence
always did put the right words in my mouth if
I left it alone.

When I got half-way, first one hound and
then another got up and went for me, and of
course I stopped and faced them, and kept
still. And such another powwow as they
made! In a quarter of a minute I was a kind
of a hub of a wheel, as you may say spokes
made out of dogs circle of fifteen of them
packed together around me, with their
necks and noses stretched up towards me,
a-barking and howling; and more a-

-133-

coming; you could see them sail ing over
fences and around corners from
everywheres.

A nigger woman come tearing out of the
kitchen with a rolling-pin in her hand,
singing out, "Begone YOU Tige! you Spot!
begone sah!" and she fetched first one and
then another of them a clip and sent them
howling, and then the rest followed; and the
next second half of them come back,
wagging their tails around me, and making
friends with me. There ain't no harm in a
hound, nohow.

And behind the woman comes a little nigger
girl and two little nigger boys without
anything on but tow-linen shirts, and they
hung on to their mother's gown, and
peeped out from behind her at me, bashful,
the way they always do. And here comes
the white woman running from the house,
about forty-five or fifty year old,
bareheaded, and her spinning-stick in her
hand; and behind her comes her little white
children, acting the same way the little
niggers was going. She was smiling all over
so she could hardly stand and says:

"It's YOU, at last! AIN'T it?"

I out with a "Yes'm" before I thought.

She grabbed me and hugged me tight; and
then gripped me by both hands and shook
and shook; and the tears come in her eyes,
and run down over; and she couldn't seem
to hug and shake enough, and kept saying,
"You don't look as much like your mother as I
reckoned you would; but law sakes, I don't
care for that, I'm so glad to see you! Dear,
dear, it does seem like I could eat you up!
Children, it's your cousin Tom! tell him
howdy."

But they ducked their heads, and put their

fingers in their mouths, and hid behind her.
So she run on:

"Lize, hurry up and get him a hot breakfast
right away or did you get your breakfast on
the boat?"

I said I had got it on the boat. So then she
started for the house, leading me by the
hand, and the children tagging after. When
we got there she set me down in a split-
bottomed chair, and set herself down on a
little low stool in front of me, holding both of
my hands, and says:

"Now I can have a GOOD look at you; and,
laws-a me, I've been hungry for it a many
and a many a time, all these long years, and
it's come at last! We been expecting you a
couple of days and more. What kep' you?
boat get aground?"

"Yes'm she --"

"Don't say yes'm say Aunt Sally. Where'd
she get aground?"

I didn't rightly know what to say, because I
didn't know whether the boat would be
coming up the river or down. But I go a good
deal on instinct; and my instinct said she
would be coming up from down towards
Orleans. That didn't help me much, though;
for I didn't know the names of bars down
that way. I see I'd got to invent a bar, or
forget the name of the one we got aground
on or Now I struck an idea, and fetched it
out:

"It warn't the grounding that didn't keep us
back but a little. We blowed out a cylinder-
head."

"Good gracious! anybody hurt?"

"No'm. Killed a nigger."

-134-

"Well, it's lucky; because sometimes people
do get hurt. Two years ago last Christmas
your uncle Silas was coming up from
Newrleans on the old Lally Rook, and she
blowed out a cylinder-head and crippled a
man. And I think he died afterwards. He was
a Baptist. Your uncle Silas knowed a family
in Baton Rouge that knowed his people very
well. Yes, I remember now, he DID die.
Mortification set in, and they had to
amputate him. But it didn't save him. Yes, it
was mortification that was it. He turned blue
all over, and died in the hope of a glorious
resurrection. They say he was a sight to look
at. Your uncle's been up to the town every
day to fetch you. And he's gone again, not
more'n an hour ago; he'll be back any
minute now. You must a met him on the
road, didn't you? oldish man, with a --"

"No, I didn't see nobody, Aunt Sally. The
boat landed just at daylight, and I left my
baggage on the wharf-boat and went
looking around the town and out a piece in
the country, to put in the time and not get
here too soon; and so I come down the back
way."

"Who'd you give the baggage to?"

"Nobody."

"Why, child, it 'll be stole!"

"Not where I hid it I reckon it won't," I says.

"How'd you get your breakfast so early on
the boat?"

It was kinder thin ice, but I says:

"The captain see me standing around, and
told me I better have something to eat
before I went ashore; so he took me in the
texas to the officers' lunch, and give me all I
wanted."

I was getting so uneasy I couldn't listen
good. I had my mind on the children all the
time; I wanted to get them out to one side
and pump them a little, and find out who I
was. But I couldn't get no show, Mrs. Phelps
kept it up and run on so. Pretty soon she
made the cold chills streak all down my
back, because she says:

"But here we're a-running on this way, and
you hain't told me a word about Sis, nor any
of them. Now I'll rest my works a little, and
you start up yourn; just tell me
EVERYTHING tell me all about 'm all every
one of 'm; and how they are, and what
they're doing, and what they told you to tell
me; and every last thing you can think of."

Well, I see I was up a stump and up it good.
Providence had stood by me this fur all
right, but I was hard and tight aground now. I
see it warn't a bit of use to try to go ahead
I'd got to throw up my hand. So I says to
myself, here's another place where I got to
resk the truth. I opened my mouth to begin;
but she grabbed me and hustled me in
behind the bed, and says:

"Here he comes! Stick your head down
lower there, that'll do; you can't be seen
now. Don't you let on you're here. I'll play a
joke on him. Children, don't you say a
word."

I see I was in a fix now. But it warn't no use
to worry; there warn't nothing to do but just
hold still, and try and be ready to stand from
under when the lightning struck.

I had just one little glimpse of the old
gentleman when he come in; then the bed
hid him. Mrs. Phelps she jumps for him, and
says:

"Has he come?"

-135-

"No," says her husband.

"Good-NESS gracious!" she says, "what in
the warld can have become of him?"

"I can't imagine," says the old gentleman;
"and I must say it makes me dreadful
uneasy."

"Uneasy!" she says; "I'm ready to go
distracted! He MUST a come; and you've
missed him along the road. I KNOW it's so
something tells me so."

"Why, Sally, I COULDN'T miss him along the
road YOU know that."

"But oh, dear, dear, what WILL Sis say! He
must a come! You must a missed him. He --
"

"Oh, don't distress me any more'n I'm
already dis tressed. I don't know what in the
world to make of it. I'm at my wit's end, and I
don't mind acknowledging 't I'm right down
scared. But there's no hope that he's come;
for he COULDN'T come and me miss him.
Sally, it's terrible just terrible something's
hap pened to the boat, sure!"

"Why, Silas! Look yonder! up the road! ain't
that somebody coming?"

He sprung to the window at the head of the
bed, and that give Mrs. Phelps the chance
she wanted. She stooped down quick at the
foot of the bed and give me a pull, and out I
come;